Skip to main content

Full text of "Health and disease"

See other formats


The 
Home  University  Library 


m 


^ 


^ 


HEALTH  AND  DISEASE     .  .  ^ 


THE 

HOME  UNIVERSITY  LIBRARY 

OF  MODERN  KNOWLEDGE 


Editors  of 
THE  HOME  UNIVERSITY  LIBRARY 

OF  MODERN  KNOWLEDGE 
Rt.  Hon.  H.  A.  L.  Fisher,  M.A.,  F.B.A. 
Prop.  Gilbert  Murray,  Litt.D.,  LL.D.,  F.B,A. 
Prof.  J.  Arthur  Thomson,  M.A.,  LL.D. 


For  list  oj  volumes  in  the  Library  see  end  of  hook* 


HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


"By 
W.  LESLIE  MACKENZIE 

M.A.,  M.D.,  D.P.H.,  F.R.C.P.Ed. 

MEDICAL  MEMBER  OF  THE  LOCAL 
GOVERNMENT  BOARD  FOR  SCOTLAND 
AUTHOR  OF  "MEDICAL  INSPECTION 
OF  SCHOOL  CHILDREN,"  "HEALTH 
OF  THE   SCHOOL   CHILD  " 


^% 


THORNTON   BUTTERWORTH   LIMITED 
15   BEDFORD    STREET,   LONDON,   W.C.2 


iisMd  . 
Impression   . 
Third  Impression     , 


.     June,  igiz 

•     July,  ig2s 

.     September,  igsg 


51332 
25-2-3  5 


All  Rights  Reserved 

MADE   AND    PRINTED   IN  GREAT    BRITAIN 


CONTENTS 

Tiom 

What  is  Health? 7 

The  Causes  op  Death — their   Nahino 

AND  Classification     ....  23 

Death-eates  and  their  Interpretation  41 

Fever,  Infectious  Disease,  and  Epidemics  52 
Study  of  a  Toxic    Infection  and  its 

Antitoxin 70 

VI    How   Antitoxins    are    Produced    and 

Prepared 91 

VII    Immunity — Natural  and  Acquired        .  100 
VIII    A  Discussion  of  the  Tubercular  Dia- 
thesis    114 

IX    The  Administrative  Aspects  op  Tuber- 
culosis        .            134 

X    The  International  Infections — Plaque, 

Cholera,  and  Yellow  Fever  .        .  155 

XI    Other  Preventable  Diseases         .        .  170 

XII    The  Hygienics  of  a  Staple  Food — Milk  180 

XIII  The  House  as  Immediate  Family  En- 

vironment OR  Home  ....  197 

XIV  Disease  and  Destitution         .        .        .  214 
XV    Insurance     Methods     op     Preventing 

Sickness 220 

XVI    The  Evolution  of  the  Health  Movement  231 

Note  on  Books 253 


ft 


HEALTH  ATO  DISEASE 

CHAPTER  I 

WHAT   IS    HEALTH  ? 


"  And  what  a  strong,  healthy  man  he 
looked  I  "  This  was  the  comment  at  the 
funeral  of  a  burly  farmer.  He  was  of  middle 
age  ;  ruddy  in  countenance  ;  muscular  ;  of 
large  bone,  deep  chest,  irrepressible  activity. 
His  laugh  was  strong  and  clear.  His  eye  was 
active.  He  knew  no  fatigue.  He  took  more 
than  his  share  in  business,  in  social  life,  in 
public  affairs.  From  the  cradle,  he  had 
enjoyed  good  nurture.  In  his  youth,  he  had 
been  an  all-round  athlete.  As  he  grew  older, 
he  turned  his  energies  to  the  more  complex 
matters  of  life.  Every  one  said  of  him, — 
"  Here  is  a  strong,  healthy  man."  Yet,  under 
fifty,  he  suddenly  took  pneumonia  and  in 
three  or  four  days  was  dead. 

"  What  a  thin,  pale  creature  he  looks  !  " 
This  was  the  common  remark  about  a  dis- 


8  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

tinguished  physician.  Like  the  farmer,  he 
had  come  of  good  stock.  He  had  been  well 
nurtured  in  infancy.  He  had  enjoyed  all 
the  advantages  of  physical  and  general 
education.  But  he  had  always  been  more  or 
less  high  strung  and  "  delicate."  He  had 
been  persevering  and  studious  at  College ; 
he  became  an  accomplished  man  ;  he  had  an 
eye  for  details  ;  he  had  skill  in  speculation. 
Early  in  his  day,  he  set  himself  to  analyse 
the  conditions  of  long  life.  He  concluded 
that  the  climax  of  health  was  a  healthy  brain. 
The  condition  of  maintaining  it  he  found  to 
be  regular  habits  of  food,  sleep,  and  exercise. 
He  established,  by  a  study  of  his  own  nature, 
certain  normals  of  life.  These,  once  deter- 
mined, he  kept  to  rigidly,  seeing  always 
through  the  day  to  the  day  after.  He  decided 
that  to  maintain  elasticity  of  brain  was  a 
greater  total  gain  than  to  go  under  to  the 
impulses  of  the  hour.  In  a  word,  he  fulfillec , 
as  nearly  as  the  conditions  of  climate,  educa- 
ion,  and  duty  permitted,  the  aims  of  the 
"  simple  life."  He  lived  at  low  pressure.  He 
achieved  a  great  reputation.  He  died  at  the 
age  of  ninety-four.  In  this  country,  such  an 
age  is  accounted  "  advanced." 

These  two  are  extremes.  But  let  us  look 
round  on  the  society  of  every  day.  Here  is 
a    beautiful    child    of    ten.     From    earliest 


WHAT  IS  HEALTH  ?  9 

observation  she  was  called  clever.  She  was 
always  in  advance  of  the  children  of  her  age. 
She  came  rapidly  to  the  front  at  schooL 
She  was  alert,  keen,  energetic.  Her  blue 
eyes  were  bright ;  her  complexion  pure 
"  pink  and  white  '*  ;  her  eyelashes  were  long  ; 
her  form  was  slim  and  thin.  You  could 
see  the  blue  veins  in  her  temples.  She  was 
in  fact  a  perfect  specimen  of  the  "  fairy  " 
type.  But,  in  an  outbreak  of  diphtheria  at 
school,  she  caught  the  disease  and  died  within 
a  week.  After  death  her  body  was  found 
saturated  with  tuberculosis. 

Or  again,  take  note  of  this  lithe,  handsome 
man,  the  incarnation  of  activity,  ready- 
witted,  fit  for  great  work  in  any  line  of  life. 
He  is  full  of  splendid  schemes.  He  is  perhaps 
somewhat  boastful,  outraging  his  friends  by 
the  extravagance  of  his  ideas,  embarrassing 
his  enemies  by  the  cleverness  of  his  intrigues  ; 
talking,  inventing,  travelling,  gathering  ex- 
perience from  every  civilisation.  But  he 
carries  within  him  a  remnant  of  a  terrible 
infection.  He  may  die  suddenly,  or  pass 
through  a  long  vegetative  life  in  an  asylum. 
He  may  live  for  years  ;  but,  with  his  present 
record,  no  insurance  company  would  accept 
his  life. 

Or  turn  once  more  to  contemplate  this 
stalwart,   self-possessed,   learned   man,    who, 


10  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

able  and  moderately  persevering,  has  come 
healthily  forward  through  the  forties  into  the 
fifties.  He  has  not  stinted  himself  of  the 
good  things  of  life  ;  but  he  has  never  been 
seriously  ill  and  never  had  to  miss  either  a 
day's  work  or  a  day's  enjoyment.  See  him 
again  a  year  later.  What  is  it  that  has 
dethroned  the  expression  of  his  countenance, 
the  mastery  in  his  action,  the  purpose  behind 
all  his  days  ?  A  small  swelling  appeared  at 
the  side  of  his  tongue.  At  first  he  thought 
nothing  of  it ;  then,  being  a  doctor,  he  began 
to  have  uneasy  suspicions,  but  put  away  a 
certain  obsession  ;  at  last  he  took  courage  to 
submit  himself  to  a  surgeon.  The  diagnosis 
was  —  cancer.  Within  a  day,  the  surgeon 
excised  the  tumour.  For  somewhat  more 
than  a  year,  there  was  no  recurrence  of  ths 
growth.  But  soon  a  slight  swelling  began  to 
appear  in  the  glands  of  the  neck.  In  less 
than  a  year  more,  he  died  of  exhaustion. 

And  so,  through  illimitable  variations, 
man  after  man,  sooner  or  later,  comes  to  the 
gates  of  death.  Health  ?  Disease  ?  What 
are  these  ?  In  all  the  cases  described  health 
seemed  to  be  the  name  for  the  personal  con- 
dition ;  yet  in  every  case  disease  was  already 
in  possession.  The  powerful  farmer  died  of 
strenuous  living,  going  down  like  a  felled 
ox  after  a  night's    chill    exposure,    because 


WHAT  IS  HEALTH  ?  11 

the  pneumococcus,  the  infective  agent  of 
pneumonia,  suddenly  found  the  conditions 
that  enabled  it  to  move  from  its  harmless 
colony  in  the  mouth  into  the  wider  ranges  of 
the  bodily  system.  The  old  physician,  by 
living  at  low  pressure,  watching  with  care  the 
organs  of  absorption  and  excretion,  under- 
eating  rather  than  over-eating,  never  over 
stimulating,  lived  on  nearly  to  a  hundred, 
and  died  of  "  old  age."  If  Metchnikoff,  the 
wizard  of  the  Pasteur  Institute  of  Paris,  be 
right,  old  age  is  a  genuine  disease.  Even  in 
this  careful  physician,  it  had  probably  begun 
before  middle  age ;  it  crept  stealthily  on 
until  function  after  function  was  impaired  ; 
it  ended  by  starving  out  of  their  energies  all 
the  nutritive  director  cells  of  the  brain. 
"  Advancing  old  age  "  takes,  in  the  world  of 
Metchnikoff's  ideas,  a  perfectly  definite,  con- 
crete meaning.  It  means  a  progressive  dis- 
ease of  the  arteries,  and  it  necessarily  ends 
in  death.  The  pretty  young  child  any  doctor 
would  at  once  recognise  as  a  case  of  tuber- 
culosis— a  subtle  parasitic  infection,  which 
is  not  incompatible  with  the  most  brilliant 
mental  achievements.  Indeed,  sometimes  it 
has  been  maintained  that  the  toxins  of 
tuberculosis  are,  at  certain  stages  of  life,  a 
potent  stimulant  of  latent  nerve  energies, 
and    may,    within    limits,    be    an    ultimate 


12  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

advantage  to  the  individual  and  the  race. 
This  is  speculation  ;  yet  so  complex  are  the 
problems  of  health  that  no  speculation  may- 
be lightly  set  aside.  Then  the  lithe,  panther- 
like man,  whose  energies  seemed  inexhaust- 
ible, had  contracted  syphilis  in  early  days.  It 
had  been  imperfectly  cured  ;  it  had  affected 
his  arteries  ;  it  had  affected  his  nerves  ;  it 
had  paved  the  way  for  general  paralysis. 

These  are  cases  of  apparent  health.  How 
shall  we  test  the  reality  ? 

Let  it  be  said  at  once  that,  in  the  absolute 
sense,  there  is  no  health.  What  we  so  name 
is  entirely  relative  to  the  conditions  of  life. 
If  a  man  remained  perfectly  "  healthy,"  he 
would  live  for  ever.  But  no  man  lives  for 
ever.  It  follows  that  no  man  lives  a  com- 
plete life  of  perfect  health.  The  idea  oi 
absolute  health,  therefore,  may  be  cast 
aside  as  an  illusion,  a  mere  working  concept, 
an  ideal  that  is  unrelated  to  reality.  It 
comes  of  our  invincible  tendency  to  project 
our  hopes  on  the  screen  of  the  future.  The 
tendency,  being  a  necessary  illusion,  will 
continue  for  all  time  to  do  its  work  in  each 
generation.  It  is  the  note  of  youth,  when 
the  claim  to  health  is  strongest ;  it  is  the 
note  of  middle  age,  when  the  fear  of  lost 
health  begins ;    it  is  the  note  of  mature  age. 


WHAT  IS  HEALTH  ?  18 

when  the  memories  of  youth  begin  once 
more  to  predominate.  None  the  less  science 
has  no  place  for  an  ideal  of  absolute  health. 
All  that  science,  which  is  the  sum  of  experi- 
ence, permits  us  to  entertain,  is  a  normal 
balance  of  functions  relative  to  a  place  in 
the  world. 

If  you  would  know  how  this  normal  is 
determined,  how  real  it  is  in  the  business  of 
life,  look  over  carefully  the  health-schedule 
of  a  life  insurance  company.  There,  when  a 
man  asks  to  be  insured,  he  will  find  himself 
regarded  from  a  hundred  standpoints.  The 
object  of  the  insurance  is  to  make  easier, 
by  co-operation,  a  money  provision  for  his 
old  age.  As  the  world  must  go  on,  men  die 
one  after  another,  not  all  at  once.  Out  of 
this  simple  fact  the  insurance  companies, 
working  by  elaborate  systems  of  probability, 
provide  immense  benefits  for  the  man's  old 
age  without  any  fear  of  a  bad  debt.  But, 
to  do  so,  they  must  take  only  "  selected 
lives."  It  is  in  the  selection  of  the  life  that 
the  insurer  finds  in  how  many  relations  he 
stands  to  the  society  that  makes  an  in- 
surance on  his  life  possible.  His  whole 
object  is  "  money  on  easy  terms."  The 
insurance  company's  whole  object  is  "  long 
life  to  the  applicant." 

Let  us  glance  at   some  of  the  questions 


14  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


asked.  He  must  declare  his  age,  his  occupa- 
tion, his  residence,  often  his  race  and 
nationality.  He  must  go  back  over  his 
personal  life  and  declare  all  diseases,  great 
and  small,  that  he  has  suffered  from.  He 
must  detail  his  habits  of  food,  of  drink,  of 
work,  of  relaxation,  of  exercise,  of  travel. 
He  must,  in  a  word,  sketch,  in  terms  of 
common  life,  all  the  conditions  that  affect, 
negatively  or  positively,  his  probable  length 
of  days.  But  the  record  does  not  end  there. 
He  is  closely  questioned  about  his  father, 
his  mother,  his  brothers,  his  sisters,  his 
relatives  on  the  father's  side,  his  relatives 
on  the  mother's  side,  and  he  must  declare 
all  the  diseases  they  were  known  to  suffer 
from  ;  whether  they  were  healthy  in  living  ; 
if  dead,  what  the  causes  of  death  were ; 
what  the  length  of  illness  was  ;  what  their 
circumstances  in  life  were ;  their  nurture, 
their  education,  their  localities  ;  what  their 
exposures  to  danger  and  disease  have  been, 
and  as  many  other  details  as  a  "  full  family 
history "  should  contain.  In  a  word,  he 
must  give  data  for  an  estimate  of  his 
"  heredity."  Further,  he  must  satisfy  the 
examiner  as  to  his  future.  He  must  indi- 
cate where  he  is  to  live, — in  a  temperate 
climate  or  a  tropical  climate,  in  a  healthy 
country  or  a  country  full  of  disease.     If  he 


WHAT  IS  HEALTH  ?  15 

is  to  go  abroad,  he  must  give  data  for  esti- 
mating the  future  risk  of  exposure  to  malaria, 
tuberculosis,  plague,  cholera,  yellow  fever, 
and  the  mass  of  other  fatal  tropical  diseases. 
If  he  stays  at  home,  he  must  tell  whether 
his  occupation  shall  be  indoor  or  *  outdoor, 
healthy  or  unhealthy. 

But,  in  all  this,  the  examiner  is  merely 
accumulating  data  for  an  estimate  of  prob- 
ability. He  accepts,  for  what  they  are 
worth,  the  statements  of  the  applicant.  He 
will  now  put  them  to  the  test.  To  test 
his  food  habits,  he  examines  the  teeth,  the 
tongue,  the  stomach,  the  liver,  the  bowels. 
He  goes  systematically  over  every  physio- 
logical system  of  the  body, — the  skin,  the 
muscular  system,  the  alimentary  system, 
the  circulatory  system,  the  respiratory 
system,  the  nervous  system.  He  examines 
the  heart  and  blood-vessels  directly.  He 
tests  and  records  the  heart  sounds  ;  he  tests 
and  records  the  rate  of  the  pulse,  its  regu- 
larity, its  pressure ;  he  tests  by  special 
apparatus  the  general  blood-pressure.  He 
examines  the  lungs  minutely,  back  and 
front,  above  and  below.  He  tests  their 
resonance,  the  incoming  and  outgoing  of  the 
breath,  the  presence  or  absence  of  pleurisy, 
of  bronchitis,  or  pneumonia,  or  tuberculosis, 
or  any  other  condition  affecting  respiration. 


16  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

He  cross-examines  the  applicant  on  all  his 
past  ailments.  He  overhauls  the  nervous 
system,  —  motion,  sensation,  co-ordination. 
He  examines  the  joints,  too,  and  satisfies 
himself  of  the  healthiness  of  every  bone  or 
practically  every  bone  in  the  skeleton.  And 
so  he  passes  over  every  organ  of  the  body, 
testing  each  for  any  condition  that  might 
tend  to  shorten  life.  Even  this  does  not 
end  the  examination.  The  examiner  tests 
the  secretion  of  the  kidneys  ;  for  some  form 
of  kidney  disease  is  not  incompatible  with 
temporary  appearances  of  health. 

When  the  examiner  marshals  his  data,  he 
is  able,  from  the  wide  range  of  experience 
now  available  in  organised  medicine,  to 
estimate  the  chances  of  long  life.  Thcj 
insurance  companies,  basing  their  scrutiny' 
on  a  still  wider  experience  of  recorded  lif(; 
and  death,  fix  a  margin  of  safety,  and  so 
arrange  their  benefits  that  there  shall  be  no 
loss  on  the  total.  That,  on  the  whole,  they 
succeed,  is  obvious  from  the  history  of 
insurance.  That,  on  the  whole,  they  give 
satisfaction  to  the  insurers,  is  obvious  from 
the  steady  extension  of  insurance  methods. 
But  it  is  on  the  infinitely  careful  scientific 
scrutiny  made  possible  by  modern  medicine 
that  the  immense  superstructures  of  these 
financial  institutions  have  been  reared.     To 


WHAT  IS  HEALTH  ?  17 

them,  health  has,  therefore,  a  concrete 
significance.  They  are  "  men  of  business." 
They  mean  to  make  health  "  pay." 

But  the  applicant  for  insurance  believes 
himself  to  be  without  physiological  flaw. 
He  may  be  undeceived ;  but  he  may  be 
confirmed.  In  either  case,  it  is  health  he 
seeks  to  prove.  But  he  is  not  the  best  sub- 
ject for  analysis.  True,  no  man  is  entirely 
normal ;  but  health  can  be  best  understood 
from  its  contrast.  Let  us  consider  a  case 
of  disease. 

What  does  the  physician  ask  when  he  is 
called  in  ?  If  he  is  systematic  and  the  patient 
is  a  stranger,  he  finds  out  substantially  the 
same  details  as  the  examiner  for  insurance. 
They  are  all  relevant  to  almost  any  illness  ; 
but  they  are  not  all  of  equal  importance  in 
a  given  illness.  Many  of  them  may,  there- 
fore, be  taken  for  granted  or  ascertained  at 
leisure.  The  problem  of  the  moment  is  not 
to  accumulate  data  for  an  estimate  of  prob- 
ability ;  it  is  to  analyse  a  problem  with  a 
view  to  immediate  action.  The  physician, 
therefore,  is  punctilious  as  to  the  length  of 
the  illness,  the  day  it  began,  when  it  became 
severe,  when  it  reached,  in  the  patient's 
feelings,  the  climax  that  urged  him  to  summon 
the  doctor.     He  notes,  silently,  the  posture, 


18  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


^ 


the  expression,  the  complexion,  the  state  of 
excitement  or  collapse,  and  the  multitude  of 
other  fine  shades  that  only  experience  enables 
a  man  to  recognise.  These  signs,  minute 
though  they  be,  are  of  immense  value.  The 
face,  as  it  appears  in  enteric  fever,  has  one 
expression  ;  as  it  appears  in  typhus  fever,  it 
has  another;  as  it  appears  in  plague,  it  has 
yet  another.  Each  of  them  has  a  significance 
for  the  skilled  observer.  To  an  old  physician 
the  face  tells  a  hundred  tales.  He  has  read 
them  a  thousand  times.  He  knows  every 
shade  of  meaning  from  "  the  soft  play  of 
life "  to  the  terror  of  the  last  agony.  A 
gallery  of  the  faces  of  disease  would  repre- 
sent every  shade  of  tragic  expression. 

When  he  is  satisfied  of  his  dates,  the 
physician  comes  closer  to  the  facts.  He  asks 
about  pain,  about  exposure  to  infection, 
about  the  regularity  of  habits,  about  food, 
about  work,  about  exercise.  Then  he  pro- 
ceeds to  experiment.  He  feels  and  counts 
the  pulse ;  he  watches  and  counts  the 
respirations  ;  he  takes  the  temperature.  By 
these  he  is  guided  to  particular  examinations 
of  lungs,  of  heart,  of  kidney,  of  nervous 
system,  of  digestive  organs.  Perhaps  he 
makes  no  diagnosis  of  a  definite  disease  ;  but, 
from  his  scrutiny,  he  can  tell  whether  disease 
is  present  or  not. 


WHAT  IS  HEALTH?  19 

On  what  presuppositions  does  he  proceed  ? 
His  questions  have  each  a  definite  purpose. 
Each  presupposes  a  normal  condition,  and 
he  is  seeking  to  ascertain  if  there  is  anything 
abnormal.  When  he  counts  the  pulse,  he 
assumes  that,  in  the  adult,  the  pulse-beats 
number  about  seventy  to  the  minute.  But 
he  knows  that  the  pulse,  even  in  normal 
health,  varies  rapidly.  It  may  be  affected 
by  nervousness,  by  the  sudden  increase  of 
the  patient's  attention,  by  a  passing  fear,  by 
the  posture,  by  a  recent  meal,  and  by  many 
other  circumstances.  All  these  he  allows  for  ; 
but  from  the  simple  contact  of  the  finger,  he 
can  learn  the  rate,  the  rhythm,  the  volume 
of  blood  passing  through  the  artery,  the 
force  of  the  impulse  that  drives  it,  the  length 
of  each  wave,  and  the  wave  variations.  He 
can  ascertain  the  blood-pressure,  which  is  of 
primary  physiological  importance.  He  can 
know  directly  whether  the  arteries  are  dis- 
eased or  not.  He  can  judge  provisionally 
whether  the  heart  is  normal ;  whether  the 
temperature  is  raised  ;  whether  poisons  are 
affecting  the  system,  and  an  endless  variety 
of  other  points.  But  all  presuppose  a  normal 
pulse. 

It  is  the  same  in  the  temperature  experi- 
ment. If  the  temperature  of  the  body 
exceeds    98-4°    Fahrenheit    (37°    Centigrade), 


20  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


he  looks  for  some  special  reason.  Fever 
begins  when  the  temperature  exceeds  99° 
Fahrenheit.  The  temperature  of  the  body 
varies  between  well-ascertained  limits, — nor- 
mally, in  the  morning  it  is  low,  perhaps  as 
low  as  97° ;  in  the  evening  it  is  higher, 
approaching,  perhaps,  99°.  It  is  the  most 
sensitive  index  of  disease.  A  temperature 
of  103°  means  definite  fever  ;  a  temperature 
of  106°  means  danger ;  a  temperature  of 
109°  usually  means  death.  Temperatures 
above  and  below  "  normal  "  are  compatible 
with  life  ;  but  only  for  a  time,  and  in  par- 
ticular diseases.  If,  with  a  temperature  of 
104°,  whether  the  cause  be  known  or  not, 
any  individual  follows  his  ordinary  work,  he 
will  probably  die.  Usually,  such  a  tempera- 
ture entirely  disables  him. 

The  pulse,  the  respiration,  and  the  tem- 
perature, as  a  rule,  vary  together.  Any  one  is 
a  provisional  index  to  any  other.  They  are 
the  most  convenient  normals  for  experimental 
tests  at  the  bedside.  In  a  multitude  of  cases 
they  are  all  the  physician  needs  to  lead  him 
straight  to  the  definite  cause  of  the  disorder. 
Often,  however,  they  are  inadequate ;  and 
then,  even  for  the  ends  of  immediate  action, 
he  must  proceed  to  a  minute  study  of  other 
normals.  To  every  shade  and  variety  of  the 
"  thousand    ills,'-    some   normal   function    of 


WHAT  IS  HEALTH?  21 

the  body  as  a  whole  or  of  some  special  organ 
definitely  corresponds.  To  ascertain  these 
normals  is  the  work  of  physiology  ;  to  restore 
any  departure  from  them  is  the  work  of 
curative  medicine  ;  to  prevent  any  depart- 
ure from  them  is  the  work  of  preventive 
medicine. 

What,  then,  is  a  "  normal  "  ?  The  action 
of  an  organ  varies  within  certain  limits 
without  impairing  the  organ's  elasticity  or 
structure. 

In  exercise,  the  heart  may,  in  a  few  seconds, 
rise  from  sixty  beats  a  minute  to  one  hundred 
and  twenty  or  more  beats  a  minute.  At  the 
end  of  the  exercise,  it  returns  in  a  few  minutes 
to  the  rate  it  started  from.  It  suffers  no 
damage  ;  it  retains  its  elasticity  ;  it  maintains 
its  nutrition  and  its  power  of  contraction. 
Under  the  microscope,  no  fibre  would  be  found 
injured.  It  responds  readily  to  every  test. 
And  this  is  true  of  every  normal  heart.  The 
moment  the  elasticity  is  impaired  or  the 
structure  damaged,  there  is  disease.  If  the 
heart  becomes  "  irritable,"  if  palpitation 
continues  beyond  an  ascertainable  average 
of  minutes,  if  excitement  interferes  with 
the  regularity  of  its  beat,  the  exercise  has 
ended  in  disease. 

For  every  organ  of  the  body,  there  is  a 
similar  average  of  function.     For  every  group 


HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


1 


of  organs,  there  is  an  average  of  function. 
For  the  body  as  a  whole,  there  is  a  balance 
of  average  functions.  As  the  branch  of  a 
tree  sways  this  way  and  that  in  the  wind 
without  losing  the  power  to  come  back  to 
rest,  so  co-ordinated  organs  of  the  body  vary 
this  way  and  that  in  response  to  the  infinitely 
varied  needs  of  the  environment,  and  yet 
return  uninjured  to  their  co-ordinated  balance. 
And  the  body  is  an  infinitely  complex  aggre- 
gation of  growing  structures.  It  is  never  at 
rest.  Of  the  millions  of  cells  that  compose 
it,  millions  are  dying  every  hour,  millions 
more  are  taking  their  places.  But  there  is  a 
"moving  equilibrium"  of  the  whole.  The 
*'  moving  equilibrium  "  has  its  index  in  an 
average  temperature,  an  average  pulse,  an 
average  respiration,  average  excretion,  and  a 
thousand  other  averages  that  constitute  the 
special  work  of  the  anatomical,  physiological, 
and  medical  laboratories.  Health  is  the 
name  we  give  to  the  total  average  of  the 
highest  physiological  efficiency.  The  organism 
as  a  whole  must  maintain  its  place  in  the 
struggle  for  life.  It  is  by  maintaining  the 
physiological  normals  that  the  organism  main- 
tains its  place  in  the  struggle.  The  main- 
tenance of  the  physiological  normals  at  their 
highest  potency  is  health.  Any  departure 
from  the  normal  that  destroys  the  structure 


THE  CAUSES  OF  DEATH  23 

of  an  organ  or  impairs  its  capacity  to  repeat 
its  function  is  disease. 

The  objective  signs  of  health  are  such  as 
these, — readiness  to  act  without  external 
stimulus,  capacity  to  act  for  prolonged  periods 
without  fatigue,  regularity  in  the  daily 
physiological  cycles — cycles  of  appetite,  cycles 
of  muscular  action,  cycles  of  excretion,  cycles 
of  sleep.     And  there  are  many  minor  signs. 

Subjectively,  the  healthy  man  has  a  feel- 
ing of  satisfaction  and  ease  in  his  activities, 
a  general  feeling  of  well-being,  freedom  from 
a  sense  of  effort,  freedom  from  the  sense  of 
environmental  oppression,  freedom  from  the 
feeling  of  being  obsessed  by  his  work,  freedom 
from  inner  incontrollable  moods  or  tempers. 
Every  healthy  man,  in  the  dialect  of  his  own 
philosophy,  says — 

"  God's  in  His  heaven, 
All's  right  with  the  world." 


CHAPTER  II 

THE    CAUSES    OF    DEATH — ^THEIR    NAMING    AND 
CLASSIFICATION 

Let  us  visit  a  Hospital  for  Sick  Children 
and  walk  round  with  the  surgeon. 


24  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


Here  are  children  of  any  age,  from  a  few 
months  to  fourteen  or  fifteen  years.  This, 
the  youngest,  was  born  with  club-foot,  an 
imperfect  development  that  growth  will  never 
by  itself  correct.  An  operation,  at  this  stage 
trivial,  will  prevent  a  lifelong  disablement. 
Another,  somewhat  older,  suffers  from  knock- 
knee.  Now  or  at  some  later  stage  an  opera- 
tion, the  brilliant  invention  of  a  great  surgeon, 
will  straighten  out  the  deformity.  These 
are  defects  rather  than  diseases.  They  are 
not  causes  of  death  directly  ;  but  indirectly 
they  may  be  causes  of  defeat  in  the  race  of 
life.  For  they  incapacitate  the  patient  for 
many  occupations,  and  may  lead  him,  in  early 
life,  into  neglect  and  destitution. 

A  third  child,  old  enough  to  be  at  school, 
has  difficulty  in  breathing  through  the  nose, 
chokes  in  his  sleep,  and  shows  signs  of  de- 
fective nutrition.  He  suffers  from  enlarged 
tonsils  and  adenoids  (gland-like  structures) 
in  the  upper  part  of  the  throat.  These  he 
will  get  removed  by  the  surgeon,  and  forthwith 
he  will  gain  in  weight  and  vigour.  Another 
has  "  bow-legs."  His  wrists  and  some  other 
joints  are  swollen.  His  ribs  have  curious 
little  knots  in  certain  places.  His  chest 
is  somewhat  misshapen.  His  head  is  un- 
usually square  and  perhaps  somewhat  large 
for  his  years.     He  suffers  from  rickets.     The 


THE  CAUSES  OF  DEATH  25 

disease  has  spontaneously  stopped  ;  but  the 
effects  of  it  have  remained  and,  unless  partially 
corrected  by  surgery,  will  remain  through  life. 
He  will  grow  into  a  strong  man,  but  he  may 
be  somewhat  deformed.  His  disease  is  a 
subtle  and  unexplained  disease  of  nutrition, 
begun  before  his  birth.  His  mother  may 
have  suffered  from  it ;  but  it  is  not  necessarily 
an  inherited  disease.  It  may  be  due  to  food, 
or  poisoning,  or  a  failure  of  the  orgnnism  to 
take  in  the  correct  quantity  of  lime  from  the 
food.  Briefly,  the  cause  is  undetermined. 
But  he  is  one  of  hundreds  of  thousands  in  the 
great  cities.  In  one  great  city  in  Scotland, 
if  you  go  where  you  can  see  poor  children, 
you  will  find  in  half  an  hour  a  score  of  such 
cases. 

Then  observe  the  next  bed.  It  is  slightly 
tilted  upwards  ;  it  has  a  weight  hanging  over 
the  end  ;  there  is  a  child  lying  flat  with  a 
splint  fixed  along  nearly  the  whole  length  of 
the  body.  This  is  a  case  of  hip- joint  disease, 
one  of  the  innumerable  forms  of  tuberculosis. 
Possibly,  operation  may  be  necessary  if  an 
abscess  forms.  Possibly,  perfect  rest  may 
stop  the  mischief.  In  either  case,  the  treat- 
ment will  take  months.  In  the  next  bed  lies 
a  case  of  spine  disease, — another  case  of 
tuberculosis.  In  another  case,  it  is  the  knee 
that  is  affected  ;   in  another,  the  wrist ;   and, 


26  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


^ 


\t  you  look  farther  along,  it  is  the  skin.  All 
|:e  tubercular.  Tuberculosis  may  affect  any 
organ  in  the  body  ;  but  the  disabling  effects 
of  it  are  most  manifest  when  it  appears  in 
the  bones.  In  the  skin  case,  the  form  of 
tuberculosis  runs  a  slow,  long  course ;  it  has 
been  going  on,  perhaps,  for  five  or  ten  years  ; 
it  may  end  in  death.  The  name  given  to  it 
is  lupus,  probably  because  it  seems  to  eat 
away  the  tissue.  Fortunately,  it  can  now  be 
cured,  and  the  cure  of  it  is  one  of  the  triumphs 
of  modern  bacteriology. 

Farther  along  lies  a  child  with  curiously 
clouded  eyes,  sunken  nose,  and  some  other 
deformities  of  the  bones.  This  is  a  case  of 
syphilitic  infection.  His  eyes  are  probably 
damaged  for  life  ;  the  destroyed  bones  will 
never  be  restored  ;  other  hidden  destructions 
may  have  taken  place  ;  he  may  live  for  many 
years,  but  he  may  never  become  a  healthy 
man.  This  terribly  merciless  disease  attacks 
every  organ  of  the  body.  It  can  be  cured, 
but  the  cure  often  comes  too  late. 

Let  us  now  glance  at  a  medical  ward.  In 
the  first  cot  lies  a  child  with  lung  disease — 
possibly  tuberculosis  of  the  lungs,  possibly 
inflammation  of  the  lungs  (pneumonia),  pos- 
sibly bronchitis.  Its  after-history  of  health 
and  fitness  will  depend  much  on  which  of  the 
three  diseases  it  suffers  from.     In  other  cots 


THE  CAUSES  OF  DEATH  27 

lie  cases  of  malnutrition,  due,  perhaps,  to 
wrong  feeding  in  early  infancy,  or  to  some 
defect  in  the  digestive  glands.  There  are  cases 
of  bloodlessness,  of  rheumatism,  of  heart 
disease. 

These  are  a  few  of  "  the  causes  of  death  " 
that  a  visitor  may  see  at  any  time  in  a 
hospital  for  children.  The  out-patient  depart- 
ments furnish  masses  of  similar  ailments ; 
some  are  less  serious,  but  all  are  pulling  the 
organism  down.  Every  disease  is  paid  for 
by  its  own  special  form  of  unfitness.  No 
disease  entirely  passes.  After  some  diseases, 
definite  disablements  remain  for  life ;  of 
others,  there  are  traces  that  impair  vitality  ; 
but  of  others,  the  effect  is  to  adapt  the 
organism  better  to  its  environment.  These, 
meanwhile,  we  may  leave  unvisited.  They 
are  the  acute  infectious  diseases.  As  a  rule, 
one  attack  protects  a  child  against  a  second 
attack. 

If  you  go  to  a  general  Hospital  for  Adults, 
you  will  find  many  of  the  same  diseases  still 
at  work.  To  maintain  continuity  of  interest, 
let  us  imagine  that  the  sick  adults  now  to  be 
seen  are  the  same  sick  children  ten,  twenty,  or 
thirty  years  older.  This  is  simpler  than  post- 
poning our  visit  for  ten  or  twenty  years ; 
because,  in    so    long   a  period,  the  names  of 


28  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


1 


many  diseases  will  change ;  some  of  the 
diseases  will  have  lessened  to  vanishing 
point ;  new  diseases  or  new  ways  of  treating 
them  will  have  come  to  light. 

On  this  occasion  let  us  go  round  with  the 
physician.  The  first  case  is  a  man  who  for 
months  has  been  wasting  away  for  no  reason 
that  can  be  discovered.  He  suffers  from 
indigestion,  but  his  trouble  is  not  a  digestive 
disease.  He  has  lost  flesh,  energy,  and  interest. 
He  shows  a  marked  pallor  of  countenance, 
unusual  depression,  a  strained  and  anxious 
aspect.  He  is  probably  suffering  from  some 
malignant  disease ;  possibly  cancer  of  the 
stomach.  There  are  many  such  "  malignant 
tumours  "  ;  there  are  many  theories  of  their 
origin  ;  but  there  is  no  explanation.  Almost 
every  pathological  laboratory  in  the  world 
has  some  man  searching  for  the  cause  of 
malignant  diseases.  A  hundred  times  cures 
have  been  announced,  only  to  be  a  hundred 
times  discredited.  Such  malignant  tumours 
may  occur  almost  anywhere  in  the  body, — 
in  the  skin,  in  the  lining  of  the  stomach,  in 
the  lining  of  the  bowels,  in  the  bones,  in  the 
lungs,  in  the  muscles,  in  the  nerves,  in  the 
brain.  There  are  many  varieties,  each  taking 
its  character  from  the  tissue  of  the  part 
affected ;  but  they  are  all  malignant  in 
varying    degrees.     They    may   be    cut    out ; 


THE  CAUSES  OF  DEATH  29 

but  they  grow  again.  Occasionally,  once 
cut  out,  they  never  reappear.  Occasionally, 
too,  when  treated  by  the  X-rays  or  Radium 
they  shrivel  up  and  disappear.  And  there 
are  many  instances  where  the  growth  is  so 
slow  as  almost  to  lose  its  character  of  malig- 
nancy. When  the  cause  and  the  cure  of 
cancer  and  the  other  malignant  tumours  are 
discovered,  mankind  will  be  saved  from  a 
great  terror. 

But  note  here  a  case  of  rheumatic  fever — 
a  very  acute  illness,  with  high  temperature, 
rapid  pulse,  great  pain  in  the  joints,  depres- 
sion and  helplessness.  It  often  affects  the 
lining  of  the  heart,  external  or  internal ;  so 
producing  imperfection  of  the  heart  valves 
or  disease  of  the  external  heart-lining,  and 
damaging  the  organ,  perhaps,  for  the  whole 
lifetime.  The  disease  is  curable ;  in  some 
degree,  it  is  even  preventable  ;  but  it  is  one 
of  the  most  disabling,  and,  ultimately,  one  of 
the  most  deadly,  in  the  whole  list.  It  may 
recur  several  times,  every  time  increasing 
the  damage.  A  heart  so  damaged  may 
partially  recover ;  it  attains  to  a  certain 
plane  of  relatively  healthy  function  ;  it  may 
enable  the  man  to  follow  his  calling  ;  but  it 
will  never  permit  him  the  same  latitude  of 
physical  labour,  or  exercise,  or  personal 
exposure.     Tens  of  thousands  in  the  British 


80  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


1 


Islands  are  moving  about  with  hearts  once 
damaged  by  rheumatism.  To  this  cause 
many  of  the  sudden  deaths  are  due.  Any 
sudden  exertion  breaks  down  the  partially  re- 
stored heart  and  ends  in  greater  disablement 
or  in  sudden  death.  Nor  is  this  all.  A  heart 
so  damaged  may,  through  its  intimate  con- 
nections with  the  lungs  and  stomach,  produce 
a  chronic  congestion  of  the  breathing  tubes, 
a  chronic  catarrh  of  the  stomach,  and  possibly 
catarrh  of  the  kidneys.  Shortness  of  breath 
is  a  common  symptom,  because  the  damaged 
lung  cannot  do  its  work  at  the  normal  rate. 
If  we  followed  up  all  the  causes  and  conse- 
quences of  rheumatic  fever,  we  should  have 
to  describe  diseases  in  many  of  the  membranes 
and  organs  of  the  body. 

Let  us  pass  on  to  this  case  of  lead  poison- 
ing. You  notice  that  the  patient  cannot 
shake  hands.  He  suffers  from  wrist-drop. 
His  hand  seems  pulled  in.  This  is  because, 
at  his  trade  as  a  painter,  he  has  failed  to 
keep  his  nails  clean,  or  in  some  other  way 
has  succeeded  in  absorbing  lead  into  the 
system.  Lead  affects  the  nerves  that  supply 
the  hand,  thus  causing  degeneration  and 
paralysis.  There  are  many  other  symptoms 
of  chronic  lead  poisoning  ;  but  wrist-drop  is 
the  most  striking.  The  disease  is  curable, 
if  caught  in  time.     It  is,  too,   preventable. 


THE  CAUSES  OF  DEATH  31 

and  ought  not  to  occur.  But  it  does  occur 
in  many  occupations. 

But  who  is  this  that  is  breathing  so  noisily  ? 
He  was  picked  up  unconscious  on  the  street ; 
his  face  very  congested  and  somewhat  drawn 
to  one  side.  The  physician  tells  us  that  a 
vessel  in  the  brain  has  burst.  This  is 
apoplexy  or  cerebral  haemorrhage.  When 
consciousness  returns,  he  will  find  one  arm 
or  leg  absolutely  without  power ;  he  can 
feel  with  them,  but  he  cannot  move  them. 
And  when  he  tries  to  speak,  he  will  mumble 
and  break  his  words.  The  clot  in  the  brain 
due  to  the  burst  artery  presses  on  the  motor 
areas,  interrupts  the  nerve  paths  from  the 
brain  to  the  limbs,  and  so  produces  paralysis. 
He  will  partially  recover  ;  but  he  will  never 
be  the  same  man  again.  The  causes  of  his 
ailment  are  various  ;  but  the  ailment  itself  will 
be  classed  as  a  disease  of  the  nervous  system. 

In  looking  at  the  case  of  rheumatism,  we 
have  already  seen  diseases  of  the  heart,  which 
is  the  chief  organ  of  the  circulatory  system. 
Here  sits  another  case  of  heart  disease.  He 
suffers,  at  irregular  intervals,  from  violent 
spasms  of  heart  pain.  He  feels  as  if  dying. 
When  the  spasm  passes  he  is  more  or  less 
exhausted,  but,  often,  he  is  able  to  follow 
his  duty.  Sooner  or  later  the  spasms  of 
pain  will    end    in    death.      After    death    his 


82  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


heart  will  be  found  badly  diseased ;  the 
valves  of  it  may  be  found  imperfect ;  the 
arteries  that  supplied  it  with  nourishment 
will  be  found  hard  and  inelastic.  )  Near  him 
is  a  man  whose  arteries  are  already  far 
advanced  in  disease,  hardened,  robbed  of  their 
elasticity,  ready  to  burst  at  any  increase  of 
pressure,  slowing  down  the  man's  heart  and 
with  it  his  whole  life.  The  condition,  by 
care  in  early  life,  by  the  prevention  of  putre- 
faction in  the  bowels,  by  the  careful  adjust- 
ment of  labour  to  capacity,  by  a  judicious  use 
of  certain  drugs,  may  be  delayed  and  par- 
tially prevented  ;  but,  as  we  now  see  it,  it 
is  without  remedy  and  may  go  on  till  the 
brain  fails,  producing  senile  imbecility  and, 
one  day,  death. 

Of  diseases  of  the  respiratory  system  there 
are  many — pneumonia  or  inflammation  of  the 
lungs  in  several  varieties,  bronchitis,  asthma, 
inflammation  of  the  larnyx,  not  to  speak 
of  tuberculosis  of  the  lungs,  which,  however, 
is  an  infectious  disease,  and  will  be  studied 
more  fully  by  itself.  Many  of  the  respiratoiy 
diseases  are  preventable ;  some  of  them 
being  due  to  dust,  some  to  a  specific  microbe  ; 
some  to  carelessness  of  clothing  and  ex- 
posure. Respiratory  diseases  account  for 
the  great  mass  of  deaths. 

There  are,   too,   diseases   of  the  digestive 


THE  CAUSES  OF  DEATH  33 

system.  Every  organ  of  the  alimentary 
tract  may  furnish  some  disease  that  ends  in 
death.  The  mouth  harbours  many  species 
of  infective  germs  ;  some  of  them,  it  is  said, 
are  the  specific  cause  of  a  deadly  form  of 
anaemia,  and  nearly  all  of  them  tend  to  pro- 
duce one  form  or  another  of  body  poisoning. 
The  tonsils,  apart  from  recurrent  inflamma- 
tion, may  be  the  seat  of  scarlet  fever,  or 
diphtheria,  and  may  be  an  index  of  certain 
rheumatic  conditions.  The  stomach  with 
its  many  inflammatory  and  other  diseases,  the 
bowels  with  their  inflammations  and  ulcers, 
the  appendix  with  its  many  varieties  of 
appendicitis,  the  liver  with  its  congestions, 
or  gall-stones,  or  tumours,  or  specific  diseases, 
the  external  lining  of  the  bowels  with  its 
inflammations,  tubercular  or  other, — may  all 
provide  causes  of  death. 

It  would  take  us  a  disproportionate  time 
even  to  name  the  classes  of  disease  that  yet 
remain, — the  diseases  of  the  urinary  system, 
the  diseases  of  pregnancy  and  child-birth, 
the  diseases  of  the  skin,  diseases  of  the 
organs  of  locomotion,  the  diseases  of  early 
infancy,  not  to  mention  the  causes  of  death 
by  violence  or  accident.  This,  no  less  than 
all  that  we  have  named,  are  to  be  found  in 
every  large  general  hospital.  They  afford 
endless    material    for   the    curative    methods 


84  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


both  of  the  physician  and  of  the  surgeon. 
There  is  not  an  organ  of  the  body  that  may 
not  need  skilled  attention.  And,  if  you 
look  at  the  ages  marked  on  the  bed-charts, 
you  will  find  that  they  vary  from  childhood 
or  adolescence  to  extreme  old  age.  Every 
stage  of  life  has  its  predominating  diseases, 
but  no  stage  is  free  from  disease.  Here, 
the  cause  of  disease  is  some  poison  like  lead  ; 
there,  it  is  over-exertion.  Here,  a  disease 
may  come  from  improper  feeding  and  in- 
sufficient elimination  of  waste ;  there,  it 
may  come  from  under-feeding  and  inability 
to  withstand  enforced  exertion.  This  girl 
is  anaemic  because  she  is  confined  in  a  light- 
less  room  all  day,  or  lives  on  an  ill -balanced 
diet,  or  works  among  lead  salts.  That  man 
suffers  from  over-growth  of  the  heart,  be- 
cause for  years  he  has  been  over-worked  and 
under-fed.  But  of  the  causes  of  disease  there 
is  no  end.  Every  man  and  every  organ  he 
possesses  must  respond  in  some  way  to  the 
environment  if  he  is  to  live  at  all ;  every 
organ  therefore  has  to  meet,  in  due  season, 
its  risks  of  over-pressure,  of  poisoning,  or  of 
some  other  form  of  super-action  or  perverted 
nutrition. 

But  it  is  not,  for  the  moment,  the  causes 
of  disease  we  wish  to  emphasise.  It  is  rather 
that  this  chaos  of  activities,  this  unending 


I 


THE  CAUSES  OF  DEATH  85 

procession  of  diseases  and  defects,  must  have 
names,  and  must  be  classified.  Otherwise, 
it  would  be  impossible  for  science  to  master 
any  of  the  causes  of  death. 

Before  searching  for  any  principle  to  guide 
us  in  naming  and  classifying  this  chaotic 
mass  of  diseases,  let  us  look  for  a  moment 
into  one  hospital  more — the  Infirmary  belong- 
ing to  an  English  Workhouse  or  the  Sick 
Wards  of  a  Scottish  Poorhouse.  In  these  are 
collected  the  diseases  of  destitution,  and  the 
patients  are  a  vast  multitude.  A  glance 
proves  that  they  have  lived  on  a  lower  plane 
of  health  ;  they  are  living  now  among  more 
chronic  diseases.  Acute  illnesses,  like  rheu- 
matic fever,  or  appendicitis,  are  conspicuous 
by  their  rarity.  Here  the  day  is  filled  with 
the  superabundance  of  old-standing  heart 
disease,  incurable  paralysis  of  many  varieties, 
incurable  affections  of  the  bones  and  joints, 
incurable  blindness,  incurable  kidney  disease, 
incurable  results  of  syphilis,  old  leg-ulcers 
that  need  constant  cleaning,  running  sores  of 
bone  that  need  constant  dressing,  the  de- 
crepitude of  age,  or  the  feeble-mindedness  of 
youth,''  sometimes  idiocy  or  imbecility  in 
many  grades  and  varieties,  or  epilepsy,  or 
harmless  forms  of  insanity,  or  disabling  and 
incurable  gout,  or  rheumatism,  or  brain 
disease,  or  spine  disease,  or  some  other  of  the 
b2 


86  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

thousand  and  one  varieties  of  chronic  disorder. 
There  are,  too,  many  malignant  diseases, 
which  are  long  beyond  surgical  or  medical 
aid.  All  these  diseases  can  be  classified 
under  the  same  heads  as  in  the  other  hospitals  ; 
but  with  a  difference.  The  patients  now 
visible  are  all  on  the  waiting  list  for  the  grave. 
They  drop  off  rapidly  one  by  one  :  here,  of 
senile  feebleness ;  there,  of  sudden  heart 
failure  or  apoplexy.  The  men  are  old  at 
fifty  ;  the  women,  senile.  There  is  no  green 
old  age  in  the  poorhouse.  These  are  they 
that  have  dropped  out  of  citizenship.  They 
have  lost  touch  with  their  fellows  ;  they  live 
through  the  day  without  purpose,  and  when 
they  die,  they  are  buried  by  some  one  and  their 
beds  are  filled  again. 

To  widen  our  knowledge  of  the  classes  of 
disease,  we  ought  to  visit  an  Asylum  for  the 
Insane.  A  special  field  so  vast  would  need 
a  special  list  of  names  for  the  many  diseases 
to  be  found  there.  The  general  word 
"  insanity "  covers  a  multitude  of  special 
diseases.  Let  us  be  content  here  to  call 
them  "  mental  diseases." 

Nor  shall  we  concern  ourselves  till  later 
with  the  infectious  diseases  ;  for  they  need 
special  study. 

How  then  shall  we  name  and  classify  all 


THE  CAUSES  OF  DEATH  37 

these  departures  from  the  normal,  these 
palpable,  visible,  definable  states  of  body  ? 
The  names  come  to  us  often  with  a  long 
history ;  many  of  them  are  derived  from 
Latin  or  Greek ;  but  every  one  of  them 
symbolises  some  state  as  clear  to  the  physician 
and  the  surgeon  as  the  eye  or  the  hand  is  to 
the  physiologist.  But  the  kind  of  classi- 
fication depends  on  the  end  to  be  served.  It 
is  said  of  a  distinguished  Aberdeen  surgeon 
that,  when  he  found  something  wrong  with  a 
knee-joint,  he  was  content  to  say — "  There 
is  some  infernal  bobbery  going  on  in  that 
joint."  This  was  fifty  years  ago.  It  was 
enough,  in  those  days,  to  justify  a  surgical 
operation,  and  the  surgeon  achieved  great 
things  surgically.  The  science  of  diseased 
organs  was  then  in  its  infancy.  To-day  the 
youngest  surgeon  that  handles  a  knife  knows 
in  nine  cases  out  of  ten  the  precise  nature  of 
the  condition  he  has  to  deal  with,  the  course 
it  will  run  if  he  does  not  operate,  and  the 
prospect  of  cure  if  he  does.  That  he  should 
be  able  to  bring  such  knowledge  to  bear  he 
owes  largely  to  the  fact  that,  for  nearly  sixty 
years,  the  causes  of  death  have  been  carefully 
registered.  In  his  reports  weekly,  monthly, 
quarterly,  and  yearly,  the  Registrar-General 
for  each  country  places  on  record  the  numbers 
of  those  that  die  and  the  diseases  that  cause 


38  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

their  death.  To  these  reports  every  student 
of  disease  turns  ;  from  them  he  takes  his 
data  for  the  ends  of  medical,  or  surgical, 
or  hygienic  study,  or  for  the  purposes  of 
insurance,  or  social  research. 

Since,  however,  the  purposes  of  the  classi- 
fication are  thus  so  various,  the  difficulties 
of  satisfactory  classification  are  enormous. 
Recently,  under  the  leadership  of  France, 
an  international  Nomenclature  of  Diseases 
has  been  produced.  This  Nomenclature  is 
the  result  of  criticism  and  sifted  experience. 
It  has  been  adopted  by  some  twenty  nations 
or  communities.  It  thus  becomes  an  inter- 
national code  to  facilitate  the  comparative 
study  of  disease  and  health.  Not  all  diseases 
are  here  named ;  but  all  diseases  are  here 
provided  with  a  class  name.  No  departure 
from  the  normal  will  fail  to  find  a  general 
heading  to  suit  it. 

In  this  Nomenclature  there  are  fourteen 
main  blocks  of  disease.  There  are  the  general 
diseases,  which  include  fifty-nine  special 
classes  ;  among  these  are  all  the  infectious 
diseases,  some  thirty-two  in  all ;  the  cancer- 
ous diseases  ;  acute  rheumatism  ;  scurvy  ; 
diabetes  ;  alcoholism,  and  other  intoxications 
of  various  kinds.  The  second  block  includes 
the  diseases  of  the  nervous  system  and  of 
the    organs    of    sense.     Then   there   are   the 


THE  CAUSES  OF  DEATH  39 

affections  of  the  circulatory  system ;  of 
the  respiratory  system ;  of  the  digestive 
system  ;  of  the  genito-urinary  system  ;  the 
puerperal  state  ;  the  affections  of  the  skin  ; 
affections  of  the  bones  and  organs  of  loco- 
motion ;  imperfect  developments  and  mon- 
strosities ;  diseases  of  the  new-born  ;  diseases 
of  old  age  ;  diseases  due  to  external  causes, 
such  as  violence  ;  and  a  final  class  of  badly 
defined  diseases.  The  sub-classes  number 
about  one  hundred  and  ninety.  If  each 
morbid  condition  received  a  special  name,  the 
list  of  names  would  far  exceed  a  thousand. 

What  is  the  use  of  this  elaborately  sub- 
divided Nomenclature  of  Diseases  ?  To 
answer  is  easy.  It  enables  the  Doctor  to 
keep  an  exact  record  of  the  diseases  he  treats. 
It  enables  him  to  enter  in  a  death  certificate, 
as  required  by  law,  the  primary  and  secondary 
causes  of  death.  It  enables  the  local  Regis- 
trars all  over  the  country  to  keep  with  exact- 
ness the  Register  of  Deaths  for  every  locality. 
It  enables  the  Registrar-General  to  bring  all 
the  facts  for  each  cause  of  death  into  a  single 
Register.  From  the  large  numbers  thus 
collected,  he  is  able  to  calculate  the  death- 
rates  due  to  each  disease,  to  each  group  of 
diseases,  to  each  great  class  of  diseases,  to 
the  whole  collection  of  diseases.  From  the 
death-rates,  he  can  infer  the  disease-rates  of 


40  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

every  locality.  He  thus  provides  for  the 
whole  community  an  index  of  health.  This 
index  is  the  guide  of  all  social  progress. 
From  it  the  individual  citizen  knows  of  the 
healthiness  or  unhealthiness  of  his  village,  or 
parish,  or  town,  or  city.  From  it  the  insur- 
ance companies  draw  data  for  their  life- 
tables  From  it  the  municipal  world  takes 
guidance  in  the  cleaning  of  towns,  in  the 
reduction  of  overcrowding,  in  the  rebuild- 
ing of  unhealthy  areas,  and  in  the  planning 
of  cities.  Without  these  sixty  years  of 
carefully  calculated  figures,  the  public  health 
movement  would  be  a  movement  in  the  dark. 
This  is  confirmed  by  the  practice  of  every 
civilised  country.  No  department  of  State 
activity  can  show  greater  justification  than 
the  department  of  statistics.  The  record  of 
national  health  is  the  test  of  national  progress. 

It  is  for  these  reasons  that  so  much  detail 
is  given  here  without  apology.  Every  citizen 
should  study  national  health  records.  He 
will  gain  from  them  a  new  significance  for 
every  form  of  social  activity. 

But  the  details  given  have  a  further  purpose. 
They  show  the  great  dividing  lines  of  disease. 
Each  social  organisation  must  choose  for 
itself  the  divisions  that  suit  its  purpose  ;  but, 
in  the  study  of  health  and  disease,  there  is 
one  fundamental  division,  namely,  the  division 


.  DEATH-RATES— INTERPRETATION    41 

between  preventable  and  non-preventable 
diseases.  From  our  point  of  view,  the  pro- 
gress of  society  is  a  progress  from  disease  to 
health.  To  prevent  disease  is  to  promote 
health.  But  to  prevent  disease  needs  a  know- 
ledge not  only  of  the  methods  of  prevention, 
but  also  of  the  diseases  that  are  preventable. 
Before,  however,  the  significance  of  preven- 
tion can  be  understood,  the  death-rate  must 
be  studied  in  somewhat  greater  detail. 


CHAPTER  III 

DEATH-RATES    AND   THEIR   INTERPRETATION 

"  In  the  year  1908,  the  deaths  from  all 
causes  in  England  and  Wales  corresponded 
to  a  rate  of  14-683  per  1000  living  at  all  ages 
and  of  both  sexes.  This  rate  is  the  lowest 
on  record,  and  is  below  the  average  rate  in 
the  five-year  period  ended  1907  by  5  per 
cent." 

What  does  this  extremely  condensed  state- 
ment mean  ?  It  is  taken  from  The  Seventy- 
fiirst  Annual  Report  of  the  Registrar-General 
for  England  and  Wales.     These  figures,  which 


42  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

read  so  simply,  represent  a  year's  collection 
of  facts  in  the  provinces  and  months  of  cal- 
culation at  the  centre.  The  two  sentences, 
therefore,  deserve  a  careful  analysis. 

In  the  England  and  Wales  of  1908,  the 
deaths  of  520,426  persons  were  registered. 
Of  these,  268,714  were  males  and  251,742 
were  females.  This  is  the  first  crude  fact 
to  be  realised.  It  tells  us  little  by  itself  ; 
but  nothing  can  be  understood  without  it. 
Further,  the  population  of  England  and  Wales 
in  the  same  year  was  not  ascertained  exactly, 
because  1908  was  not  a  census  year.  On 
the  basis,  however,  of  the  census  of  1901,  an 
estimate  of  the  population  was  made.  It 
was  reckoned  that,  at  the  middle  of  1908, 
the  population  amounted  to  35,348,780,  of 
whom  17,071,524  were  males  and  18,277,256 
were  females.  This  is  the  second  crude  fact 
to  be  realised.  The  population  so  ascer- 
tained was  divided  up  among  the  various 
constituent  areas, — towns,  counties,  and  other 
administrative  areas. 

The  rate,  it  is  said,  is  the  lowest  on  record. 
The  record  goes  back  to  1836.  But  it  is 
enough  to  consider  the  facts  of  the  last  fifty 
years.  For  the  five  years  from  1861  to  1865, 
the  death-rate  was  equal  to  21*4  per  1000 
persons  living.  From  that  date,  the  Regis- 
trar-General   reports,    the     death-rate    fell 


DEATH-RATES— INTERPRETATION     43 

steadily,  declining  in  the  whole  period  under 
review  by  nearly  one-third.  When,  there- 
fore, the  rate  is  called  "  the  lowest  on  record," 
it  means  that,  for  every  thousand  living, 
only  some  fourteen  die  in  each  year  as  against 
twenty-one  fifty  years  ago.  There  is  thus  a 
saving  of  nearly  seven  lives  for  every  thousand 
of  the  population,  and,  as  the  population 
numbered  over  35  millions,  the  numbers  saved 
are  enormous,  being  at  least  245,000.  For 
the  ends  of  administration,  the  calculated 
figure  of  14-683  per  1000  symbolised  aU 
this  vast  saving  of  life.  But  it  is  well, 
occasionally,  to  translate  back  the  rate  into 
the  concrete  facts  and  so  make  an  effort  to 
realise  in  imagination  the  amount  of  life  and 
happiness  the  figures  body  forth  for  us. 

But  this  death-rate  of  14-6  per  1000  living 
is  not  so  simple  as  it  seems.  It  is  a  death- 
rate  of  persons  living  "  at  all  ages."  It, 
therefore,  in  some  way  contains  within 
it  the  death-rates  at  each  particular  age. 
If  the  population  is  analysed,  it  is  found  to 
be  made  up  of  so  many  persons  under  five 
years  of  age  ;  so  many,  from  five  to  ten ; 
so  many,  from  ten  to  fifteen ;    from  fifteen 

tto  twenty ;  from  twenty  to  twenty-five ; 
from  twenty-five  to  thirty-five  ;  from  thirty- 
five  to  forty-five ;  from  forty-five  to  fifty- 
five  ;     from    fifty-five    to    sixty-five ;     from 


44  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


^ 


sixty-five  upwards.  These  are  the  ages 
selected  by  the  Registrar-General  to  parcel 
out  the  population  into  convenient  sections. 
Each  section  has  its  predominant  diseases, 
its  predominant  causes  of  death,  its  own 
current  of  sectional  life.  Children  under 
five,  for  example,  tender,  rapid-growing, 
unstable,  just  entering  the  world  of  life's 
stresses,  infections,  and  injuries,  naturally 
have  a  higher  death-rate  than  children  of  five 
to  ten,  who  have  reached  a  relatively  smooth 
plane  of  life.  At  the  other  end  of  the  scale 
are  the  men  and  women  over  sixty-five. 
They  are  past  maturity  ;  they  are  living  on 
the  remnants  of  their  physiological  capital ; 
they  are  already  "  within  the  fore-shadows 
of  the  tomb." 

Imagine  that,  in  the  beginning  of  1908,  a 
thousand  children  under  five  were  placed  in 
the  order  of  age  from  birth  upwards  and 
certified  living.  If,  at  the  end  of  1908,  the 
same  children  were  once  more  to  be  placed 
in  the  same  order,  there  would  be  forty 
places  unfilled.  For,  in  that  year,  the  death- 
rate  of  children  under  five  was  40  per  1000. 
If,  in  the  same  year,  a  thousand  persons  over 
sixty-five  had  been  placed  in  their  order, 
the  unfilled  places  at  the  end  of  the  year 
would  have  numbered  eighty-seven.  The 
death-rate    of    persons    over    sixty-five    was 


DEATH-RATES— INTERPRETATION    45 

87  per  1000.  Between  these  extremes  there 
are  many  variations.  The  death-rate  for  the 
children  living  between  five  and  ten  was  3 
per  1000 ;  for  children  living  between  ten 
and  fifteen,  it  was  nearly  2  per  1000  ;  and 
for  youths  of  both  sexes  living  between 
fifteen  and  twenty,  nearly  3  per  1000 ;  for 
those  of  twenty  to  twenty-five,  over  3  per 
1000  ;  for  those  of  twenty-five  to  thirty-five, 
nearly  5  per  1000  ;  for  those  of  thirty-five 
to  forty-five,  over  8  per  1000  ;  for  those  of 
forty-five  to  fifty-five,  over  14  per  1000 ; 
for  those  of  fifty-five  to  sixty-five,  over  28 
per  1000. 

Has  such  an  analysis  any  special  value  ? 
It  has  immense  value  for  many  purposes. 
It  guides  the  student  of  health  in  his  investi- 
gation of  the  conditions  that  foster  disease. 
It  shows  him  what  the  feeble  ages  are,  and 
stimulates  him  to  find  the  causes  of  enfeeble- 
ment.  It  suggests  many  complicated  ques- 
tions for  biology  and  sociology.  If  our 
population  was  formed  solely  of  children  aged 
ten  to  fifteen,  the  death-rate  would  be  less 
than  2  per  1000.  If  it  were  formed  of  men 
and  women  over  sixty-five,  it  would  be  nearly 
90  per  1000.  In  the  urban  counties  it  actually 
was  94  per  1000  for  those  ages.  These  death- 
rates,  therefore,  suggest  further  analysis.  Ob- 
viously, if  any  community  has  a  very  large 


46  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

proportion  of  children  from  ten  to  fifteen 
years  old,  its  death-rate  will  be  low.  If  it 
has  a  very  large  proportion  of  people  over 
sixty-five,  its  death-rate  will  be  high.  The 
low  death-rate  of  one  locality,  therefore, 
does  not  by  itself  prove  that  the  locality  is 
healthy,  nor  does  the  high  death-rate  of 
the  other  locality  prove  that  it  is  unhealthy. 
It  is  clear  that,  if  we  are  to  compare  the  health 
of  localities,  the  proportion  of  young  and  old 
in  the  population  must  be  carefully  esti- 
mated and  allowed  for.  This  is  what  is 
meant  by  "  correction  for  age."  There  is  a 
similar  correction  for  the  local  differences 
in  the  relative  numbers  of  males  and  females. 

It  would  be  possible  to  pass  on  from  one 
fertile  suggestion  to  another,  until  our  minds 
were  possessed  with  nothing  but  figures  and 
the  extraordinary  revelations  they  bring. 
Figures  are  fascinating  ;  they  are  necessary  ; 
they  will  never  fail  to  attract  the  mathe- 
maticians and  statisticians.  But  here  we 
are  concerned  with  other  questions  of  practice. 
To  us  the  death-rate  is  not  an  end  in  itself ; 
it  is  merely  an  index  to  what  happens  among 
our  fellow-men,  a  guide  to  what  can  be  done 
to  remove  the  causes  of  death,  an  illuminating 
comment  on  the  possibilities  of  preventing 
disease. 


^ 


DEATH-RATES— INTERPRETATION    47 

Look,  then,  for  a  moment  at  another  aspect 
of  the  same  facts.  What  are  the  most  deadly 
diseases  ?  It  is  still  the  year  1908  that  we 
study.  The  deaths  from  all  causes  were, 
as  we  saw,  520,426.  If  we  took  any  thousand 
deaths,  we  should  find  that  certain  diseases 
contributed  many  more  deaths  than  others. 
Thus,  tuberculosis  in  all  its  forms  contributed 
over  107  to  every  1000  deaths — rather  more 
than  a  tenth  of  the  whole.  Tuberculosis  of 
the  lungs  alone  contributed  76  to  the  1000 
deaths.  In  the  list  of  contributors,  tuber- 
culosis is  an  easy  first.  Next  come  diseases 
of  the  heart,  which  contributed  96  to  the 
1000  deaths.  Then  follow  diseases  of  the 
respiratory  system,  with  a  contribution  of 
89  per  1000  deaths.  If  pneumonia,  which  is 
now  classified  as  an  infection,  were  added, 
the  total  contribution  of  respiratory  diseases 
would  be  nearly  170.  Diseases  of  the  nervous 
system  contributed  64 ;  cancer  and  other 
malignant  diseases,  63  ;  old  age,  63  ;  diseases 
of  the  blood-vessels,  60 ;  diseases  of  the 
digestive  system,  55.  The  most  fatal  infec- 
tions of  that  year  were  measles,  contributing 
15 ;  influenza,  contributing  19 ;  whooping- 
cough,  contributing  19 ;  diphtheria,  con- 
tributing 11  ;  diarrhoea,  contributing  35, — to 
I  every  1000  deaths. 


48  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


m 


death-dealing  diseases  are  tuberculosis,  dis- 
eases of  the  heart  and  blood-vessels,  and 
diseases  of  the  respiratory  system.  The 
others  all  are  important,  but  no  single  group 
can  rival  these.  It  is  now  clear  why,  in  our 
visits  to  the  hospitals,  these  great  diseases 
were  found  in  the  ascendant.  Wherever  we 
went,  we  encountered  them.  At  that  stage, 
they  were  diseases  of  the  living,  claiming 
sympathy  and  skill ;  at  this  stage,  they  are 
causes  of  death,  recorded  in  the  cold 
quantities  of  administrative  science. 

But  this  analysis  of  a  thousand  deaths 
concerns  only  a  single  year,  and  a  total 
death-rate  of  14-6  per  1000  living.  It  is  the 
progress  of  the  death-rate  year  by  year  that 
tells  us  where  we  are  going.  Let  us  look 
backwards.  This  time  our  illustration  may 
come  from  Scotland.  The  diseases  on  record 
there  are  just  the  same  and  tell  the  same 
story. 

Of  two  diseases,  the  history  is  marvellous — 
typhus  fever  and  smallpox.  It  was  not  till 
the  year  1865  that  typhus  fever  and  typhoid 
(enteric)  fever  were  separately  recorded. 
Indeed,  only  a  short  time  before  then  were 
they  definitely  known  to  be  distinct.  They 
are  still  occasionally  confused  ;  but,  in  the 
typical   cases,   no   confusion  is   possible.     It 


DEATH-RATES— INTERPRETATION     49 

may  be  assumed,  however,  that  of  the  two, 
typhus  contributed  more  than  typhoid  to 
the  enormous  total  of  deaths.  In  1855  the 
Scottish  deaths  from  these  two  diseases 
numbered  2419,  representing  a  death-rate  of 
90  for  every  100,000  of  the  population.  The 
deaths  fell  a  little  and  rose  a  little  in  the  ten 
years  ;  but  in  1864  the  two  diseases  together 
killed  4804  people,  corresponding  to  a  death- 
rate  of  116  for  every  100,000  of  the  popula- 
tion. In  1865  the  deaths  from  each  disease 
were  separately  recorded.  In  that  year 
typhus  alone  killed  3272 — a  death-rate  of 
108  per  100,000. 

Mark  now  the  change.  In  1880  typhus 
killed  only  170  people — a  death-rate  of  5  per 
100,000.  In  1890  it  killed  only  77— a  death- 
rate  of  2  per  100,000.  In  1900  it  killed  only 
35  people — a  death-rate  of  1  per  100,000. 
In  1908  it  killed  eight  persons — a  fractional 
rate  per  100,000.  Consider  the  average  rates 
for  the  ten -yearly  periods — 91  (the  two 
diseases),  65,  15,  3,  1,  less  than  1,  per 
100,000.  A  disease  that  alone  numbered  tens 
of  thousands  of  sick  and  its  thousands  of 
dead  has  practically  vanished  in  fifty  years. 
It  is  so  rare  that,  when  it  comes,  it  is  usually 
taken  for  something  else.  But  it  is  so 
virulent  that  it  always  compels  attention. 
The  extirpation  of  this  disease  is  a  triumph 


50  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

of  administration.  It  is  a  supreme  example 
of  what  can  be  done  by  isolation,  uncrowding, 
drainage,  cleansing,  and  the  systematic  re- 
moval of  waste.  The  germ  that  causes  the 
disease  is  still  undiscovered  ;  but  the  natural 
history  of  the  disease  is  well  understood. 
The  tale  told  of  Scotland  is  true  of  England 
and  Ireland.  Once,  typhus  was  a  scourge  in 
Europe ;  to-day,  it  is  hardly  to  be  found 
among  the  causes  of  death. 

The  history  of  smallpox  is  little  less  striking. 
If,  again,  ten-yearly  periods  are  taken,  the 
smallpox  death-rates  are  these — 35,  18,  19,  1, 
per  100,000. 

For  scarlet  fever  the  corresponding  figures 
are  98,  96,  79,  29,  19,  per  100,000.  There 
is  here  a  steady  fall  in  the  death-rate.  After 
typhus  and  smallpox,  scarlet  fever  has 
received  the  lion's  share  of  administrative 
attention.  The  death-rate  from  it  everywhere 
has  gone  down  ;  but  the  disease  still  comes 
back  in  frequent  epidemics  ;  it  always  rises  in 
the  autumn  and  tails  off  in  the  spring ;  but 
it  is  universally  allowed  to  be  a  less  serious  and 
more  manageable  disease  than  it  was  thirty 
or  forty  years  ago.  But  measles,  which  from 
the  average  of  the  five  years  after  1855 
killed  43  per  100,000,  still  continues  its  ravages 
almost  unchecked  ;  for,  on  the  average  of  the 
ten  years  after  1891,  it  killed  47  per  100,000. 


DEATH-RATES— INTERPRETATION     51 

With  one  depressing  fact,  this  chapter  must 
end.  The  death-rate  from  cancer  and  other 
malignant  diseases  was,  on  the  average  of  the 
ten  years  following  1861,  42  per  100,000. 
The  average  of  the  ten  years  following  1891 
was  74  per  100,000.  Allow  for  improved 
diagnosis — which  is  the  fact ;  allow  for  the 
great  saving  of  life  up  to  the  cancer  ages — 
which  is  also  the  fact ;  allow,  too,  that  the 
increase  has  not  occurred  in  the  easily 
accessible  and  readily  recognisable  cancers, 
as  of  the  lip,  the  tongue,  the  face,  but  rather 
in  the  hidden  cancers  of  the  internal  organs. 
It  matters  little.  The  dreary,  depressing 
fact  remains,  Up  till  now  cancer  must  be 
labelled  "  incurable."  But  the  scientific 
passion  of  the  world  is  centred  on  it  in  a 
hundred  laboratories.  Already,  hints  of 
discovery  are  everywhere  ;  for  all  we  know, 
perhaps  the  discovery  is  already  made.  The 
history  of  other  diseases  allows  us  to  hope ; 
for  scientific  pathology  is  not  a  century  old. 
Possibly  within  the  lifetime  of  the  middle- 
aged,  cancer  will  pass  into  the  class  of 
preventable  diseases^ 


52  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


m 


CHAPTER  IV 

FEVER,    INFECTIOUS   DISEASE,    AND   EPIDEMICS 

In  1844,  the  Commissioners  appointed  to 
inquire  into  the  administration  and  practical 
operation  of  the  Poor  Law  in  Scotland  issued 
their  report.  Among  other  things,  they 
reported  on  the  problems  of  medical  relief 
to  the  poor.  In  particular,  they  reported  on 
"  fever  "  and  epidemics,  which,  in  those  days, 
were  recorded  as  inevitable  incidents  of  indi- 
vidual and  social  life.  Typhus  was  every- 
where. Smallpox  was  everywhere.  In  one 
town  of  Western  Scotland  a  careful  school- 
master and  session-clerk  divided  the  people 
into  two  classes — those  that  had  taken 
smallpox  and  those  still  to  take  it  I  Of  the 
infections  now  most  common — scarlet  fever, 
measles,  and  whooping-cough — less  is  heard. 
They  were  probably  masked  by  typhus, 
smallpox,  and  enteric  fever.  They  were  all 
well  known ;  but  they  were  of  less  account 
than  the  great  death-dealers. 

It  is  in  such  a  social  atmosphere  that  the 
Commissioners  of  1844  write  in  reference  to 
fever  and  epidemics :  "It  is,  however,  very 
questionable  whether  the  periodical  prevalence 
of  fever  in  these  places — that  is,  in  Edinburgh 


FEVER  AND  EPIDEMICS  53 

and  Glasgow — can  justly  be  ascribed  to  any 
specific  cause.  There  may  be  said  to  be 
three  distinct  opinions  on  the  subject.  The 
first  is  stated  in  the  Sanitary  Report,  it  attri- 
butes the  spread  of  fever  to  filth  and  defective 
sewerage ;  the  second  would  ascribe  the  evil 
to  an  overcrowded  population ;  the  third, 
to  destitution.  We  believe  it  to  be  true  that 
wherever  fever  prevails,  one  or  more  of  these 
concomitants  will  be  found  to  exist.  But  as 
to  the  amount  of  influence  which  all  or  any 
of  such  causes  may  have  on  the  diffusion  or 
origin  of  disease,  we  feel  that  it  would  be 
presumptuous  in  us  to  offer  any  opinions, 
where  medical  men  of  the  greatest  experience 
are  not  agreed." 

In  those  days  it  was  not  possible  to  be  more 
exact.  The  infectivity  of  certain  fevers  was 
well  known  ;  but  the  germ  theory  had  not 
yet  come  to  light.  There  was  no  science  of 
bacteriology.  Not  for  some  years  after  1844 
did  it  enter  the  mind  of  any  investigator  to 
suggest  a  bacillus  or  any  other  microbe  as  the 
cause  of  enteric  fever,  or  diphtheria,  or  small- 
pox, or  typhus,  or  measles.  Indeed,  for 
several  of  these  diseases  no  germ  has  yet 
been  isolated  ;  but  analogy  leaves  us  in  little 
doubt  that  for  them  all  a  specific  germ  will 
be  found.  In  those  days,  too,  there  was 
little    effort    at    sanitation.     The    reports    of 


54  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

Chadwick  and  Neil  Arnot  on  the  state  of 
Glasgow  are  sad  reading.  Except  in  the 
more  remote  and  most  neglected  hamlets  or 
villages  of  to-day,  the  lower  animals  are 
housed  in  better  conditions  than  in  those  days 
the  human  beings  were.  The  fevers  were 
lumped  together  under  the  vague  name  of 
"  fever."  In  medicine,  the  word  is  now  the 
name  of  a  symptom — the  rise  of  temperature 
above  the  normal.  But,  used  of  an  un- 
differentiated mass  of  virulent  sicknesses,  it 
acquired  a  terrible  meaning,  whose  traditions 
you  find  still  living  in  the  popular  mind. 

It  is  difficult  to  understand  why,  even  at 
that  date,  the  distinction  of  infectious  types 
was  so  little  advanced.  The  great  physicians 
knew  them  well ;  for  their  descriptions  are 
extant.  Perhaps  the  lesser  medical  men  hacl 
little  chance  of  attaining  to  even  such  science; 
as  existed.  It  is  certain  that  the  study  o:' 
infection  had  not  advanced  far  ;  for,  at  the 
beginning  of  the  century,  a  distinguishecl 
physician  is  still  proving  the  infectivity  of 
whooping-cough.  The  want  of  scientific 
methods  of  research  accounts  for  much,  and 
seventy  years  ago  the  physician  had  not 
grasped  the  conception  of  prevention.  He 
looked  on  "  fevers  "  much  as  more  recently 
he  looked  on  "  tropical  diseases," — that  is,  as 
a  chaos  without  a  clue.     It  is  probable  that 


FEVER  AND  EPIDEMICS  55 

"  fever "  included  diseases  as  diverse  as 
these  —  typhus  fever,  typhoid  fever,  pneu- 
monia, eerebro  -  spinal  fever,  tubercular 
meningitis  (inflammation  of  the  brain 
membranes),  appendicitis,  septicaemia  (blood- 
poisoning),  and  some  others.  But,  in  spite 
of  their  inadequate  knowledge,  the  Com- 
missioners of  1844  made  many  recommenda- 
tions of  a  fruitful  kind  and  prepared  the  way 
for  the  public  health  services  we  now  enjoy. 

To  point  the  differences  between  then  and 
now,  let  us  visit  a  modern  Public  Health 
Hospital  of  one  hundred  beds.  It  is  built  in 
six  separate  pavilions.  It  has  an  administra- 
tion block  standing  apart.  Between  each 
two  pavilions  there  is  a  clear  space,  forty  feet 
wide.  There  are  a  laundry  and  disinfecting 
block,  a  discharging  block,  and  all  the  other 
offices  needed  for  the  management.  The 
whole  is  spread  over  some  five  or  six  acres. 
It  is  really  a  group  of  separate  hospitals  ;  for 
each  pavilion  houses  but  a  single  disease,  and, 
at  the  moment,  there  are  perhaps  four  or  five 
or  six  diseases,  and  the  whole  six  pavilions 
are  in  full  occupation.  Each  patient  has 
2000  cubic  feet  of  room.  It  will,  therefore, 
be  easy  to  see  how  the  "  fever  "  of  the  old 
days  is  now  split  up  in  order  that  it  may  be 
conquered. 


66  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


^ 


In  the  first  block,  where  scarlet  fever  is 
housed,  there  are  a  score  of  children,  varying 
in  age  from  two  upwards  ;  possibly  one  or 
two  adults.  It  is  a  fair  index  of  the  pro- 
portional incidence  of  the  disease.  Here  is 
a  school  child  of  ten,  just  admitted.  His  face 
is  flushed,  but  there  is  no  "  rash  "  on  it.  His 
hands,  arms,  chest,  body,  and  lower  limbs, 
however,  all  show  a  bright  red  eruption, — 
the  rash  of  scarlet  fever.  He  has  some 
difficulty  with  his  breathing  ;  for  his  throat 
is  much  inflamed  and  his  tonsils  swollen. 
His  eyes,  too,  are  congested.  He  is  excited, 
but  feeble.  His  pulse  runs  at  a  high  rate. 
His  temperature  has  gone  up  to  103°  F.  or 
104°  F.  It  will  remain  near  that  figure  for 
a  day  or  two.  The  rash  will  fade  away  in 
forty-eight  hours.  The  throat  will  grow  less 
painful.  Any  discharge  from  the  nose  wi'l 
diminish.  The  pulse  will  slow  down.  Ii 
perhaps  four  days  he  will  be  back,  apparentl}', 
to  his  normal  state.  A  new  process,  howevei', 
begins.  The  skin,  formerly  so  bright  red,  is 
now  pale  and  dry.  Within  a  week,  some- 
times much  earlier,  sometimes  later,  it  begins 
to  be  shed.  The  shedding  goes  on  until  the 
face,  neck,  body,  arms,  legs,  and  even  the 
hands  and  feet  are  completely  cleared  of  the 
old  skin.  The  process  may  take  weeks. 
Through  all   this   period   the  patient  is  ex- 


FEVER  AND  EPIDEMICS  57 

tremely  susceptible  to  cold.  He  may  develop 
complications ;  the  kidneys  may  become 
inflamed,  and  death  from  dropsy  may  result. 
But,  if  all  goes  well,  he  is  out  of  bed,  out  ol 
ward,  and  out  of  hospital  well  within  six,  seven, 
or  eight  weeks. 

Every  year  tens  of  thousands  of  British 
children  run  through  this  history.  They  die 
at  the  rate  of  some  3  per  cent,  of  all  those 
affected.  In  the  old  days,  the  death-rate  was 
higher ;  but  we  are  not  certain  whether  the 
disease  was  quite  the  same.  Possibly  it  was 
"  a  mixed  infection  "  ;  as  typhus  and  typhoid 
were  rolled  into  one,  so  possibly  scarlet  fever 
and  some  other  virulent  infection  went 
together.  In  modern  days,  severe  cases 
frequently  occur;  but,  for  the  most  part,  the 
cases  are  mild. 

You  ask  how  this  child  was  infected. 
Possibly,  he  drank  infected  milk.  Possibly, 
he  caught  directly  the  infective  discharge 
of  some  other  patient ;  but  whatever  the 
immediate  origin,  there  is  always  "  the  one 
before."  From  thirty-six  hours  to  three,  four, 
or  five  days  after  he  "  catches  "  the  infec- 
tion, he  shows  the  symptoms  in  the  sequence 
described. 

We  pass  now  to  the  typhoid  pavilion. 
Three  weeks  ago  this  woman  was  niu-sing  a 


68  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


1 


case  of  known  typhoid  fever.  A  week  ago 
she  began  to  suffer  from  bad  headache  ;  her 
temperature  began  to  rise ;  in  three  days  it 
had  reached  104°  F.  She  is  now  at  the  end  of 
the  first  week  after  the  onset  of  the  disease, 
the  invasion.  The  temperature  remains  high, 
falhng  a  httle  in  the  morning,  rising  again  at 
night.  For  three  weeks  it  will  continue  so. 
Gradually,  while  maintaining  the  same  vibra- 
tions night  and  morning,  it  will  on  the  whole 
slowly  subside,  until  in  the  fourth  week  it  will 
be  once  more  normal.  Meanwhile,  the  patient 
suffers  little  pain,  but  great  prostration.  She 
has  to  be  kept  on  a  rigidly  limited  diet ; 
because  the  bowels  are  ulcerated  and  much 
food  might  be  dangerous. 

The  disease  is  due  to  a  specific  germ,  which 
may  be  swallowed  with  milk,  or  water,  or  food, 
and  must  have  come  from  a  previous  case. 
Within  six  weeks  of  the  onset  of  the  illness, 
this  woman  will  be  well,  but  profoundly 
feeble.  Mentally,  she  may  suffer  for  a  time  ; 
for  delirium  is  a  common  symptom  of  the 
disease,  and  it  may  be  followed  by  temporary 
feebleness  of  mind.  In  France,  typhoid  fever 
is  looked  upon  with  much  alarm ;  for  it  is  a 
common  starting-point  of  functional  nervous 
diseases.  Any  shock,  or  fright,  in  the  period 
of  feebleness  may,  without  the  after  knowledge 
of    the    patient,    result    in    serious    nervous 


FEVER  AND  EPIDEMICS  59 

disturbances  that  may  affect  the  whole  after 
life.  These  results  are  not  common  in  this 
country ;  but  they  indicate  the  need  for 
careful  nursing  and  the  greatest  attainable 
quietness  and  peace. 

But  there  may  be  another  result.  The 
patient  herself  may  recover ;  but  she  may 
continue  to  be  infectious.  In  her  excretions 
the  bacillus  of  typhoid  fever  may  remain  active 
for  weeks,  for  months,  for  years.  In  a  word, 
she  may  become  "  a  carrier  case."  Immune 
to  the  disease  herself,  she  will  remain 
capable  of  infecting  others.  She  will  harbour 
in  the  liver  (in  the  gall-bladder)  an  innumer- 
able host  of  typhoid  germs.  From  time  to 
time  these  will  pass  into  the  blood  or  the 
bowel  and  afterwards  be  diffused  just  as  if 
she  still  suffered  from  the  disease. 

It  is  only  some  five  years  ago  since  this 
condition  was  thorouglily  understood.  At  a 
certain  Continental  restaurant  every  new 
servant  that  came  took  typhoid  fever.  There 
was  nothing  in  the  water,  in  the  milk,  in  the 
food,  in  the  sanitation  of  the  house  to  account 
for  the  occurrences ;  but  the  head  of  the 
establishment  had  some  years  before  suffered 
from  typhoid.  She  was  still  infectious.  The 
case  was  carefully  studied,  and  scores  upon 
scores  of  such  cases  are  now  on  record. 

The   carrier  case    accounts   for   many  ap- 


60  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

parently  unaccountable  outbreaks  of  typhoid 
fever.  Murchison,  the  greatest  English 
authority  on  typhoid  and  typhus,  held  a 
theory  that  typhoid  fever  could  originate 
from  uninfected  filth.  In  the  days  before 
bacteriology,  such  a  theory  was  justifiable 
provisionally ;  now  that  the  germ  and  the 
carrier  case  are  known,  the  hypothesis  is 
superfluous.  The  carrier  case  presents  very 
difficult  administrative  problems ;  but  the 
experts  are  busy  at  research,  and  the  prospects 
of  a  radical  cure  are  already  promising. 

Incidentally,  let  it  be  said  that  the  carrier 
case  is  not  confined  to  typhoid  fever.  It 
may  occur  in  scarlet  fever,  in  diphtheria,  in 
cerebro-spinal  fever,  in  tuberculosis,  and 
possibly  in  several  other  infections.  In  all 
those  named,  such  cases  have  been  demon- 
strated. Patients  that  recover  from  those 
diseases  may  carry  germs  with  them  and 
hand  them  on  to  infect  others.  But  it  is 
not  even  necessary  that  the  carrier  should 
himself  have  had  the  disease.  He  may  have 
caught  the  germ  from  another ;  he  may 
carry  it  about  with  him,  growing  in  his  nose 
or  throat,  harmlessly ;  he  may  hand  it  on  to 
a  third  person,  and  so  maintain  the  continuity 
of  the  disease.  This  gives  a  new  significance 
to  the  "  contacts  " — the  persons  exposed  to 
infection.     Of  these,  some  are  perhaps  immune 


FEVER  AND  EPIDEMICS  61 

to  the  given  infection,  but  they  are  capable 
of  cultivating  the  germ  on  their  tissues. 
Others  may  catch  the  disease  and  remain 
infectious.  Yet  others  are  incapable  either 
of  catching  the  disease  or  maintaining  the 
germ  of  it  alive.  But  all  three  classes  must 
be  dealt  with  if  the  radiations  of  the  disease 
are  to  be  stopped. 

From  these  we  might  pass  to  the  measles 
cases,  or  the  chickenpox  cases,  or  the  cerebro- 
spinal cases,  or  the  mixed  infections  like 
scarlet  fever  and  diphtheria,  or  scarlet  fever 
and  chickenpox,  or  measles  and  scarlet 
fever.  But  we  have  already  seen  sufficient 
to  give  us  the  type  of  an  infectious  fever. 

It  so  happens,  however,  that  there  is 
typhus  in  hospital  to-day.  Typhus  now 
comes  only  in  little  outbreaks.  It  is  an  infec- 
tion easily  killed.  It  never  goes  far.  Here  is  a 
group  of  severe  cases,  of  whom  the  forerunner 
was  a  supposed  case  of  pneumonia.  The 
two  diseases  are  totally  distinct,  but  they 
resemble  each  other  in  some  symptoms. 
Sometimes  they  are  concurrent.  In  this 
outbreak  the  supposed  pneumonia  must  have 
been  typhus.  The  patients  lie  on  their  back  ; 
muttering  to  themselves ;  picking  at  the 
bedclothes  ;  faces  flushed  ;  eyes  closed  ;  heed- 
less ;  helpless.     There  is  an  eruption  of  very 


62  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

characteristic  type.  There  is,  too,  an  offensive 
odour.  The  patients  will  lie  in  the  same 
attitude  for  days  on  end. 

Here  is  one  on  the  fourth  day  of  her  illness. 
Some  twelve  or  thirteen  days  before  the  inva- 
sion began,  her  brother  had  died  of  supposed 
pneumonia.  Her  temperature  ran  rapidly 
up  to  104°  F.  or  105°  F.,  and  has  kept  near 
that  level  for  the  four  days.  If  she  lives,  the 
temperature  will  continue  high  until  the 
thirteenth  or  fourteenth  day,  when  it  will  drop 
in  a  few  hours  to  normal.  Every  symptom 
will  have  disappeared,  and  the  delirious, 
oblivious  patient  will  come  to  herself,  clear- 
minded  and  smiling. 

This  sudden  transformation  I  have  seen 
many  times.  The  whole  violent  invasion 
ends  as  rapidly  as  it  began.  It  is  a  raid  oi' 
microbes.  Too  often  it  destroys  the  life. 
Children  sleep  through  it  peacefully ;  the 
middle-aged  and  the  old  mostly  die.  With 
the  exception  of  smallpox,  the  disease  is 
probably  the  most  infectious  of  all  infections 
known  to  the  West.  Repeatedly,  it  has  been 
suggested  that  it  is  transferred  by  fleas.  It 
will  strike  through  the  air  at  as  great  a 
distance  as  a  flea  jumps.  It  is  certain  that, 
whatever  the  virus  be,  it  does  not  live  long 
in  the  air.  The  flea  hypothesis  needs  proving ; 
but  it  has  much  in  its  favour. 


FEVER  AND  EPIDEMICS  63 

Typhus,  I  have  said,  is  often  mistaken  for 
some  other  disease.  I  have  seen  it  mistaken 
for  the  following :  influenza,  meningitis, 
pneumonia,  typhoid  fever,  bronchitis.  No 
disease  vanishes  more  rapidly  under  preventive 
measures  ;  but  the  swiftness  of  its  spread, 
the  difficulty  of  recognising  it,  its  origin  in 
filth,  squalor,  overcrowding,  and  destitution 
all  make  it  somewhat  difficult  to  handle  ad- 
ministratively. And  the  danger  to  life  is 
great.  Unlike  smallpox,  it  cannot  be  warded 
off  by  vaccination.  Unlike  typhoid,  it  spreads 
swiftly  by  the  air,  whether  carried  by  fleas 
or  not.  Unlike  diphtheria,  it  is  not  located 
in  any  special  part  of  the  body  ;  it  is  a  diffused 
infection.  But,  as  we  have  seen,  it  has 
vanished  from  its  place  at  the  head  of  fatal 
epidemic  diseases,  and  now  recurs  here  and 
there,  to  remind  us  that  there  are  slums  in 
town  and  county  still  to  be  destroyed. 

Fevers,  it  is  now  seen,  have  been  parcelled 
out  into  perfectly  definite  classes.  From 
these  classes  some  inferences  are  possible. 
The  infectious  fevers  are  no  longer  a  shapeless 
mass  of  unexplained  signs  and  symptoms  ; 
they  are  a  group  of  specific  diseases.  Each 
of  them  has  a  natural  history  of  its  own.  Each 
of  them  can  be  tracked  separately  along  its 
whole  course.     Each  of  them  is  treated  in 


64  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


1 


the  ways  adapted  to  its  habits.  But,  separate 
and  specific  though  they  are,  these  diseases 
have  certain  common  features.  These  it  is 
important  to  know  ;  for  they  are  the  general 
guide  both  to  theory  and  to  administration. 

The  infective  agent  always  comes  from 
without.  It  may  be  a  minute  rod-shaped 
plant  (bacillus),  as  in  diphtheria ;  or  an 
organism  of  higher  grade,  as  in  malaria  ;  or 
a  form  unknown,  as  in  smallpox,  typhus, 
scarlet  fever,  measles,  chickenpox,  and  many 
others.  That  in  every  case  it  is  an  organism 
with  a  life-history  of  its  own,  there  is  no 
reasonable  doubt.  The  science  of  bacteriology 
is  still  young  ;  but  it  has  discovered  hundreds 
of  unsuspected  germs, — unveiling  their  life- 
histories  by  observation  and  experiment,  and 
proving  whether  they  are  disease-producers  or 
not.  Though  but  partially  verified,  the  germ 
theory  may  be  accepted  at  least  provision- 
ally. The  diseases,  like  smallpox,  whosa 
germ  is  yet  unrevealed,  behave  precisely 
like  those  whose  germ  is  known.  But,  germ 
or  no  germ,  the  general  features  of  infection 
are  always  the  same. 

The  infective  agent,  then,  always  comes  from 
without.  It  may  be  breathed  in  with  the 
dust,  as  probably  in  smallpox.  It  may  be 
swallowed  with  water,  as  often  in  enteric 
fever.     It  may  be  swallowed  with  milk,  as 


FEVER  AND  EPIDEMICS  65 

often  in  enteric  fever,  scarlet  fever,  diphtheria, 
and  tuberculosis.  It  may  enter  the  blood 
through  a  scratch  in  the  skin,  as  in  anthrax, 
or  in  blood-poisoning  from  a  pricked  finger. 
It  may  be  injected  by  a  flea,  as  probably  in 
plague.  It  may  be  injected  by  a  mosquito, 
as  certainly  in  malaria  and  yellow  fever.  It 
may  be  growing  for  months  or  years  in  the 
mouth,  as  probably  the  pneumococcus  does  ; 
for  Professor  Osier,  in  a  vast  number  of 
examinations,  found  the  pneumococcus 
present  in  practically  every  mouth  examined 
except  the  mouths  of  the  tobacco-chewing 
negroes.  Or  again,  the  infective  agent  may  lie 
harmless  for  a  period  in  the  nose,  as  probably 
in  cerebro-spinal  fever  and  possibly  in  ery- 
sipelas. Sometimes  the  infective  agent  enters 
by  one  channel,  sometimes  by  another,  even 
in  the  same  disease. 

The  channels  of  infection  are  a  profoundly 
difficult  problem  in  pathology.  No  subject 
excites  more  interest  at  medical  conferences  ; 
none  creates  a  more  acute  division  of  opinion. 
Is  the  germ  of  tuberculosis  breathed  into  the 
lungs,  and  does  it  start  its  nefarious  course 
there  ?  Or  is  it  swallowed  with  the  dust, 
entering  the  blood  -  stream  through  the 
bowels  ?  The  practical  consequences  are  far 
from  unimportant.  If  it  enters  directly 
into  the  lungs,  the  time  of  its  reappearance 
c 


66  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

in  the  material  coughed  up  has  one  mean- 
ing,— the  presence  of  the  germ  would  be 
an  early  symptom.  If  it  enters  indirectly 
through  the  bowel,  passing  by  the  lymphatic 
channels  into  the  blood-stream  and  ending  in 
the  lungs,  its  reappearance  in  the  material 
coughed  up  would  have  another  meaning, — 
the  presence  of  the  germ  would  be  a  late 
symptom.  And  so  with  endless  variations 
for  each  of  the  infections.  For  years  to 
come,  the  precise  channel  of  entrance  for 
many  diseases  will  remain  a  problem.  In 
plague,  for  instance,  one  of  the  most  difficult 
parts  of  the  late  Royal  Commission's  work  was 
the  determination  of  the  channel  of  entry. 
It  is  fascinatingly  simple  to  assume  that, 
as  millions  of  Indian  natives  go  bare-footed, 
the  rat  fleas  would  most  readily  attack  the 
lower  limbs,  and  the  buboes  of  plague  would 
most  frequently  appear  in  the  groin.  But 
this  solution  is  almost  too  easy.  How 
complex  the  problem  is  any  one  may  learii 
from  the  pages  of  the  Commission's  Report.. 
Sir  Thomas  Eraser's  analysis  of  the  anatomy 
of  the  lymphatic  glands  or  lymphatic  vessels 
is  a  classic  piece  of  applied  science.  It  shows 
how  many  factors  enter  into  a  problem 
apparently  simple.  The  general  drift  of 
recent  information  is  that  the  rat  flea  does 
convey  plague  from  the  rat  to  man ;    that  it 


FEVER  AND  EPIDEMICS  67 

does  inoculate  the  lymphatics,  and  that  a 
proportion  of  the  innumerable  cases  is 
due  to  this  cause.  We  leave  the  question 
open ;  it  will  soon  be  closed  by  the 
evidence  now  accumulating.  Already,  the 
evidence  is  enough  to  require  that  every 
precaution  shall  be  taken  against  rat  fleas 
and  rats. 

Volumes  have  been  written  on  the  channels 
of  infection.  Here  we  are  concerned  only 
with  illustrations.  But  it  is  definitely  proved 
that  malaria  is  spread  by  a  particular  species 
of  mosquito  and  by  no  other  means  ;  that 
yellow  fever  is  spread  by  another  form  of 
mosquito,  and  by  no  other  means ;  that 
flies,  on  their  feet,  may  convey  typhoid  and 
other  germs  for  long  distances ;  that  rat 
fleas  can  convey  plague  from  rat  to  rat,  and 
almost  certainly  from  rat  to  man ;  that 
many  species  of  tropical  insects  can  inoculate 
the  human  body  with  deadly  diseases.  The 
massed  details  of  the  splendid  researches 
that  justify  these  conclusions  have  opened 
up  for  us  an  illimitable  field  for  further 
investigation.  To  biology  preventive  medi- 
cine owes  as  much  as  to  the  study  of  disease 
at  the  bedside. 

The   infective    agent,    once    it    enters    the 
body,  seems  for  a  time  to  lie  dormant.     This 
c  2 


68  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

is  its  incubation  period.  The  incubation 
may  last  only  a  few  hours,  as  occasionally  in 
scarlet  fever.  It  may  last  for  twelve  or 
thirteen  days,  as  in  typhus  fever,  or  measles, 
or  smallpox.  It  may  last  for  twenty-one 
days,  as  in  mumps,  and,  occasionally,  in 
typhoid  fever.  It  may  last  for  four,  five, 
or  six  weeks,  as  in  syphilis.  It  may  last 
for  a  period  unknown,  as  in  hydrophobia. 
Even  in  the  same  disease,  it  varies  from  a  few 
hours  to  several  days,  as  in  scarlet  fever, 
where,  however,  it  practically  never  exceeds 
five  days. 

In  diseases  like  pneumonia,  or  diphtheria, 
it  is  difficult  to  give  a  precise  meaning 
to  the  term  incubation.  For,  in  those 
infections,  the  germ  may  grow  in  the 
mouth  or  in  the  tonsils  for  weeks  or 
months  without  producing  a  single  per- 
ceptible symptom.  In  tuberculosis,  too,  the 
germ  may  go  on  growing  in  the  tissues  of 
the  body  for  years  without  producing  one 
sign  discoverable  by  naked-eye  observation. 
And  the  term  incubation  does  not  seem  to 
fit  well  to  the  history  of  a  recurrent  fever 
like  malaria.  There,  the  infective  agent  at 
once  enters  the  blood-stream,  affects  the 
blood  corpuscles,  running  through  a  series  of 
changes  that  end  in  fever,  and  then  again  in 
a  period  of  quiescence.     The  process  comes 


FEVER  AND  EPIDEMICS  69 

and  goes  in  ascertainable  periods.  But  for 
none  of  the  periods  does  the  term  incubation 
seem  suitable. 

The  infective  agent,  I  have  said,  seems  to 
lie  dormant.  But  it  is  only  "  seems." 
Perhaps  it  is  growing,  as  in  a  laboratory- 
incubator,  until  it  has  amassed  numbers 
sufficient  to  make  an  attack  in  force.  Pos- 
sibly this  occurs  in  diphtheria,  where  the 
germ  may  often  be  found  in  masses  on  the 
surface  of  the  tonsil.  Or,  perhaps,  it  is 
actively  breaking  down  the  natural  defences 
offered  by  the  blood  cells,  the  blood  liquids, 
the  tissue  cells  and  the  tissue  liquids.  These 
all  probably  contain  or  produce  antidotes 
to  those  living  poisons.  Once  the  antidotes 
are  all  exhausted,  then  the  germ  may  ad- 
vance freely,  conquering  and  to  conquer. 
It  may  increase  in  numbers  until  the  dose  of 
its  poison  overwhelms  millions  of  the  body 
cells.  Then,  indeed,  the  incubation  is  over  ; 
but  is  incubation  the  best  name  for  this  war 
between  two  species  ? 

Or,  once  more,  the  infective  germ,  having 
lost  its  virulence  in  passing  through  another 
body,  may  need  nursing  and  nourishment 
before  it  can  deal  a  blow  at  a  new  enemy. 
Or,  yet  again,  it  may  enter  a  body  where 
it  is  biologically  welcome,  or  not  ex- 
ceptionally   unwelcome.      In     a     group     of 


70  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

smallpox   cases,   all   in   one   family,    I   have 
seen  every  grade  of  infection  from  a  single 
doubtful   spot  on  the  skin  of  the  youngest 
child,    to    a    well-marked    eruption    on    an 
older    sister.      Between    the    two   extremes 
lay  other  cases  that  showed  what  the  ex- 
tremes  meant.      In   one   case   appeared   an 
eruption  that   seemed    to  be  the  forerunner 
of    a    violent    confluent    smallpox ;    but    in 
forty-eight  hours  this  eruption  disappeared. 
In  another,  some  thirty  trifling  pocks  formed 
and  slowly  disappeared, — a  modified  small- 
pox.    Is  incubation  the  name  for  the  pro- 
cess that  had  an  issue  in  each  case  so  different  ? 
Surely  not.     Probably  the  incubation  period 
covers  a  various  multitude  of  active  processes, 
each  peculiar  to  the  given  disease.     It  may 
even  be  that  the  germ  is  actively  immunising 
against  itself  the  whole  tissues  of  the  body, 
and  that  the  final  outburst  that  we  name  "  the 
disease,"  the  "  fever,"  is  only  a  too  rapid,  too 
violent  process  of  immunisation. 

These  are  some  of  the  puzzles  that  cluster 
round  the  incubation  period.  They  are  a 
type  of  innumerable  problems  that  have 
sprung  up  since  the  germ  theory  appeared. 
They  complicate  the  study  of  medicine  ;  but 
they  show  how  intricate  the  adaptations  of 
the  body  are  to  the  infinitely  various  environ- 
ment.    But    the    increasing    application    of 


FEVER  AND  EPIDEMICS  71 

theories  does  on  the  whole  result  in  an  in- 
creasing simplification  of  practice. 

Let  us  pass  on.  When  the  incubation  is 
over,  the  invasion  begins.  The  temperature 
rises,  there  is  shivering,  distress,  perhaps 
vomiting,  perhaps  even  convulsions.  In  a 
time  that  varies  from  an  hour  or  two  to  three 
days  or  more,  the  invasion  is  complete.  The 
temperature  remains  at  a  certain  level ;  the 
pulse  and  the  respiration  keep  company 
with  it. 

Perhaps  the  invasion  means,  as  I  have 
said,  the  beginning  of  the  last  stage  of  the 
war.  It  is  different  in  each  disease.  In 
typhoid  fever,  it  is  shown  perhaps  only  by 
a  headache.  In  smallpox,  it  often  begins 
with  pain  in  the  back.  In  diphtheria,  it 
often  starts  with  sudden  prostration.  In 
scarlet  fever  of  infants,  it  may  produce  con- 
vulsions. In  practically  every  disease,  it  is 
something  violent  and  striking,  even  to  the 
most  casual  observer.  With  the  invasion, 
too,  begins,  as  a  rule,  the  period  of  active 
infectivity.  Before  the  invasion  the  infected 
person  is  not  himself  infectious.  You  can 
eat  with  him,  and  drink  with  him  ;  but  you 
will  not  catch  infection  from  him.  After 
the  invasion,  it  is  entirely  different ;  he  is  a 
danger  to   his  fellows.     It  is  then  that   he 


72  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


m 


invokes  the  public  health  service.  In  ignor- 
ance, he  may  have  caught  the  infection ; 
but  after  the  invasion,  he  remains  in  ignorance 
no  more  ;  he  is  sick  physically  and  mentally. 
Like  a  man  intoxicated,  he  finds  his  ideas  in 
confusion,  his  will  overpowered,  his  feelings 
beyond  his  control.  He  is  glad  to  have  done 
with  action  and  thinking  ;  he  is  content  to 
leave  himself  to  the  care  of  his  friends. 

Once  the  invasion  is  over,  the  patient  runs 
a  more  or  less  level  course  for  times  that 
vary  with  each  disease.  If  he  has  lost  con- 
sciousness, he  occasionally,  for  short  periods, 
recovers  it.  If  he  has  not  lost  consciousness, 
he  establishes  a  sort  of  relative  health  on  the 
new  plane.  If  the  disease  goes  favourably, 
he  gradually  regains  the  mastery  of  himself. 
Sometimes  he  suddenly  drops  to  normal ; 
sometimes  he  glides  into  it  imperceptibly,  like 
an  alighting  bird.  The  fight  between  the 
infective  agents  and  the  tissues  is  done,  and 
the  victory  is  with  the  greater  organism. 
The  danger  to  himself  is  over ;  but  the 
danger  to  his  fellows  is  not.  If  the  disease  has 
been  smallpox,  the  infective  agent  reappears 
in  the  gross,  palpable  eruption,  which  forms 
large  scabs  on  the  skin.  The  scabs  dry  and 
crumble  into  dust.  The  dust  passes  into  the 
air,  or  is  scattered  over  the  room,  or  is  caught 


FEVER  AND  EPIDEMICS  73 

in  the  clothing,  or  adheres  to  utensils.  In  a 
hundred  ways,  it  is  spread  abroad  once  more. 
Every  grain  contains  fresh  infective  material. 
So  long  as  a  scab  remains  on  the  skin  the 
patient  remains  a  danger.  But  the  day 
comes  when  all  the  scab  drops  off,  when  the 
skin  can  be  finally  disinfected,  when  the 
patient  may  with  safety  resume  his  place  in 
the  ranks  of  society.  And  so  it  is  with  nearly 
every  infection.  Through  all  the  time  of 
its  activity  there  is  danger.  But  each  disease, 
as  it  had  a  definite  beginning,  has  a  definite 
end.  The  infective  agent  comes  in,  fights 
with  the  forces  against  it,  and  at  the  end 
passes  out — perhaps  in  greater  multitudes, 
but  almost  always  for  ever. 

And  that  leads  to  an  important  truth, — some 
infections  infect  only  once  and  never  again. 
This  knowledge  is  as  ancient  as  history.  The 
explanation  of  it  is  still  to  find.  Of  the  fact, 
however,  there  is  no  doubt.  Take  smallpox 
once  and  you  will  not  take  it  again — or  almost 
certainly  not ;  for  there  are  known  excep- 
tions. Take  scarlet  fever  and  you  will  prob- 
ably not  take  it  again.  Take  measles  and 
you  will  probably  not  take  it  again.  Take 
chickenpox  and  you  will  almost  certainly  not 
take  it  again.  Is  this  true  also  of  diphtheria, 
or  enteric  fever,  or  typhus,   or  malaria,   or 


74  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


^ 


plague  ?  It  is  not  true  absolutely,  but  it  is 
partly  true.  In  most  of  those  diseases,  one 
attack  absolutely  protects  against  another 
for  a  varying  time.  The  conditions  of  pro- 
tection are  not  yet  completely  investigated. 
The  problem  is  among  the  most  difficult  in 
the  whole  range  of  biology. 

The  theories  of  protection  or  immunity 
are  not  merely  fascinating  ;  they  are  of  great 
practical  importance.  They  deserve  our 
attention.  For,  if  one  thing  marks  more 
distinctively  than  another  the  research  of  the 
present  generation,  it  is  the  effort  to  discover 
the  conditions  of  immunity.  The  fact  is 
old ;  the  methods  of  investigating  it  are 
young.  Inoculation  with  mild  smallpox  to 
forestall  severe  smallpox  is  a  custom  cen- 
turies old.  Vaccination  is  more  recent,  bui: 
the  fundamental  idea  is  the  same.  To  thes(j 
theories  we  return  later. 


In  one  of  the  Acts  of  Parliament,  diseases 
are  divided  into  epidemic,  endemic,  or  in- 
fectious diseases.  The  division  is  not  logical ; 
but  it  is  convenient.  When  a  disease  foreign 
to  the  country,  or  non-existent  at  the  time 
in  any  community,  enters  and  spreads  among 
the  people,  it  is  called  epidemic.  The  word 
is  also  loosely  used  to  describe  any  large  out- 
break of  disease,  infectious  or  other.     When 


FEVER  AND  EPIDEMICS  75 

a  disease  propagates  itself  within  an  area, 
persisting  there  indefinitely,  affecting  person 
after  person,  it  is  called  endemic.  Up  till 
late  in  the  nineteenth  century,  malaria  was 
endemic  in  England  ;  tuberculosis  is  endemic 
now.  These  terms  are  in  common  use  ;  and 
the  legal  application  of  them  has  had  great 
practical  consequences. 

Under  certain  powers  the  Local  Govern- 
ment Board  can  impose  certain  far-reaching 
obligations  upon  the  local  health  authorities — 
notification  of  disease,  house  to  house  visita- 
tion, rapid  burial  of  the  dead,  provision  for 
hospital  accommodation,  supply  of  medicines 
and  treatment,  and  any  other  duties  necessary 
to  prevent  the  spread  of  the  disease.  These 
powers  are  of  immense  value  internationally  ; 
for,  as  will  be  shown  later,  they  constitute 
our  chief  protection  against  the  importation 
of  plague,  cholera,  and  yellow  fever.  Nation- 
ally, to  judge  by  the  recent  Tuberculosis 
Orders  of  the  English  Local  Government 
Board,  they  promise  to  become  a  potent 
factor  in  the  prevention  of  our  great 
endemics. 

To  illustrate  compactly  an  epidemic  of 
infection  is  difficult ;  for  the  conditions  of  its 
actual  occurrence  are  so  complex  that  the 
details  are  apt  to  interest  only  the  individual 
officer.     But  the  general  course  of  an  epidemic 


76  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


^ 


may  be  represented  by  a  curve.  Assume 
that  a  scarlet  fever  patient  moves  about 
uncontrolled.  He  meets  in  every  relation 
of  society  some  people  susceptible  to  the 
disease.  He  thus  infects  several,  who  in  turn 
infect  others.  As  time  goes  on,  the  numbers 
infected  increase ;  the  curve  rapidly  or 
slowly  rises.  A  time — weeks,  months,  years 
— comes  when  all  the  susceptible  people  in  a 
community  have  contracted  the  infection. 
Gradually,  the  curve  declines,  and  at  last 
again  reaches  the  level.  If  the  death-rate 
alone,  not  the  disease-rate,  be  taken  as  the 
index,  the  curve  will  also,  periodically,  rise 
into  similar  epidemic  peaks.  When  the 
epidemic  is  over,  another  crop  of  susceptible 
people  begins  to  grow.  When  their  number 
reaches  a  certain  ratio  to  the  whole  population, 
there  is  apt  to  be  another  explosion. 

In  a  milk  epidemic,  the  course  is  some- 
what different.  Instead  of  spreading  from 
person  to  person,  the  disease  spreads  suddenly 
in  the  milk.  Twenties  and  thirties  may  be 
infected  in  a  single  day.  These  tend  to  start 
sub-epidemics  among  their  contacts,  and  so 
we  have  a  compound  epidemic.  In  water 
epidemics,  it  is  the  same  ;  the  outbreak  is 
sudden,  and  it  ends  rapidly  when  the  water 
is  withdrawn  or  sterilised.  Milk  and  water 
epidemics   resemble  wholesale  poisonings   of 


FEVER  AND  EPIDEMICS  77 

the  susceptibles  rather  than  infection  from 
person  to  person. 

But,  generally,  an  epidemic  follows  one 
type, — sudden  appearance  of  infection  from 
beyond  the  borders  of  the  community ;  a 
series  of  severe  illnesses  linked  one  to  the 
other  or  to  a  common  source ;  a  sudden 
cessation  of  the  epidemic  when  the  source  is 
discovered  and  countered  by  appropriate 
measures ;  some  deaths ;  many  survivals, 
protected  for  years  or  for  life. 

Endemic  infectious  diseases  tend  to  rise, 
from  time  to  time,  into  epidemics.  Scarlet 
fever,  at  its  lowest  in  April,  rises  steadily  to 
November  and  then  declines.  Enteric  fever, 
at  its  lowest  from  May  to  July,  rises  to 
November  and  similarly  declines.  Measles,  at 
its  lowest  in  February,  rises  above  its  normal 
in  June,  falls  to  its  lowest  in  September, 
and  reaches  its  climax  in  December,  declining 
again  in  February.  Whooping-cough  rises 
in  January,  to  a  climax  in  March  and  April, 
falls  to  a  minimum  in  September  and  October, 
and  then  rises  again.  The  course  of  smallpox 
is  somewhat  the  same.  Diarrhoea  reaches  its 
maximum  in  July. 

These  seasonal  variations  may  be  com- 
plicated by  the  conditions  of  industry,  aggre- 
gation in  schools,  the  activity  of  the  preventive 
authorities,    and    other    incidental    factors. 


78  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


^ 


But  the  rises  and  falls  with  the  seasons  show 
how  each  disease  follows  its  own  natural 
history. 

If  you  wish  to  study  epidemics  in  detail, 
as  they  are  managed  by  the  sanitary  authori- 
ties of  England,  procure  the  reports  of  the 
medical  inspectors  of  the  Local  Government 
Board.  These,  in  a  series  extending  over 
many  years,  illustrate,  in  endless  variety,  the 
methods  of  preventive  medicine  in  dealing 
with  disease  and  its  causes.  Studies  on  a 
larger  scale  are  to  be  found  in  the  reports  by 
the  medical  officer  of  the  Board.  Unfortun- 
ately, there  is  no  difficulty  in  obtaining 
accounts  of  actual  epidemics  ;  for  the  reports 
by  the  medical  officers  of  health  of  town  and 
county  have  still  to  record  scores  upon  scores 
of  outbreaks  every  year.  And  reports  by  the 
medical  inspectors  of  schools  add  to  our 
materials,  already  too  great. 

Biologically,  it  fascinates  the  observer  to 
study  the  fight  between  the  minor  organism 
and  the  major ;  administratively,  it  often 
exhausts  the  medical  officer  of  health  to 
dissociate  the  combatants.  But,  as  time  goes 
on,  the  biologist  becomes  more  of  a  medical 
officer  and  the  medical  officer  more  of  a 
biologist. 


A  TOXIN  AND  ITS  ANTITOXIN     79 


CHAPTER  V 

STUDY   OF   A  TOXIC   INFECTION   AND   ITS 
ANTITOXIN 

What  is  diphtheria  ? 

For  Biology,  it  is  an  incident  in  the  hfe- 
history  of  a  micro-organism — the  Klebs-Loffler 
bacillus — during  its  residence  in  a  human  or 
other  animal  body. 

For  Chemistry,  it  is  a  means  of  generating 
two,  if  not  three,  kinds  of  poison — one  kind 
a  ferment,  another  an  albumose  (allied  to 
albumen  or  white  of  egg),  and  the  third  an 
organic  acid. 

For  Pathology,  it  is  a  sequence  of  tissue- 
changes,  beginning  usually  in  the  throat 
and  ending  in  the  muscles,  nerves,  or 
other  structures  ;  so  causing  nerve-degenera- 
tions, muscle-degenerations,  local  and  general 
paralyses  ;  these  conditions  being  the  result 
of  the  poisons  manufactured  by  the  Klebs- 
Loffler  bacillus. 

For  the  Practice  of  Medicine,  diphtheria  is 
a  disease  of  the  throat,  very  frequently  fatal, 
most  frequently  fatal  in  children  under  five, 
running  an  indefinite  course,  liable  to  recur, 
frequently  attended  by  complications  ;  affect- 
ing  both  the  local   organs   and   the  general 


80  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

constitution,  sudden  in  onset,  treacherous  in 
results,  sometimes  as  easy  to  treat  as  a  bleed- 
ing finger,  at  other  times  baffling  every  resource 
of  the  most  skilful. 

For  Hygienics  or  Public  Health,  diphtheria 
is  a  highly  infectious  disease,  liable  to  spread 
chiefly  by  personal  contact ;  varying  with  the 
yearly  rainfall ;  apt  to  become  epidemic  after 
a  series  of  dry  seasons ;  not  demonstrably 
connected  with  bad  drains  or  bad  water,  but 
frequently  with  low-lying  and  damp  houses  ; 
capable  of  being  carried  by  milk,  by  clothing, 
by  dust,  by  cats,  by  cows  ;  sometimes  associ- 
ated with  crowding  in  schools  ;  always  capable 
of  being  confined  by  isolation. 

The  precise  scientific  knowledge  of  diph- 
theria is  essential  to  an  intelligent  campaign 
for  its  prevention.  I  propose,  therefore,  to 
order  my  remarks  according  to  the  sciences 
I  have  named.  Our  study  will  thus  be  at 
once  theoretical  and  practical,  a  synthesis  of 
science  and  administration.  But  first  I  shall 
steady  our  minds  by  a  short  account  of  a 
concrete  case.  It  occurred  sixteen  years 
ago,  when  antitoxin  was  still  a  new  drug  on 
its  trial,  not  the  seasoned  friend  it  has  since 
become. 

One  morning  a  medical  practitioner,  as 
required  by  the  Infectious  Disease  Notifica- 
tion Act,  intimated  at  my  office  a  case  of 


A  TOXIN  AND  ITS  ANTITOXIN    81 

diphtheria.  He  had  that  morning,  at  seven 
o'clock,  been  summoned  to  a  girl  of  eight. 
He  found  her  suffering  from  great  difficulty 
of  breathing  (croupy  symptoms),  pallor  of  the 
face,  blueness  of  the  lips,  subnormal  tempera- 
ture, feeble  pulse.  She  had  been  ill  for  a 
day  or  two  at  least.  Emergency  remedies 
rallied  her  somewhat.  There  was  a  large 
membrane  covering  the  whole  of  one  tonsil 
and  extending  over  part  of  the  soft  palate. 
This  was  at  9.30  a.m.  The  case  was  forthwith 
removed  to  hospital.  By  11  o'clock  she  was 
washed,  warmed,  and  in  bed,  enjoying  the 
comfort  of  hot  bottles  and  the  soothing  in- 
fluence of  a  steam-kettle  and  tent.  By  this 
time  her  pulse  had  somewhat  improved, 
the  croupy  symptoms  were  lessened,  and  the 
medical  attendant,  who  wished  to  see  the 
injection  of  antitoxic  serum,  declared  her  con- 
dition somewhat  improved.  The  membrane 
on  the  throat  was  one  of  the  worst  I 
have  seen,  coming  away  in  large  pieces  and 
renewing  very  rapidly. 

The  next  step  was  to  verify  the  diagnosis, 
of  which,  however,  there  was  no  real  doubt. 
Accordingly,  I  did  not  delay  treatment. 
But  a  piece  of  membrane  was  detached,  with 
the  usual  precautions,  and  put  in  a  test-tube 
for  examination  by  a  bacteriologist. 

Then,  with  every  care  against  accidental 


82  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

contamination,  a  dose  of  antitoxin  was  ad- 
ministered. Next  day  the  membrane  was 
not  visibly  altered.  A  second  dose  was  given. 
On  the  third  day  the  membrane  was  more 
easily  detached.  All  croupy  symptoms  had 
gone.  A  third  dose  was  given.  The  mem- 
brane completely  disappeared.  By  the  fourth 
day  of  treatment  the  throat  was  free  of  any 
sign  of  the  disease.  Local  treatment  was 
continued  until  there  were  no  diphtheria 
bacilli  left.  The  patient  was,  in  due  course, 
discharged.     She  showed  no  signs  of  paralysis. 

Meanwhile,  the  hygienic  forces  had  not 
been  idle.  The  house,  bed,  bedclothes,  body- 
clothes,  and  other  articles  exposed  to  the 
infection  had  all  been  disinfected  in  the  usual 
way. 

This  case  shows  how  the  public  health 
organisation  combines  the  various  sciences 
to  extirpate  the  disease  and  to  preserve  life. 
I  shall  now  present,  in  more  detail,  the  rational 
basis  of  the  procedure. 

That  the  Klebs-Lofiler  bacillus — a  minute, 
rod-shaped  organism — is  a  factor  in  diphtheria 
no  one  seriously  disputes  ;  whether  it  is  the 
whole  cause,  whether  the  chemical  condition 
of  the  tissues  is  equally  important,  what 
precise  part  the  glandular  tissues  of  the 
throat  play,  and  many  other  problems,  are 


A  TOXIN  AND  ITS  ANTITOXIN     83 

still  matters  open  to  argument.  The  Klebs- 
Loffler  bacillus  is  at  least  a  good  diagnostic 
sign  ;  in  doubtful  cases  it  is  the  only  early 
definite  sign,  and  any  physician  who  finds 
the  micro-organism  in  a  suspicious  sore-throat 
is  incurring  a  very  grave  responsibility  if  he 
fails  to  use  the  recognised  methods  of  destroy- 
ing it  and  its  poisonous  products.  In  matters 
of  doubtful  theory,  it  is  well  to  give  one's 
patient — not  one's  own  prejudice — the  benefit 
of  the  doubt 

This  micro-organism  can  be  isolated  from 
the  diphtheritic  membrane  ;  it  grows  readily 
in  blood  serum,  or  other  suitable  medium, 
at  95°  Fahr.  to  98-6°  Fahr., — that  is,  at  about 
the  temperature  of  the  body, — and  with  the 
products  of  its  activity  diphtheria  can  be 
produced.  In  milk  at  this  temperature  the 
bacillus  grows  luxuriantly.  "  The  diphtheria 
bacilli,"  says  Klein,  "  are  killed  by  heating 
to  60°  Centigrade  (i.e.  140°  Fahr.)  for  five 
minutes."  This  bacillus  affects  rabbits, 
pigeons,  cats,  dogs,  horses,  calves,  and  milk 
cows.  In  the  last — Klein  holds  it  as  proven 
— a  form  of  pure  cow  diphtheria  can  be 
produced,  and  frequently  is  produced  ;  the 
eruption  so  caused  on  the  teats  may  infect 
the  milk,  and  thus  may  arise  an  epidemic 
of  true  human  diphtheria.  When  the  micro- 
organism alights  on  the  human  throat  in  an 


84  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

inflamed,  or  irritated,  or  raw,  or  ill-guarded 
conditiovX,  human  diphtheria  is  the  result. 

Dr.  Sidney  Martin  has  determined  the 
nature  of  the  diphtheria  poisons.  The 
bacillus  of  diphtheria  produces  two  orders  of 
poisons — one  found  in  the  throat  membrane, 
the  other  in  the  tissues,  blood,  and  spleen 
of  patients  dead  of  diphtheria.  The  poison 
of  the  membrane  acts  probably  as  a  ferment ; 
at  least,  a  single  dose  produces  progressive 
paralysis,  wasting,  diarrhoea,  and  death. 
Examination  after  death  shows  nerve-de- 
generation, fatty  degeneration  of  the  skeletal 
muscles,  and  fatty  degeneration  of  the  heart. 
These  results  Dr.  Martin  has  proved  on 
warm-blooded  animals  such  as  rabbits.  The 
other  poisons — those  found  in  the  tissues — 
are  similar  to  the  substances  produced  by 
digestion  in  the  stomach  and  small  intestine. 
Being  peculiar  derivatives  of  albumen,  these 
poisons  are  named  "  albumoses " — a.  class 
of  physiological  substances  whose  nature 
has  been  studied  only  within  the  last  twenty- 
five  years  or  so.  The  albumoses  of  diph- 
theria cause  a  rise  of  temperature  (fever), 
increasing  paralysis,  difficulty  of  breathing, 
wasting,  diarrhoea,  nerve-degenerations,  fatty 
degeneration  of  the  heart,  and  fluidity  of 
the  blood  after  death.     Some  of  these  results 


A  TOXIN  AND  ITS  ANTITOXIN    85 

follow  the  injection  of  other  than  diphtheritic 
albumoses.  The  ferment  present  in  the 
membrane,  on  entering  the  body,  acts  on 
certain  substances,  and  converts  them  into 
the  albumoses  mentioned.  All  the  poisons 
are,  therefore,  directly  or  indirectly  the 
result  of  the  bacillus  acting  on  special  sub- 
stances. The  third  poison — organic  acid — 
produces  certain  nerve  -  degenerations,  but 
not  progressive  paralysis. 

Now,  by  the  cultivation  of  the  bacillus  in 
appropriate  media,  all  these  poisons  can  be 
produced  outside  the  body  altogether ;  they 
can  be  injected  into  the  veins  or  tissues, 
and  the  results  produced  are  the  same  as 
in  true  diphtheria.  With  these  results 
before  him.  Dr.  Martin  concludes :  "  For 
these  reasons,  therefore,  the  bacillus  diph- 
therise  is  the  cause  of  diphtheria.  .  .  .  When 
the  membrane  is  formed,  the  bacilli  grow 
in  it,  especially  near  the  surface,  secrete 
a  ferment  which,  when  absorbed  into  the 
body,  produces,  by  acting  on  the  proteids 
of  the  body,  digestive  products,  the  chief 
of  which  belong  to  the  albumose  class.  It 
is  not  that  the  body  is  poisoned  by  a  single 
large  dose,  and  then  the  action  stopped 
(although  this  may  occur  in  certain  cases), 
but  it  is  that  numerous  small  doses  are, 
in  the   course   of   the  disease,  absorbed  into 


86  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

the  system,  and  are  gradually  producing 
their  effects."  The  action  of  these  poisons, 
or  toxins,  it  is  that  the  antitoxin  has  to 
counteract.  Dr.  Martin's  experiments  on  its 
power  of  counteraction  are,  so  far  as  they 
go,  equally  decisive.  His  general  conclusion 
is  :  "  These  experiments  .  .  .  tend  to  show 
that  the  antitoxic  serum  is  capable  of 
counteracting  the  poisons  which  are  found 
in  the  tissues  of  patients  dead  of  diphtheria. 
It  has  only  a  slight  effect  on  the  febrile  rise 
of  temperature  produced  by  the  albumose, 
but  it  completely  counteracts  the  fatty 
degeneration  of  the  heart  produced  by  those 
substances,  and  to  a  great  extent  also  the 
nerve-degeneration."  Fifteen  years  of  re- 
search have  confirmed  and  extended  these 
conclusions. 

The  case  I  have  already  described  shows 
what  part  falls  to  the  practical  physician. 
The  treatment  of  diphtheria  all  over  the; 
world  is  now  based  on  the  biological, 
chemical,  and  pathological  results  I  have 
summarised.  The  physician's  aim  is  two- 
fold— first,  to  destroy  the  bacillus  in  the 
throat,  and  so  to  arrest  the  formation  of 
the  three  orders  of  poisons ;  second,  to 
counteract  the  effects  of  the  poisons  (or 
toxins)    already    absorbed.     The   longer   the 


A  TOXIN  AND  ITS  ANTITOXIN    87 

disease  has  been  allowed  to  go  on  the  less 
chance  there  is  of  a  cure,  because  the  poisons 
act  rapidly  and  may  produce  organic  changes 
that  are  beyond  cure. 

For  local  treatment — that  is,  the  destruc- 
tion of  the  bacillus — a  whole  multitude  of 
germicides  have  been  recommended ;  cures 
have  been  claimed  for  them  all,  doubtless 
with  more  or  less  justice  ;  but  there  is  hardly 
one  that,  in  other  hands,  has  not  resulted  in 
keen  disappointment.  Much  depends  on  the 
competence  of  the  nurse.  One  solution  was 
devised  by  Loffler  himself.  He  experimented 
until  he  discovered  a  combination  of  drugs 
that  could,  without  injuring  the  mucous 
membranes  of  the  throat,  destroy  the  Loffler 
bacillus  in  five  seconds.  Many  reliable 
drugs  could  destroy  it  in  twenty  seconds 
or  more.  But  this  length  of  time  made  a 
proper  application  to  the  throat  difficult. 
Loffler's  solution  has  been  in  common  use  for 
many  years.  Loffler  himself,  when  he  intro- 
duced it,  recorded  that  in  ninety-six  cases  so 
treated  there  was  not  a  single  death.  This 
is  a  good  record,  and  he  refers  to  cases  in  the 
early  stage  and  markedly  local.  But  even  in 
these,  one  may  fail  from  incompetent  handling. 
But  all  such  local  treatment  is  immeasurably 
more  satisfactory  than  sixteen  years  ago ; 
for  the  patient  is  first  made  safe  with  anti- 


88  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


toxin,  and  local  treatment  is  no  longer  needed 
for  cure,  but  simply  for  the  preventing  of 
fresh  infection. 

In  the  sixteen  years  that  have  passed  since 
this  case  occurred,  the  use  of  antitoxic  serum 
has  spread  all  over  the  world.  Cases  in 
hundreds  of  thousands  have  been  treated. 
The  technique  of  dosage  and  injection  have 
been  improved.  Thus  in  a  severe  and  late 
case  one  very  large  dose  is  usually  better  than 
several  small  doses.  The  serum  is  also 
coming  more  and  more  into  use  as  an  immunis- 
ing agent  in  advance.  The  death-rate  from 
diphtheria  has  continued  to  fall.  Diphtheria 
has  lost  much  of  its  terror  and  all  its  hope- 
lessness. To  take  but  a  single  figure  from 
the  Statistical  Reports  of  the  Metropolitan 
Asylums  Board.  In  1894,  the  non-anti- 
toxin days,  of  all  the  cases  brought  to  all  the 
hospitals  for  treatment  on  the  first  day  of  the 
disease,  22-5  per  cent,  died  (133  cases,  with 
80  deaths).  In  the  years  1895-96,  the  days 
of  antitoxin,  of  all  the  cases  brought  on  the 
first  day  for  treatment,  3-8  per  cent,  died 
(209  cases,  with  8  deaths).  The  difference 
between  the  methods  when  treatment  is 
delayed  is  less  striking,  but  it  is  well  on  the 
side  of  antitoxin.  For  instance,  of  539  cases 
treated  on  the  second  day,  27  per  cent,  died 
under     non-antitoxin     treatment ;     of    1126 


A  TOXIN  AND  ITS  ANTITOXIN     89 

cases,  under  antitoxin  treatment,  12  per  cent, 
died.  In  Chicago,  in  1895,  antitoxin  began 
to  be  freely  administered  to  the  poor  in  their 
homes.  The  death-rate  fell  from  35  per  cent, 
to  6  per  cent.  And  the  low  death-rate  has 
been  on  the  whole  maintained.  Both  in 
England  and  in  Scotland,  the  Local  Authori- 
ties for  public  health,  with  the  consent  and 
active  approval  of  the  Local  Government 
Boards,  have  power  to  provide  antitoxin 
free  to  every  person  suffering  from  the 
infection  or  requiring  a  protective  dose. 

The  antitoxin  of  diphtheria  has  thus  stood 
the  most  rigid  tests  both  of  laboratory  experi- 
ment and  of  practical  use.  It  has  done  more. 
It  has  led  to  the  production  of  other  anti- 
toxins, whose  use  is  only  less  known  because, 
in  this  country,  the  diseases  are  less  common. 

Environmental  factors  always  play  a  part 
in  outbreaks  of  infection.  In  diphtheria, 
personal  infection  is,  no  doubt,  the  chief 
cause  of  spread.  The  bacillus  is  easily  con- 
veyed from  the  patient  to  any  persons  in  his 
immediate  neighbourhood.  Indeed,  it  is 
probable  that  the  chief  reason  why  the  num- 
ber of  cases  occurring  still  remains  so  high  is 
that  "  contacts  "  are  not  yet  as  thoroughly 
examined  as  in  the  great  infections  like 
smallpox  and   typhus.     As  the   medical    in- 


90  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


1 


spection  of  school  children  comes  to  closer 
grips  with  personal  infection,  the  contacts  of 
diphtheria  will  be  as  radically  examined 
as  those  of  smallpox,  and  diphtheria  will 
receive  another  check. 

But  there  are  other  factors,  not  least  the 
type  of  season.  It  has  been  shown  by  Dr. 
Newsholme  that  "  an  epidemic  of  diphtheria 
never  originates  when  there  has  been  a  series 
of  years  in  which  each  year's  rainfall  is  above 
the  average  amount.  An  epidemic  of  diph- 
theria never  originates  or  continues  in  a  wet 
year  .  .  .  unless  this  wet  year  follows  on  two 
or  more  dry  years  immediately  preceding  it. 
The  epidemics  of  diphtheria  for  which  accurate 
data  are  available,  have  all  originated  in  dry 
years." 

The  practical  deduction  from  these  con- 
clusions is  that  diphtheria  spreads  more  easilj; 
and  more  harmlessly  in  dry  years,  possiblj 
because  the  conditions  of  the  throats  are 
then  less  fitted  to  give  it  a  start  within  the 
body.  Let  the  wet  and  cold  season  come, 
or  let  local  conditions  favour  the  occurrence 
of  sore-throats  and  then  we  have  a  wide- 
spread and  apparently  sudden  epidemic. 
The  bacilli  are  lying  on  hundreds  of  tonsils, 
ready  to  grow  dangerous  when  the  throat 
inflames. 


HOW  ANTITOXINS  ARE  PRODUCED     91 


CHAPTER  VI 

HOW    ANTITOXINS    ARE    PRODUCED    AND 
PREPARED 

Fifteen  years  ago  circumstances  found 
me  in  London. 

"  Have  you  been  to  The  Poplars  ?  "  in- 
quired a  medical  friend. 

"No,"  I  answered.  "Where  is  The 
Poplars  ?  " 

"  The  Poplars,"  he  said,  "  is  the  name  of 
the  farm  at  Sudbury  in  Middlesex  where  the 
anti-diphtheritic  serum  is  prepared  for  the 
Lister  Institute.  Dr.  Blank,  from  India, 
and  I  intend  to  drive  out  there  to-morrow. 
Will  you  come  ?  " 

"  I  should,  with  pleasure,"  I  said,  "  but  1 
fear  my  duties  will  prevent  me." 

And  they  did. 

But  on  another  day  I  took  the  train  at 
Euston  Station.  Sudbury  lies  in  Middlesex, 
to  the  north-west  of  London.  From  Euston 
it  is  only  some  eight  miles  by  rail.  The 
train  sweeps  you  rapidly  out  of  the  new-laid 
north  of  London  into  a  purely  agricultural 
landscape.  You  pass  Willesden,  Harrow-on - 
the-Hill,  and  Wembley,  until  you  come  to  a 


92  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


1 


little  country  station  that  seems  as  far  from 
London  as  the  Glenkens  of  Galloway. 

When  I  arrived  at  Sudbury  I  asked  my 
way  to  The  Poplars.  The  Poplars  ?  The 
first  person  was  not  certain  ;  he  bade  me 
inquire  of  a  carrier,  whose  horse  stood  at  a 
public-house  door.  Of  him,  then,  I  inquired  ; 
but  his  knowledge  was  vague.  "  I  think, 
sir,  it  is  about  a  mile  farther  on,  to  the  left- 
hand  side."  I  walked  onwards,  over  a  dusty 
road,  among  rows  of  tall  trees,  and  I  was 
saluted  everywhere  with  the  charming  and 
inimitable  greenery  of  southern  English 
landscapes.  At  last,  guided  by  the  map  as 
much  as  by  personal  inquiry,  I  came  to  a 
farm — a  dairy  farm.  "  No,  sir  ;  The  Poplars 
is  farther  on."  Every  one  that  answered 
spoke  of  The  Poplars  in  the  most  common 
tone  of  voice,  as  if  one  dairy  farm  were  like 
another,  and  one  green  field  not  more  than 
another  green  field.  They  showed  no  sign 
that  within  stone-throw  of  their  door  a 
miracle  was  going  forward.  The  resources 
of  science  and  the  resources  of  nature  were 
here  coming  to  deadly  grips,  and  the  victory 
was  less  likely  to  be  with  nature  than  with 
science.  Here  the  intellect  of  an  inventive 
century  was  busy  among  the  warp  and  woof 
of  life,  if  haply  one  patch  or  pattern  might 
yield  up  its  secret.     The  tall  trees  near  me, 


HOW  ANTITOXINS  ARE  PRODUCED  93 

the  green  grass  farther  away  ;  the  farmyard 
living  things  here,  the  silent  farmer  there  ; 
the  silent,  still  life  made  more  silent  and  more 
still  by  the  oppressive  contrast  with  the 
tangled  noises  of  London, — all  came  together 
in  my  imagination  as  I  approached  this  farm 
of  mystery,  where  the  man  of  science,  the 
Faust  of  our  era,  was  busy  with  his  alembics 
and  his  books  of  magic  and  wealth  of  learn- 
ing that  should  save  man  from  his  sorrow. 
And  I  was  reminded  of  the  Spirit's  reply  to 
Faust  when  he  was  beginning  to  handle  the 
instruments  of  mystery  : 

**  In  the  currents  of  Life,  in  action's  storm, 
I  wander  and  I  wave; 
Everywhere  I  be. 
Birth  and  the  grave, 
An  infinite  sea, 
A  web  ever  growing, 
A  life  ever  flowing: 

Thus  I  weave  at  the  loom  of  the  years 
The  garment  of  life  that  the  Godhead  wears." 

At  last  I  came  on  some  roadside  houses, 
which  the  Time  Spirit  seemed  to  treat  kindly. 
There  was  The  Poplars.  I  rang,  and  was 
admitted.  In  the  room  I  recognised  books 
and  photographs  and  interests  that  belonged 
to  my  friend  when  we  were  at  college  to- 
gether ;  and  when  the  first  doctor  appeared 
I  found  him  the  same  clear-eyed  scientific 


94  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

idealist  that  I  have  known  and  admired  for  so 
many  years — a  gentleman  from  South  Carolina, 
who  came  to  learn  the  science  of  medicine 
at  a  Scottish  University,  and  who  now,  after 
years  of  practical  study,  was  still  filling  his 
mind  with  more  mysteries  of  bacteriology. 
The  doctor-in-chief  —  the  director  of  this 
farm — came  in  about  half  an  hour  afterwards. 
He  also  was  a  fellow-graduate,  and  a  con- 
temporary of  my  own.  It  did  not  lessen 
the  feeling  of  romance  that  two  of  the  same 
University  should  have  come — one  from  the 
North  of  Scotland,  the  other  from  the 
Southern  States — to  work  out  together  and 
help  to  make  the  life-saving  fluids  that  then 
raised  our  hopes  so  high.  And  more  than 
ever  I  felt  that  here  is  your  true  man  of 
practice  :  he  labours  night  and  day  in  th(5 
light  of  the  pure  intellect,  adding  fact  to 
theory  and  developing  theory  from  fact ; 
heeding  neither  day  nor  night,  neither  wealth 
nor  poverty,  neither  comfort  nor  pain  ;  caring 
only  for  the  truth  and  the  good  it  may  do. 
So  long  as  life  can  offer  us  those  free  minds, 
ready  to  give  themselves  up  to  truth  and  the 
service  of  man,  the  world  is  going  forward. 

The  afternoon  was  a  lucky  one.  A  tele- 
gram had  been  received  the  night  before 
from   Egypt   for   a    supply    of    serum.     Im- 


HOW  ANTITOXINS  ARE  PRODUCED  95 

mediately  on  receipt  of  the  telegram,  the 
horse  was  bled  and  the  blood  subjected  to 
all  the  operations  necessary  to  separate  off 
the  serum  and  maintain  it  pure.  These 
operations  are  very  simple,  and  they  apply 
to  all  the  serums  prepared — to  the  anti- 
diphtheritic  serum  among  the  rest.  The 
horse  is  bled  from  the  neck  in  the  way  familiar 
to  the  veterinary  surgeon.  The  blood  is 
received  into  a  large  flask,  perfectly  sterilised. 
In  this  flask  it  is  allowed  to  sit  until  the 
clot  separates  from  the  serum.  The  serum 
is  then  decanted  off  and  filtered  through 
a  Chamberland-Pasteur  or  a  Berkefeld  filter, 
under  pressure  of  a  small  air-pump.  This 
process  is  very  slow  ;  the  serum  is  more  or 
less  viscid,  and,  unlike  water,  it  filters  very 
slowly  through  the  minute  pores  of  the  clay 
or  porcelain.  At  every  stage  every  pre- 
caution is  taken  against  contamination,  and 
the  purpose  of  the  filtration  is  to  free  the 
serum  of  any  chance  micro-organisms  caught 
in  the  passage  from  the  horse  to  the 
flask. 

The  next  stage  is  the  bottling,  and  it  was 
my  privilege  to  see  the  bottling  of  the  first 
anti-choleraic  serum  ever  drawn  from  a  horse 
in  Britain,  possibly  in  the  world.  The  pro- 
cess is  very  rapid  and  very  precise.  The 
two  doctors  and  the  laboratory  boy  take  up 


96  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

their  places   at  a  bench,   the  American  on 
the    left,  the    director    in    the    middle,  the 
laboratory  boy  on  the  right.     Ready  to  the 
hand  of  the  American  is  a  heap  of  small  phials, 
perfectly  sterilised,  and  plugged  with  cotton- 
wool.    In  front  of  him  is  the  flask  of  filtered 
serum.      The   flask    has   a   hooded    pipette. 
Attached  to  this  flask  is  a  blow-pipe  bellows 
which  he  works  by  foot,  so  forcing  the  serum 
through  the  pipette.     To  his  right  is  a  bunsen 
burner.     In  front  of  the  director  lies  a  vessel 
with   indiarubber   corks,   also   sterilised.     In 
front   of   the   laboratory  boy  is   a  vessel  of 
melted  paraffin,  kept  at  boiling  point.     At  a 
signal  from   the   director   the  work   begins. 
The   American    snatches    a    phial ;    with    a 
forceps,  which  he  passes  through  the  bunsen 
flame,  he  removes  over  the  flame  the  plug 
of    cotton- wool,    instantly    places    the    phial 
under  the  hooded  pipette,  forces  into  it  the 
proper  amount  of  serum,  and  hands  it  to  the 
director.     He  in  turn  has  already  taken  up 
a   sterilised  cork  with  a  sterilised  forceps  ; 
instantly  he  fits  the  cork  into  the  phial  over 
the  flame,   and   hands  the  corked  phial   to 
the   laboratory  boy.      He   in  turn  dips  the 
corked    end    into    the    boiling    paraffin    and 
sets  the  phial  down.     These  operations  are 
carried  out  so  rapidly  that  some  600  phials 
may  be  filled  in  an  hour. 


HOW  ANTITOXINS  ARE  PRODUCED  97 

After  the  bottling,  the  phials  are  kept  in 
an  incubator  for  twenty-four  hours,  and,  if 
possible,  longer.  If,  at  the  end  of  the  time, 
any  one  of  a  set  shows  the  slightest  sign 
of  impurity  or  microbic  life,  the  whole  set 
is  destroyed.  Such  is  the  care  taken  in 
the  preparation  of  these  delicate  antidotes 
to  those  delicate  and  remorseless  poisons. 

Afterwards,  I  was  taken  round  the  farm, 
which  had  twenty-two  horses,  many  rabbits, 
and  guinea-pigs  by  the  score.  Among  the 
horses  the  director  pointed  out  the  first 
pony  that  had  ever  yielded  anti-diphtheritic 
serum  in  Britain.  He  had  now  ceased  to 
yield  any  ;  but  he  was  kept  as  an  interesting 
old  friend,  and  he  was  quietly  enjoying  the 
life  he  had  so  well  earned  by  his  blood. 

Diphtheria  has  here  a  perfectly  definite 
meaning ;  it  yields  its  poison  ;  it  produces 
its  definite  sequences  of  morbid  phenomena  ; 
it  produces  its  antidote.  At  every  stage 
it  is  under  control ;  its  actions  and  reactions 
can  be  predicted ;  its  precise  strength  can 
be  measured ;  it  can  be  neutralised  to  a 
perfect  nicety.  I  was  shown  about  a  pint 
and  a  half  of  diphtheria  fluid,  which,  so  I 
was  informed,  was  the  most  concentrated 
and  strongest  diphtheria  poison  hitherto 
produced  in  the  world.  Yet  it  was  in  use 
there  to  produce  definite,  predictable  results. 


98  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


How  is  antitoxin  produced  ?  It  is  pro- 
duced by  slowly  immunising  a  horse  against 
diphtheria.  The  process  of  immunisation 
takes  five  or  six  months  to  accomplish. 
The  dose  of  diphtheria  toxin  is  increased 
slowly,  but  never  so  as  to  put  the  animal  in 
danger.  At  a  certain  stage  the  blood  and 
tissues  acquire  complete  immunity  to  diph- 
theria, and  the  largest  dose  of  virulent  diph- 
theria that  can  be  conveniently  injected  into 
the  blood  will  fail  to  produce  the  slightest 
evidence  of  disease.  It  is  then  that  the  horse's 
blood-serum  is  ready  to  be  used  as  an  anti- 
toxin. The  process  of  preparing  it,  I  have 
already  described. 

If  the  same  course  of  graduated  doses  of 
toxin  could  be  carried  out  in  the  human  being, 
the  same  process  of  immunisation  would 
result  Indeed,  such  a  process  of  partial  im- 
munisation probably  does  result  in  "  carrier 
eases "  of  diphtheria.  Diphtheria,  it  hes 
been  conclusively  shown,  spreads  from  person 
to  person  in  the  dry  seasons ;  it  grows  mildly 
in  the  throat  without  producing  symptoms, 
and  in  the  course  of  its  growth  probably 
confers  a  certain  immunity.  Unfortunately, 
it  is  not  practically  possible  so  to  inoculate 
the  throat  as  to  graduate  the  doses  and  the 
partial  immunity  otherwise  occurring  cannot 
be  relied  upon.     When  the  child   has   only 


HOW  ANTITOXINS  ARE  PRODUCED  99 

hours  to  live,  he  must  have  the  benefit  of 
the  most  rapid  remedy,  which  is  the  flooding 
of  the  body  with  an  antidote. 

Antitoxins  of  some  other  diseases  have 
been  prepared  in  a  similar  way.  Thus  a 
horse  can  be  immunised  against  lockjaw,  and 
the  resulting  antitoxin,  though  it  has  not 
had  the  striking  success  of  diphtheria  anti- 
toxin, has  shown  great  curative  power. 
Lockjaw  (tetanus)  is  probably  the  most 
deadly  of  diseases,  and  it  is  usually  well 
established  before  antitoxin  can  be  applied. 
An  antitoxin,  too,  has  been  prepared  from 
cholera ;  but  hitherto  its  success  as  a  cure 
has  not  been  established. 

The  immunity  produced  by  antitoxin  is 
not  permanent.  In  diphtheria,  it  passes 
away  in  a  few  months.  A  person  may  have 
a  second  and  a  third  and  a  fourth  attack. 
Further,  the  antitoxin  does  not  itself  kill 
the  bacillus  of  diphtheria.  It  is  not  a  micro- 
bicide.  To  inject  antitoxin,  therefore,  is 
never  by  itself  an  adequate  treatment  of 
diphtheria  ;  the  throat  and  nose  must  also 
be  sterilised ;  for,  although  the  patient 
himself  is  made  immune,  the  bacilli  can  grow 
on  his  tissues  and  retain  all  their  former 
virulence 


D  2 


^ 


100  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

CHAPTER  VII 

IMMUNITY — NATURAL   AND    ACQUIRED 

A  DIRTY  pin-prick  may  produce  an  in- 
flammation of  the  finger.  What  is  inflamma- 
tion ?  Its  cardinal  marks,  recorded  from  the 
most  ancient  days  of  surgery,  are — redness, 
swefling,  heat,  pain.  The  pain  comes  from  the 
irritation  of  the  nerve-endings.  The  heat 
comes  from  the  increased  circulation  of  hot 
blood  at  the  surface.  The  swelling  comes 
from  the  distention  of  the  blood-vessels,  the 
concentration  of  blood-cells  and  exudation 
of  fluid  from  the  vessels.  The  redness  also 
comes  from  the  local  increase  of  the  blood 
supply.  These  are  familiar  facts  ;  but  they 
contain  some  of  the  most  difficult  problems 
in  the  biology  of  disease. 

Assume  that  the  dirt  on  the  pin-point  has 
been  a  minute  round  germ, — a  micrococcus. 
Assume,  too,  that  on  the  given  pin-point 
there  were  some  thousands  of  micrococci. 
Their  minute  size  allows  us  to  make  the 
assumption.  For  the  moment,  neglect  the 
mechanical  effect  of  the  pin  itself.  Let 
us  attend  only  to  the  micrococcus.  The 
moment  it  is  through  the  skin^  it  begins  its 
work.     Its   numbers   are   soon   doubled  and 


IMMUNITY  101 

quadrupled,  and  rapidly  become  millions. 
To  this  the  blood  and  blood-vessels  reply- 
by  a  series  of  changes.  The  minute  arteries 
dilate  ;  the  minute  veins  dilate ;  the  blood- 
stream is  quickened.  After  a  time,  the 
blood-stream  slows  down,  and  the  white 
blood-cells,  separating  from  the  red,  glide 
along  the  walls  of  the  most  minute  vessels. 
At  last  the  stream  stops  ;  the  minute  vessels 
are  filled  with  red  and  white  blood-cells — 
the  white  adhering  in  many  places  to  the 
side  of  the  vessels.  Then  there  is  an  exuda- 
tion of  fluid  through  the  vessels  into  the 
tissue.  Following  this,  white  blood-cells 
squeeze  through  the  vessel-walls  and,  in  their 
thousands  and  millions,  gather  round  the 
point  of  disturbance. 

Then  the  battle  between  the  white  cells 
and  the  micrococci  begins.  Rapidly  the 
jelly-like  cell  alters  its  shape,  steadily  sur- 
rounds one  microbe  after  another,  until 
its  body  contains  ten,  fifty,  one  hundred  or 
more.  If  the  conditions  are  favourable  to 
the  white  cells,  the  battle  goes  on  until  every 
microbe  is  absorbed  by  a  cell,  until  the 
exudation,  solid  or  liquid,  is  all  reabsorbed, 
and  until  the  circulation  of  the  blood  in  the 
part  again  becomes  normal. 

But,  if  the  conditions  are  favourable  to 
the  micrococci,   the  issue  is   very  different. 


102  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

Their  numbers  may  be  too  great ;  then 
millions  of  white  cells  die  in  the  struggle, 
their  bodies  perhaps  breaking  up  and  liber- 
ating small  quantities  of  antitoxin.  The 
micrococci,  too,  die  in  their  millions;  but 
their  rate  of  increase  is  enormous,  and  they 
continue  to  advance.  To  meet  them  come 
millions  more  of  the  white  cells,  absorbing 
their  enemies,  digesting  them,  and  producing 
the  antidote  to  the  microbic  poison.  If, 
at  last,  the  white  cell  conquers,  the  process 
of  repair  goes  on  as  before  ;  but  now  the 
process  takes  longer,  for  an  abscess,  contain- 
ing the  dead  white  cells,  has  been  formed,  and 
some  of  the  fixed  tissues  have  been  destroyed. 
If  the  white  cells  on  the  outskirts  of  the 
abscess  could  be  examined,  they  would  be 
found  gorged  with  micrococci.  The  rapid 
mobilisation  of  the  white  cells  in  response 
to  the  violent  stimulus  has  been  enough  to 
stop  the  invasion. 

If,  however,  the  conditions  continue  to  be 
less  favourable  to  the  white  cells,  and  more 
favourable  to  the  micrococci,  the  cells  may  be 
killed  in  millions  more,  their  cordon  may  be 
broken  through,  and  the  microbes  may  pass 
into  the  larger  vessels  of  the  body,  so  caus- 
ing a  general  infection.  Even  then,  the  work 
of  the  white  cells  continues  ;  in  the  blood, 
it  may  meet  the  microbe  and  absorb  it  as 


IMMUNITY  103 

before.  In  the  glands,  it  does  the  same ; 
everywhere,  it  goes  on  devouring  the  microbes 
and  producing  its  antitoxin,  until,  at  last, 
the  microbe  meets  its  antidote  everywhere, 
and  its  warfare  fails.  If,  however,  the  condi- 
tions are  still  unfavourable  to  the  white  cells, 
the  microbe,  dying  in  millions,  produces 
more  millions  to  continue  the  invasion.  The 
war  goes  on  until  every  defence  is  broken 
down  ;  then  the  slight  inflammation  of  the 
pricked  finger  ends  in  a  fatal  blood-poisoning. 

What  are  the  conditions  favourable  to  the 
white  cells  ?  The  conditions  are  many,  but 
some  are  cardinal 

The  blood  has  in  it  some  substances  that 
make  it  easier  for  the  white  cell  (or  leucocyte) 
to  take  in  the  microbe.  These  substances 
are  the  opsonins — the  discovery  of  Sir  Alm- 
roth  Wright.  The  name  opsonin  is  formed 
from  the  Greek  word  opson,  which  means 
a  sauce,  or  seasoning,  anything  that  makes 
the  morsel  more  tempting.  If  the  blood  is 
rich  in  opsonins,  the  leucocytes,  when  a 
germ  whose  opsonin  is  present  enters,  win 
the  fight ;  for  they  find  the  germs,  thus 
prepared,  easy  to  absorb  and  digest.  And 
the  opsonins  are,  possibly,  of  as  many  kinds 
as  the  germs  that  enter.  But  here  there 
IS   much  dispute  among  experts.     Probably 


104  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

there  is  a  common  opsonin,  which  may,  in 
some  degree,  act  as  a  sauce  to  every  microbe ; 
but  there  are  certainly  special  opsonins,  and 
on  these  depends  the  readiness  of  the  special 
microbe  to  be  eaten  by  the  leucocyte.  To  the 
eating  leucocyte  let  us  also  give  its  technical 
name — phagocyte  (eating  cell). 

What  are  the  special  opsonins  ?  They  are 
probably  the  opsonins  produced  by  the 
action  of  the  special  microbe  itself.  They 
are  regarded  as  substances  distinct  from 
toxins. 

In  diphtheria  we  saw  that  the  toxin  in 
the  blood  results  in  the  production  of  an 
antitoxin.  In  many  other  cases,  there  is  a 
parallel  result.  If  the  lockjaw  (tetanus) 
toxin  is  introduced,  the  result  is  a  specific? 
antitoxin.  If  the  tubercle  bacillus  is  intro- 
duced, the  result  is  an  antidote  to  tubercle. 
If  the  typhoid  bacillus  is  introduced,  th(i 
result  is  an  antidote  to  typhoid.  »The  times 
and  quantities  vary,  but  the  general  reaction 
is  the  same.  And  it  is  not  confined  to 
microbes.  If  cells  from  a  kidney  are  intro- 
duced into  the  blood,  the  result  is  an  anti- 
toxic substance  that  destroys  the  tube-lining 
of  the  normal  kidney.  If  liver  cells  are 
introduced,  there  is  a  similar  result  for  the 
cells  of  the  liver.  And  there  are  many  other 
substances  that  once  introduced  into  the  blood 


IMMUNITY  105 

produce  similar  anti-substances.  In  every 
case,  whether  the  agent  be  a  microbe  or 
other  substance,  the  dose,  if  it  is  to  produce 
the  result,  has  to  be  carefully  adjusted ; 
but  the  result  always  occurs.  It  is,  then, 
possible  to  make  a  wide  general  proposition, 
— certain  substances  produce  anti-substances. 
But  the  substances  that  produce  these  extra- 
ordinary effects  have  one  thing  in  common  : 
they  all  have  a  somewhat  similar  chemical 
composition. 

To  return  now  to  the  opsonins.  Every 
infectious  fever  probably  leaves  behind  more 
or  less  of  its  particular  opsonin.  When, 
therefore,  the  microbe  of  the  fever  re-enters 
the  blood,  it  is  more  easily  absorbed  and 
digested  by  the  phagocyte.  It  may  re-enter 
a  hundred  times,  but  it  never  breaks  down 
the  first  line  of  defence.  So  long  as  this 
condition  remains,  the  patient  is  safe  against 
a  second  attack.  When  the  condition  dis- 
appears, he  may  become  as  liable  to  an  attack 
as  ever.  But  one  attack  confers  a  passing 
or  permanent  immunity  against  another. 

Let  us  add  another  technical  point.  Assume 
two  persons — one  a  person  in  normal  health, 
the  other  infected  with  the  tubercle  bacillus. 
Take  from  the  body  of  each  some  of  their 
leucocytes.  Prepare,  also,  a  culture  of  the 
tubercle  bacillus,  which  can  now,  thanks  to 


106  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

the  methods  made  familiar  by  Koch  in  1881, 
be  easily  cultivated.  Let  us  now  make 
two  experiments.  Mix  the  leucocytes  of  the 
normal  person  with  a  certain  quantity  of  the 
tubercle  bacilli.  Mix  the  leucocytes  of  the 
tubercular  person  with  a  certain  other  quantity 
of  the  bacilli.  Keep  both  the  mixtures  at  the 
proper  temperature  for  a  quarter  of  an  hour 
or  so.  Then  make  two  microscopic  prepara- 
tions, one  from  the  normal  person's  mixture, 
the  other  from  the  infected  person's  mixture. 
Examine  each  under  the  microscope  and  note 
the  difference.  Select,  say,  fifty  leucocytes, 
and  count  the  number  of  bacilli  they  have 
eaten  in  the  time.  The  counting  is  difficult, 
but  it  can  be  done  by  a  skilled  eye.  Add  up 
the  numbers  found  in  each  of  the  fifty  cells, 
and  divide  the  total  by  fifty.  This  gives  the 
average  for  each  cell.  Do  the  same  with 
the  infected  person's  cells.  Let  us  suppoj;e 
that  in  each  cell  of  the  normal  person  we 
have  found  on  the  average  125  bacilli ;  in 
each  cell  of  the  infected  person  we  hsLve 
found  on  the  average  75.  Make  these  two 
numbers  into  a  fraction — 75  as  numerator, 
125  as  denominator — which  is  three-fifths,  or 
in  decimals  0-6.  This  is  the  "  opsonic  index." 
Here  I  have  omitted  the  delicate  and  com- 
plicated technique,  which  is  one  of  the  mar- 
vels of  modern  insight  and  invention.     It  is 


IMMUNITY  107 

enough  that  we  get  a  general  understanding 
of  the  opsonic  index.  And  it  is  important 
that  the  term  opsonic  index  should  become 
familiar  to  everybody ;  for,  like  the  term 
phagocyte,  it  is  part  of  a  system  of  marvellous 
discoveries,  a  world  by  itself,  a  kingdom  where 
only  the  skilled  have  entry,  and  they  only 
after  years  of  laborious  toil. 

The  opsonic  index,  then,  is  an  index  of 
relative  powers  of  resistance.  If,  in  our 
particular  case,  the  resistance  of  the  healthy 
person  be  counted  as  one,  the  resistance  of  the 
infected  person  would  be  only  three-fifths. 
A  healthy  person's  resistance  to  tubercle  is, 
therefore,  greater  than  the  infected  person's 
resistance.  If,  therefore,  they  were  both 
equally  exposed  to  a  fresh  dose  of  the  tubercle 
infection,  the  healthy  person  would  throw  off 
the  attack  much  more  effectively  than  the 
person  already  infected.  When  the  opsonic 
index  is  high,  the  leucocytes  can  absorb  and 
destroy  germs  in  much  greater  quantity  than 
when  the  opsonic  index  is  low.  When, 
therefore,  the  index  is  high,  the  resistance  is 
great ;  when  the  index  is  low,  the  resistance 
is  feeble. 

If  this  be  so,  the  question  at  once  is  sug- 
gested :  Is  it  possible  to  heighten  the  opsonic 
index  when  it  is  low  ?  It  is  possible  to  answer 
"  yes."     And  this  answer  has  a  claim  to  be 


108  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

called  the  greatest  departure  in  modern 
medicine.  Here,  at  last,  it  seems,  prevention 
and  cure  pass  into  a  perfect  synthesis. 

This  is  a  broad  outline  of  Metchnikoff's 
theory  of  phagocytosis — ^the  theory  that  the 
white  blood  cells,  by  absorbing  microbes 
and  other  foreign  invaders,  defend  the  body 
from  infection  and  probably  from  some 
other  poisons  too.  The  theory  is  not  uni- 
versally accepted  ;  but  it  has  a  vast  mass  of 
experimental  research  to  rest  upon.  The 
action  of  the  white  cell  is  not  an  isolated  fact. 
It  has  many  parallels  among  the  lower 
animals.  The  white  cell  is  itself  a  living 
organism.  In  the  blood,  it  acts  as  if  it  were 
a  free  animal.  It  searches  for  food,  it  meets 
aggressors,  it  adapts  itself  to  dangers,  it  hi 
attracted  by  some  chemical  conditions,  it 
is  repelled  by  others.  Some  microbes,  there- 
fore, it  will  absorb  and  digest ;  some  it  will 
permit  to  pass  into  the  circulation.  In  the 
one  case,  it  prevents  infection  ;  in  the  other 
case,  it  permits  infection.  Why  it  takes  to 
one  and  leaves  the  other,  is  not  easy  to 
explain.  Possibly  some  microbes  produce  a 
substance  that  attracts  a  leucocyte  ;  some, 
a  substance  that  repels.  There  are  facts  in 
favour  of  this  idea.  There  are,  however, 
cases  that  the  phagocyte  (eater-cell)  theory 


IMMUNITY  109 

does  not  directly  cover.  In  diphtheria,  the 
poisonous  agent  is  not  a  microbe,  but  a  soluble 
toxin.  Does  the  antitoxin  come  from  the 
phagocyte  ?  Possibly  it  does  ;  possibly  the 
phagocyte  secretes  the  antitoxin  and  sets  it 
free  in  the  blood. 

These  disputable  details  need  not  be  pur- 
sued. The  theory  is  fascinating,  even 
romantic,  but  full  of  difficulties.  Yet  it 
correlates  an  immense  range  of  facts  in  the 
animal  world.  It  brings  protection  against 
infectious  diseases  into  line  with  many 
other  natural  processes.  It  puts  before  us 
a  protective  material  mechanism,  visible, 
definite,  capable  of  experimental  test.  And 
it  is  not  incompatible  with  other  theories  of 
immunity. 

For  the  present,  no  one  theory  holds  the 
field.  But  the  chief  accepted  fact  is — that 
when  microbes,  blood-cells,  tissue-cells,  and 
other  substances  chemically  allied  to  them, 
are  injected  into  the  blood,  they  stimulate 
the  blood,  its  cells,  and  the  cells  of  the  fixed 
tissues  to  produce  anti-substances,  which  are 
antidotes  to  the  substances  injected.  Let 
this  be  granted.  It  in  no  way  conflicts  with 
the  theory  of  phagocytosis.  It  is,  too, 
enough  for  the  ends  of  immediate  practice  ; 
because,  relying  on  this  general  truth,  we  can 
prevent    or    stay    the    progress    of    certain 


110  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

diseases  by  injecting  "  vaccines "  prepared 
from  the  microbes  that  produce  the  disease. 
The  preparation  of  such  vaccines  is  a  highly 
technical  process,  but  it  is  entirely  practicable, 
and  is  now  very  widely  practised.  The 
essential  principle  of  the  method  is  that  the 
microbe  of  the  given  disease  is  carefully 
cultivated,  until  it  is  a  pure  culture  It  is 
then  by  sterilisation  rendered  incapable  of 
reproducing  itself  in  the  blood,  but  it  is  not 
robbed  of  its  power  to  produce  immunity. 
There  is  in  the  substance  of  the  microbe's 
own  body  a  substance  that  induces  the 
formation  of  an  anti-substance.  The  aim  of 
the  treatment  is  to  produce  this  anti-substance 
for  the  given  disease.  When  the  anti-sub- 
stance is  produced  in  the  blood  and  tissues, 
the  disease  is  cured  and  immunity  against 
it  is  established. 

Many  diseases  are  treated  on  these  lines. 
For  instance,  acne  or  "  pimples,"  boils, 
common  colds. 

Of  the  greater  diseases  so  treated,  the 
greatest  is  tuberculosis.  Early  in  his  re- 
searches, Koch  discovered  that  the  tubercle 
bacilli  contained  a  special  substance  in  their 
bodies  This  he  named  tuberculin.  It  is 
now  known  as  Koch's  "  old  tuberculin," 
because  of  its  method  of  preparation.  It  is 
used  all  over  the  world,  mainly  for  the  pur- 


IMMUNITY  111 

poses  of  diagnosis.  Wherever  tuberculosis 
of  any  kind  is  present  in  a  patient's  body, 
tuberculin,  injected  in  a  minute  and  harmless 
dose,  produces  a  slight  fever.  This  reaction 
is  a  proof  that  tuberculosis  is  present. 

Recently  the  method  of  applying  tuberculin 
has  been  simplified.  Calmette  applied  it  to 
the  conjunctiva,  the  external  membrane  of 
the  eye.  It  produces  there  a  local  and 
evanescent  inflammation,  but  only  if  the 
patient  is  tubercular.  To  von  Pirquet  we 
owe  a  further  improvement.  He  applies  it 
to  the  skin.  This  results  in  a  definite  local 
reaction,  wherever  there  is  or  has  been 
tubercular  disease.  It  is,  indeed,  almost  too 
delicate  a  test  for  practice.  Among  the 
inmates  of  one  asylum  in  Scotland  it  indicated 
that  some  70  per  cent,  of  patients  had  all, 
at  some  time  in  their  lives,  suffered  from 
tuberculosis.  Dr.  Herford,  Altona,  with  the 
consent  of  the  parents,  applied  the  test  to 
2594  school  children.  Of  these,  63  per  cent, 
reacted.  Of  the  five-year-old  groups,  50 
per  cent,  reacted.  Of  those  about  to  leave 
school,  that  is,  the  thirteen-  and  fourteen-year- 
old  groups,  94  per  cent,  reacted. 

These  facts  are  confirmed  by  other  re- 
searches. They  prove  the  extreme  delicacy 
of  the  test  and  the  practical  universality  of 
some  degree  of  tuberculosis. 


112  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


For  treatment,  too,  tuberculin  has  been 
used  in  several  forms.  One  of  the  commonest 
forms  is  Koch's  TR  or  new  tuberculin.  Some 
form  of  tuberculin  has  been  in  more  or  less 
constant  use  for  treatment  ever  since  Koch 
first  discovered  it.  But  recently  the  "  old 
tuberculin  "  has  been  confined  to  diagnosis. 
The  "  new  tuberculin "  and  preparations 
based  on  it  are  alone  used  for  treatment. 

Sir  Almroth  Wright,  in  working  out  his 
opsonic  index  theory,  found  that,  when  a 
small  quantity  of  tuberculin  is  injected 
into  a  tubercular  patient,  the  first  and  im- 
mediate result  is  that  the  capacity  of  the 
phagocytes  goes  down.  There  is  a  "  negative 
phase."  The  susceptibility  to  the  spread 
of  the  infection  within  the  body  is,  for  the 
time,  increased.  In  a  few  days,  the  negative 
phase  passes  away  and,  in  the  end,  ths 
opsonic  index  reaches  a  higher  level  than 
before  the  injection.  The  capacity  of  the 
phagocytes  is  increased.  Thus,  by  watching 
the  rise  and  fall  of  the  opsonic  index,  the 
physician  can  determine  when  it  is  most 
profitable  to  give  a  second  and  a  third  and 
a  fourth  injection. 

This,  incidentally,  bears  out  what  is  said 
below  of  unborn  children  of  tubercular  fathers 
and  mothers  (p.  128).  The  disease  will  take 
no  accoimt  of  the  "  negative  phase,"  though 


IMMUNITY  118 

occasionally  it  may  pass  into  the  child  when 
his  negative  phase  is  ending  and  then  the 
infection  will  be  curative.  But,  often  as 
not,  it  will  reduce  the  capacity  of  the  em- 
bryonic phagocytes,  so  increasing  the  sus- 
ceptibility of  the  child  to  tuberculosis.  But 
this  is  all  a  matter  of  chance  for  the  unborn 
child.  It  is  a  matter  of  precise  science  for 
the  patient  under  treatment. 

After  long  and  laborious  trials,  the  experts 
are  now  able  to  gauge  the  correct  dose  of 
tuberculin.  It  may  be  as  small  as  the 
10,000th  part  of  a  milligramme  of  the  solid 
tuberculin,  that  is  about  the  650,000th  part 
of  a  grain.  The  dose  can  be  slowly  increased, 
the  opsonic  index  being  taken  from  time 
to  time,  or  some  similar  test  being  applied, 
to  ensure  that  the  patient's  immunity  is 
not  being  reduced  instead  of  increased. 

Now  that  the  way  is  made  clear,  the  use 
of  tuberculin  is  increasing  steadily  every- 
where for  all  forms  of  tuberculosis, — glands, 
bones,  etc.  In  a  short  time  the  injection  of 
tuberculin  will  be  as  familiar  as  vaccination 
for  smallpox.  The  stupid  haste  of  twenty 
years  ago  in  working  without  first  ascertaining 
the  correct  dose  did  harm,  but  the  reaction 
due  to  it  has  now  passed  away.  The  secrets 
of  the  method  are  now  revealing  themselves 
outside  the  laboratories.     The  administrative 


114  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

bodies  thus  obtain  a  new  instrument  of 
immense  value.  If  the  hopes  now  stirred 
by  tuberculin  are  even  in  small  part  realised, 
the  drop  in  the  death-rate  from  tuberculosis 
will  soon  astonish  the  world.  The  fight 
between  the  greater  and  the  lesser  organism, 
the  human  body  and  this  remorseless  parasite, 
will  be  changed  into  a  friendly  and  con- 
tinuous process  of  immunisation.  And  so 
the  terrors  of  heredity  will  be  once  more 
put  to  confusion  ;  for  to  be  born  of  mildly 
tubercular  stock  may  yet  become  the  best 
certificate  of  physical  and  ethical  fitness. 
The  stone  that  the  builders  rejected  may 
become  the  head  of  the  corner. 


CHAPTER  VIII 

A  DISCUSSION   OF  THE   TUBEKCULAR 
DIATHESIS 

It  is  now  profitable  to  ask  the  question : 
Is  immunity  to  a  particular  disease  ever 
inherited  ?  Is  a  predisposition  to  a  particular 
disease  ever  inherited  ?  What  is  meant  by 
diathesis,  or  predisposition  to  a  particular 
disease  ? 


THE  TUBERCULAR  DIATHESIS     115 

These  questions  it  is  well  to  ask ;  for 
they  are  questions  of  the  hour  and  affect 
fundamentally  the  practice  of  life.  In 
particular,  it  is  well  to  discuss  the  meaning 
of  diathesis ;  for  it  is  frequently  flung  at 
the  administrator  to  prove  the  futility  of 
his  administration.  If  I  had  taken  at  face 
value  half  of  what  I  had  been  taught  about 
heredity  and  diathesis,  I  should  probably 
not  have  thought  it  worth  while  to  enter 
the  public  health  service.  Further,  as  the 
tubercular  diathesis  is  at  present  the  focus 
of  violent  disputes,  I  prefer  to  investigate  its 
meaning  before  passing  on  to  discuss  the 
control  of  tuberculosis. 

Opium  produces  sleep  because  it  has  a 
virtus  dormitiva — a  dormitive  virtue.  This 
is  the  classical  gibe  at  the  metaphysics  of 
the  Middle  Ages  —  the  metaphysics  that 
Comte's  Positivism  is  supposed  to  have 
superseded.  But  the  dormitive- virtue  theory 
of  opium  was  at  least  in  line  with  the  science 
of  its  own  day.  It  was  as  good  as  the  concept 
of  material  substance  to  "  explain  "  matter, 
or  mental  substance  to  "  explain "  mind. 
But  somehow  men  are  slow  to  give  up  this 
way  of  satisfying  their  intellectual  desires. 
They  love  to  repeat  to  themselves  in  their 
answer  precisely  what  they  put  to  themselves 


116  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

in  their  question.  Does  not  pharmacy  with 
its  "  essences  "  keep  alive  for  us  the  names 
of  no  end  of  mediaeval  ghosts  ?  And  can 
we  say  that  anywhere  our  language  has 
shaken  itself  free  of  them  ?  But  I  am  not 
now  thinking  of  differentiations  of  language, 
which,  of  course,  do  not  always  keep  pace 
with  the  realities  of  thought.  If  the  doctor 
accidentally  uses  ancient  terms,  he  is  not 
often  misled  by  them  either  in  his  diagnosis 
or  in  his  treatment.  But  there  are  some 
terms  that  are  still  doing  as  much  harm 
to  clear  thinking  as  the  worst  that  can  be 
selected  from  mediaeval  medicine. 

Take,  for  instance,  the  term  "  diathesis." 
How  often  we  heard  the  word  when  we  were 
students  !  What  a  thrill  of  pleasure  we  had 
when  we  were  first  able  to  write  down  of  our 
own  motion  that  our  patient  was  an  illus- 
tration of  the  "  Tubercular  Diathesis "  ! 
We  looked  for  every  feature — the  transparent 
skin,  the  long  eyelash,  the  fragile  frame ;  or 
again,  the  coarse  skin,  the  thick  lip,  and  all 
the  correlated  items  of  the  classical  descrip- 
tions. It  was  with  a  sense  of  intellectual 
finality  that  we  heard  scrofula  defined  as  a 
"  vulnerability  "  of  the  tissues,  particularly 
of  the  skin  and  mucous  membranes.^  The 
words  did  more  than  satisfy  our  intellectual 
emotions.     They  positively  stopped  the  im- 


THE  TUBERCULAR  DIATHESIS     117 

pulse  to  question  the  teacher.  They  remained 
for  years  in  our  minds  as  a  solvent  of  new 
difficulties,  an  obstruction  to  new  mental 
growths,  blessed  words  of  perfected  science. 
They  were  like  Spencer's  Evolution  formula 
— a  thing  first  to  learn  by  heart  and  then  to 
fit  on  to  everything  that  happened,  not 
minding  much  whether  a  finger  of  the  glove 
was  only  half  on,  or,  indeed,  whether  there 
was  anything  particular  for  the  glove  to  fit 
on  to. 

Then  there  was  our  first  case  of  rheumatism 
— the  "  rheumatic  diathesis."  We  searched 
the  text-books  for  the  exact  characterisation 
of  this  typical  state  of  human  flesh.  It  was 
not  merely  a  disease  we  were  contemplating  ; 
it  was  a  history,  a  whole  theory  of  the  organ- 
ism, a  metaphysic  of  all  the  symptoms. 

Then  there  was  the  "  gouty  diathesis." 
How  much  it  counted  for  !  Gout  was  the 
name  for  the  possessing  spirit,  the  demon 
that  proceeded  to  the  toe  or  retroceded  to  the 
stomach,  producing  wherever  he  went  fresh 
evil  and  pain.  Sometimes,  perhaps,  he  was 
called  "  gout  "  because  the  patient  could  not 
spell  "  rheumatism."  But  gouty  or  rheu- 
matic, it  was  always  "  diathesis,"  and  there 
our  minds  rested,  blocked  with  a  beautiful 
Greek  word,  silenced  by  the  genius  of  the 
-^gean  Sea. 


118  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

I  have  often  wondered  who  introduced 
the  term  "  diathesis."  He  is  one  of  the 
benefactors  of  the  race.  His  word  is  an  indis- 
pensable term  in  the  htany  of  the  medical 
religion — the  Religio  Medici.  What  should 
we  do  without  its  emotional  suggestion,  its 
capacity  for  satisfying  intellectual  desire  ? 
No  plain  Saxon  word  like  "  set  "  or  "  through- 
set  "  could  give  us  the  touch  of  mystery  that 
"  diathesis  "  gives.  It  will  hold  its  ground 
in  the  litany  for  many  generations ;  because 
it  comes  trippingly  on  the  tongue  and  not 
offends  the  ear.  There  is,  of  course,  the  word 
temperament — ^the  melancholic,  lymphatic, 
etc.  But  "  temperament  "  is  Latin,  "  dia- 
thesis "  is  Greek,  and  there  is  a  subtle  differ- 
ence between  them  that  only  spiritual  ex- 
perience enables  us  to  discern. 

Shall  we  leave  this  beautiful  word  to  con- 
tinue its  gentle  ministrations  to  our  intel- 
lectual life  ?  Or  dare  we  ask  whether  the 
time  has  not  come  for  testing  its  credentials  ? 

This  question  I  should  never  have  thought 
of  asking  but  that  recently  I  have  had  to 
read  a  good  deal  about  tuberculosis.  On 
every  hand  I  have  been  silenced  by  the  "  tuber- 
cular diathesis."  When  I  expressed  the 
belief  that  the  tubercle  bacillus  was  the  chief 
cause  of  tuberculosis,  the  body  being  for  the 
time  a  medium  of  infinite  complexity  and 


THE  TUBERCULAR  DIATHESIS     119 

offering  a  thousand  varieties  of  food  for 
the  parasite,  I  was  always  met  with — "  Yes, 
but  there  is  the  diathesis.  You  must  take 
that  into  account."  And  it  was  explained 
to  me  that  there  was  something  that  made 
some  people  "  predisposed  "  to  phthisis  and 
left  others  "  unpredisposed."  When  I 
pressed  to  know  what  "  predisposed  "  meant, 
I  found  it  was  another  name  for  the  "dia- 
thesis," and,  indeed,  it  is  pretty  much  the 
Latin  of  which  diathesis  is  the  Greek.  Some- 
times I  had  thrown  at  me  the  whole  word 
"  predisposition,"  as  if,  being  longer,  it  might 
produce  more  psychological  effect  than 
"  diathesis."  And  it  did ;  just  because  it 
was  longer,  but  for  no  other  reason.  When 
I  pressed  the  further  question,  what  evidence 
there  is  of  a  tubercular  diathesis  or  predis- 
position, I  was  answered :  "  The  fact  that 
the  person  takes  tuberculosis."  Thus  my 
education  was  advancing  ;  for  now  I  had  got 
into  a  circle — a  vicious  circle.  The  tuber- 
cular diathesis  makes  it  easy  for  a  person 
to  contract  tuberculosis  ;  that  he  contracts 
tuberculosis  proves  that  he  has  the  tuber- 
cular diathesis.  When  I  pointed  this  out 
to  my  tutor,  he  said :  "  Yes,  yes,  that  may 
be  logical ;  but  we  are  not  dealing  with  logic, 
we  are  dealing  with  facts." 

And  then  he  proceeded  to  detail  to  me. 


120     •     HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

with  instance  upon  instance,  how  the  "  fairy 
type  "  falls  a  victim  to  the  bacillus  in  spite  of 
every  conceivable  precaution  ;  how  the  coarse- 
skinned  type  equally  falls  a  victim,  and 
nothing  will  either  prevent  his  fall  or  slow 
down  the  progress  of  the  disease.  He  ex- 
plained to  me  by  what  tests  I  should  know 
the  various  types,  and  that  I  need  never 
mistake  them.  These  had  survived  in  the 
course  of  selection  as  the  "  vulnerable " 
types,  clothed  with  a  skin  of  extreme  vulner- 
ability, the  victim  being  non-resistant  in 
tissue,  keen  in  brain,  precocious,  restless, 
fragile,  near  to  genius.  I  am  not  sure  that 
he  did  not  also  tell  me  about  Wright's  dis- 
covery of  the  opsonic  index,  by  which  you 
can  invariably  tell  the  true  "  tubercular 
diathesis." 

These  "  facts  "  were  very  persuasive.  It 
did  seem  as  if  we  could,  after  all,  determine 
by  objective  marks  whether  a  tubercular 
diathesis  existed,  and  could  from  it  predict 
the  probability  of  subsequent  infection.  But 
I  was  still  puzzled  as  to  why,  in  the  course 
of  racial  evolution,  such  types  should  have 
survived  at  all.  It  is  a  truism  that  all  men 
are  different,  some  being  born  with  one 
susceptibility  in  the  ascendant,  others  with 
another  ;  some  to  honour,  some  to  dishonour. 
This  I  could  accept.     The  man  of  six  feet 


THE  TUBERCULAR  DIATHESIS     121 

will  usually  have  a  longer  stroke  at  golf  than 
a  man  of  four  feet,  and  if  the  race  of  life  were 
a  game  of  golf  we  could  predict  that  the 
longer  arm  would  have  the  shorter  score. 
But  the  "  tubercular  diathesis  "  seemed  to 
me  a  little  more  complicated.  It  is  so 
Protean  in  its  embodiments.  At  one  time 
it  is  clothed  in  fat ;  at  another  time  it  is 
thin  and  pale.  At  one  time  it  is  coarse, 
sallow,  dark-haired,  thick-lipped  ;  at  another 
time  it  is  fine,  pink-skinned,  blue-veined, 
long-eyelashed,  fair-haired,  with  a  delicate 
woolly  hair  on  the  body.  Its  forms  have  a 
variety  suspiciously  resembling  the  forms  of 
real  tuberculosis.  And  as  I  thought  of  this, 
the  suspicion  flashed  upon  me — "  Can  the 
diathesis  after  all  be  an  undiagnosed  case 
of  real  tuberculosis  ?  Is  the  thick-lipped, 
scrofulous  child  not  already  suffering  from 
the  actual  infection  of  tuberculosis  ?  Is  the 
fair-haired,  thin-skinned,  pink-cheeked  fairy 
not  already  also  suffering  from  the  toxic 
effects  of  the  bacillus  ?  " 

Then,  looking  backward,  I  remembered 
just  such  a  beautiful  fairy,  nine  years  old. 
She  came  of  a  highly  tubercular  family, 
father  and  mother  being  alike  affected.  One 
day  swellings  came  on  in  the  cheeks,  and 
the  doctor  diagnosed  mumps,  which  was 
then  going   the  round.     But   ultimately   he 


122  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

found  that  the  swellings  were  due  to  diph- 
theria. She  then  came  into  my  hands ; 
but  too  late  for  antitoxin  to  save  her.  She 
died  of  cardiac  collapse  at  the  end  of  three 
days.  All  her  tissues  were  eminently 
"  vulnerable."  The  needle  of  the  syringe 
caused  a  considerable  haemorrhage  under 
the  skin.  Her  "  tissue-resonance,"  as  it 
were,  was  very  high.  After  she  died  I 
found  diseased  glands  in  the  chest  and  in 
the  abdomen  ;  some  of  them  were  well  on 
the  way  to  considerable  abscesses.  Yet  the 
child  had  been  at  school  until  the  day  her 
cheeks  began  to  swell,  and  had  shown  practic- 
ally no  symptom  of  serious  ill-health.  She 
had  always  been  "  delicate."  One  would 
have  called  her  a  typical  instance  of  the 
"  fairy  type  "  of  the  tubercular  "  diathesis." 
She  was,  in  fact,  a  perfect  type  of  actual 
tuberculosis. 

Then  I  began  to  look  for  our  positive 
evidence  of  the  existence  of  a  special  tuber- 
cular diathesis.  Have  we,  after  all,  been 
accepting  this  term  too  uncritically  ?  What 
tests  have  we  applied  to  the  "  fairy  "  or  the 
"  coarse "  types  of  the  diathesis  ?  Have 
we  done  anything  whatever  to  show  that, 
by  the  time  they  exhibit  signs  of  the  diathesis, 
they  have  not  already  been  for  months  or 


THE  TUBERCULAR  DIATHESIS     123 

years  infected  with  tuberculosis  ?  In  fact, 
I  now  put  the  question — May  not  the  so- 
called  diathesis  be  itself  the  product  of  the 
tubercle  bacillus  ?  Do  we  not  simply  assume 
that  the  diathesis  is  a  fact  without  making 
any  effort  to  prove  that  it  is  a  fiction  ? 

Consider  the  chances  that  the  child  of  one 
year  has  of  acquiring  tuberculosis.  At  birth, 
it  is  impossible  to  say  by  simple  observation 
whether  the  child  illustrates  the  tubercular 
diathesis  or  not.  He  must  be  at  least  several 
months,  more  probably  years,  old  before  we 
can  say  with  certainty.  There  is  the  "  fairy 
type."  He  must  have  the  thick  scrofulous 
lip  before  we  can  say.  There  is  the  "  scrofulous 
type.'*  But  the  infant  has  to  be  fed  at  least 
six  or  eight  times  a  day  for  a  year.  Roughly, 
he  will  receive  three  thousand  diets  in  his 
fu-st  year.  That  is,  he  may  have  three  thou- 
sand prolonged  opportunities  of  swallowing 
tubercle  germs.  And  he  has  fifty  thousand 
shorter  opportunities  of  absorbing  them  from 
his  fingers,  from  the  floor,  from  clothing,  from 
sucking-bottles,  from  his  mother's  fingers,  and 
from  all  the  other  paraphernalia  that  con- 
stitute the  environment  of  the  infant.  With 
this  enormous  potentiality  of  infection,  who 
shall  say  that,  by  the  time  he  exhibits  the 
signs  oi  the  "  fairy  type,"  he  is  not  already 
well  advanced  in  tuberculosis  ? 


124  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


1 


The  signs  of  the  so-called  tubercular 
diathesis,  therefore,  may  be  themselves  signs 
of  infantile  tuberculosis,  and  as  yet  we  have 
no  proof  that  they  are  not.  If  it  should  turn 
out  that  the  "  fairy  types  "  are  really  tuber- 
cular patients,  we  shall  have  helped  to 
exorcise  one  more  ghost  from  our  heritage 
of  mediaevalism. 

If  there  is  a  tubercular  diathesis,  there 
must  also  be  the  following  :  the  smallpox 
diathesis,  the  cow-pox  diathesis,  the  chicken- 
pox  diathesis,  the  measles  diathesis,  the 
scarlet  fever  diathesis,  the  typhus  diathesis, 
the  typhoid  diathesis,  the  plague  diathesis, 
the  diphtheria  diathesis,  the  cerebro-spinal 
fever  diathesis,  the  cholera  diathesis,  the 
whooping-cough  diathesis,  the  influenza  dia- 
thesis, the  mumps  diathesis,  the  erysipelas 
diathesis,  the  septicaemia  diathesis,  the; 
tetanus  diathesis,  and  as  many  more  as  there; 
are  specific  infectious  diseases  now  known 
or  yet  to  be  discovered.  We  might  go  even 
further.  We  might  add  a  diathesis  for  each 
peculiarity  that  adapts  the  human  body  as 
a  soil  for  any  special  germ  or  any  parasite, 
whether  it  produces  disease  or  not.  For 
instance,  there  would  be  the  ringworm 
diathesis,  the  favus  diathesis,  the  scabies 
diathesis,  and  so  on. 

If  we  understand  clearly  that  the  term 


THE  TUBERCULAR  DIATHESIS     125 

diathesis  means  only  the  fact  that  the  human 
body  is  adapted  to  the  growth  of  the  micro- 
organism, if  it  is  only  a  short  way  of  saying 
that  the  micro-organism  can  grow  in  the 
body,  no  one  can  object  to  that  use  of  the 
word.  But  for  the  term  tubercular  diathesis 
there  is  a  further  claim  made.  It  is  main- 
tained that  we  have  definite  signs  of  its 
existence  before  the  individual  under  ex- 
amination actually  contracts  the  infection  or 
could  have  been  subject  to  tubercular  toxins. 
This  is  a  very  large  assumption  when  we 
reflect  that  any  person  might  be  exposed  to 
tubercular  toxins  even  before  birth. 

Doubtless,  if  we  had  methods  of  the  re- 
quisite delicacy,  we  could,  in  every  instance, 
find  out  precisely  what  conditions  of  the 
body  make  it  possible  for  each  individual 
germ  to  grow.  We  should  know  why  the 
human  being  takes  smallpox,  and  diathesis 
would  be  a  name  for  our  discovery.  But, 
for  the  present,  to  call  it  so  adds  nothing 
to  our  knowledge,  and  does  not  help  us 
in  the  least  to  understand  the  conditions. 
The  word  serves  only  as  a  convenient  label  of 
an  unexplained  fact.  The  same  would  be  true 
of  scarlet  fever  diathesis  and  all  the  others. 
But  once  the  term  diathesis  is  thus  reduced  to 
its  legitimate  meaning,  as  simply  a  name  for 
the  fact  that  if  you  take  scarlet  fever,  you 


126  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

must  first  have  been  capable  of  taking  it, 
all  the  emotional  value  evaporates,  and 
we  turn  to  other  gods.  The  term  is  then 
an  "  honest  ghost,"  but  it  unravels  no 
mysteries.  Is  it  not  time  that  medicine 
gave  up  the  virtus  dormitiva  method  of  de- 
scribing its  problems  ?  Would  it  not  better 
serve  the  ends  of  science  if  the  terminology 
were  kept  scientific  ?  Why  load  the  student's 
mind  with  those  myths,  those  superstitions 
of  the  pre-scientific  days  ?  Or,  to  put  it 
lower  down  still,  why  cannot  we  describe 
our  qualities  by  adjectives,  and  not  by 
abstract  nouns,  which  always  tend  to  "  go 
off  on  their  own,"  and  afterwards  return 
to  dominate  our  intelligence  instead  of 
serving  it  ? 

That  the  question  is  not  unimportani; 
practically  is  proved  by  the  recent  discussion 
at  the  International  Anti -Tuberculosis  Asso- 
ciation. Experts  from  every  country  tools 
part  in  the  discussion.  The  old  view  has 
its  adherents  ;  but  the  new  view  seems  to 
gain  ground.  That  some  people  take  tuber- 
culosis more  easily  than  others  goes  without 
saying.  They  are,  it  may  be,  born  with  the 
disposition.  That  is  not  the  question  in 
dispute.  The  question  is, — how  is  the  dis- 
position produced  ?     Is  it  an  inherited  varia- 


THE  TUBERCULAR  DIATHESIS     127 

tion  of  the  germ-plasm,  or  a  condition  acquired 
by  the  child  before  birth,  because  the  father, 
or  mother,  or  both,  are  themselves  infected 
and  have  communicated  to  their  child  the 
microbe  or  some  of  its  toxins  ? 

On  the  answer  to  the  question  largely 
depends  the  method  of  prevention.  If  the 
condition  commonly  described  as  tubercular 
diathesis  be  itself  a  condition  of  actual 
tuberculosis,  it  offers  no  explanation  of 
predisposition.  Do  the  human  tissues 
have  any  property  that  enables  the  tubercle 
bacillus  to  grow  on  them  ?  Undoubtedly. 
It  is  this  property  that  has  to  be  accounted 
for.  Does  the  property  vary  in  different 
individuals  ?  Most  probably  it  does.  Lines 
of  possible  explanation  are  indicated  in  the 
theory  of  phagocytosis  and  other  theories 
of  natural  or  acquired  immunity.  The 
phagocytes  have  a  general  capacity  for 
capturing  and  destroying  all  intruding 
microbes.  This  would  be,  for  the  human 
being,  a  general  "  diathesis "  against  in- 
fectious diseases.  The  phagocytes  may  also 
have  a  special  capacity  for  capturing  and 
destroying  particular  microbes,  like  the 
tubercle  bacillus.  This,  if  inherited,  would 
be  a  special  "  diathesis "  against  tubercle. 
This  special  capacity  may  depend  on  the 
presence  of  certain  opsonins  or  other  condi- 


128  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


■ 


tions.  The  point  in  dispute  is  this :  Is  this 
special  capacity  for  capturing  and  destroying 
the  tubercle  bacillus  genuinely  inherited  as 
a  physical  peculiarity  of  healthy  stock,  or 
is  it  acquired  by  the  individual  either  through 
infection  from  the  parents  or  from  some  other 
outside  source  ? 

It  is  admitted  that  the  advance  of  tuber- 
culosis in  the  body  depends  on  the  dose  of 
tubercle  administered.  If  the  dose  is  large, 
the  advance  is  rapid.  If  the  dose  is  care- 
fully graduated,  not  only  does  the  disease 
not  advance,  it  slows  down  and  stops.  And 
it  is  possible  to  inoculate  any  healthy  person 
with  tubercle  bacilli.  It  is  probable  that 
any  person  whatsoever  may  be  so  reduced  in 
resistance  to  disease  in  general,  or  so  grossly 
dosed  with  virulent  preparations  of  the 
tubercle  bacillus,  that  he  will  develop  the 
disease  in  its  full  strength.  The  predisposi- 
tion, or  special  capacity,  can,  therefore,  te 
produced  if  the  trouble  is  taken  to  produce  i  g. 
Measles  probably  increases  the  predisposition 
or  susceptibility  of  children  to  tuberculosis. 

The  mere  fact,  therefore,  that  children 
born  of  tubercular  fathers  and  mothers  do, 
in  exceptional  numbers,  contract  tuberculosis, 
does  not  prove  that,  in  the  healthy  state, 
their  tissues  are  exceptionally  susceptible ; 
for   there   is,   by   hypothesis,   no   obtainable 


■ 


THE  TUBERCULAR  DIATHESIS     129 

evidence  that  their  tissues  were  ever  in  a 
healthy  state.  Before  conception  they  may 
have  been  poisoned  on  the  father's  side  or  on 
the  mother's  side,  as  is  known  to  occur  in 
syphilis ;  after  conception  they  may  have 
been  continually  poisoned  during  the  whole 
period  from  conception  to  birth.  If,  after 
birth,  they  show  signs  of  exceptional  pre- 
disposition, this  is  precisely  what,  by  hypo- 
thesis, we  should  expect.  If  any  human 
body  has  been  subjected  to  persistent  doses 
of  a  poison,  we  are  entitled  to  look  for  either 
of  two  results — greater  susceptibility  to  the 
poison  or  partial  immunisation.  It  is  possible 
that  those  born  with  the  so-called  tubercular 
diathesis  are  those  in  whom  the  ante-natal 
doses  have  broken  down  the  natural  resistance, 
and  that  those  born  without  the  so-called 
diathesis  are  those  in  whom  the  doses  have 
been  such  as  to  produce  partial  immunity. 

The  infinite  variety  of  the  disease  in  fathers 
and  mothers  makes  these  suppositions  per- 
fectly legitimate.  We  know  that,  in  tuber- 
culosis, it  is  possible,  by  careful  graduation 
of  the  dose  of  tuberculin,  to  confer  immunity 
on  the  patient  ;  but  the  graduation  of  the 
dose  is  difficult,  and,  in  unskilled  hands,  the 
immunity  might  be  lessened  instead  of 
increased.  It  may  be  so  in  the  unborn 
infant, — sometimes  its  resistance  (natural  im- 


130  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


munity)  may  be  lessened,  sometimes  increased. 
If  it  be  possible,  in  perfectly  healthy  tissue, 
to  increase  the  susceptibility  to  tuberculosis 
— and  there  is  much  evidence  to  show  that 
this  is  possible — there  is  no  need  to  assume 
any  special  variation  of  the  human  germ- 
plasm.  Any  germ-plasm  exposed  to  the 
disease  in  the  father's  or  mother's  body  may 
have  its  natural  capacity  to  grow  the  bacillus 
increased.  The  original  natural  capacity  to 
grow  the  bacillus,  like  the  capacity  to  grow 
the  bacillus  of  smallpox,  or  typhoid,  or  scar- 
let fever,  is  legitimately  named  "diathesis." 
But  the  special  predisposition  produced  by 
the  paternal  or  maternal  infection  or  poisoning 
is  not  in  the  strict  sense  a  "  diathesis,"  a 
fundamental  quality  of  the  healthy  tissue  that 
will  develop  whether  the  body  is  ever  exposed 
to  the  infection  or  not  Such  a  special  pre- 
disposition is  not  "  inherited."  It  is  an 
*'  acquired  character."  It  is  made  up  of  two 
elements — an  original  capacity  to  grow  the 
bacillus  on  the  tissue, and  a  specially  developed 
capacity  induced  by  the  actual  presence  of 
the  bacillus  or  its  poisons,  a  prolonged  and 
predominant  "  negative  phase."  The  original 
capacity  to  grow  the  bacillus  is,  of  course, 
inherited  like  any  other  physical  peculiarity. 
That  is  only  another  way  of  saying  that  we 
can  take  the  disease.     But,   if  the  bacillus 


THE  TUBERCULAR  DIATHESIS     131 

were  a  flea  or  a  bug,  we  should  not  think  of 
inventing  a  flea-diathesis  or  a  bug-diathesis 
to  account  for  the  fact  that  the  insects  can 
live  on  our  body  juices.  But  if  an  attack  of 
bugs  could  increase  our  body's  attraction  for 
bugs,  we  should  then  possess  both  an  original 
capacity  for  feeding  bugs  and  a  special  pre- 
disposition (acquired)  for  being  fed  on  by 
them. 

In  the  discussion  of  immunity  we  saw  that 
the  conditions  of  natural,  or  apparently 
natural,  immunity  alter  by  very  fine  shades. 
If  Metchnikoff's  view  that  animals  are  immune 
to  cholera  because  their  intestines  contain 
a  special  microbe  that  kills  the  microbe  of 
cholera  be  correct,  the  immunity  of  animals 
to  cholera  is  not,  in  our  sense,  a  diathesis  ; 
it  is  possibly  an  accident  of  the  food  environ- 
ment. Change  the  food,  and  the  animal's 
immunity  may  disappear.  Or  change  the 
food  of  the  human  being,  and  he  may  become 
immune.  The  extraordinary  facts  revealed 
by  the  "  soured  milk  "  treatment — treatment 
with  lactic-acid-producing  bacilli — make  such 
a  suggestion  reasonable.  Probably  many  of 
the  states  we  are  all  too  ready  to  regard  as 
inherited  are  after  all  only  acquired  characters 
subtly  masked. 

The  more  the  causes  of  immunity  are 
found  to  belong  to  the  environment,  the 
£2 


132  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


more  manageable  will  they  become,  and  we 
shall  not  always  be  met  with  the  insuper- 
ability of  the  "intensity  of  inheritance." 
That  the  environment  counts  even  in  the 
very  stable  immunities  is  certain.  It  is 
known  that  disturbances  of  digestion  may 
predispose  to  cholera.  Immunity,  says  Dr. 
Tanner  Hewlett,  is  perhaps  never  absolute. 
It  may  alter  with  trifling  alterations  in  the 
chemical  composition  of  the  blood.  It  may 
disappear  when  there  is  a  change  in  the 
animal's  temperature  or  in  the  external 
temperature.  It  may  be  complete  for  a 
specific  germ  acting  alone,  but  incomplete 
for  the  same  germ  acting  with  another.  It 
may  rise  or  fall  with  fatigue.  And  there  are 
many  other  special  conditions  that  cause  it 
to  vary. 

To  take  another  illustration, — ^no  one  sug- 
gests that,  when  a  child  is  born  with  syphilis, 
the  reason  is  because  it  inherited  from  its 
syphilitic  parent  or  parents  the  "  syphilitic 
diathesis."  It  is  known  that  the  child  shows 
symptoms  of  syphilis  because  it  has  contracted 
syphilis  directly  from  the  father  or  mother. 
It  is  also  known  that  "the  syphilitic  diathesis," 
the  capacity  to  contract  the  infection  of 
syphilis,  is  universal  among  mankind.  It  is 
not  so  among  the  animals  ;  only  a  few  of  the 
higher  animals  are  capable  of  contracting  the 


I 


THE  TUBERCULAR  DIATHESIS     133 

infection.  They  have  not  the  "  syphilitic 
diathesis."  On  the  contrary,  they  have  "  the 
anti-syphiUtic  diathesis."  Not  to  load  a 
discussion  with  needless  refinements,  let  it, 
then,  be  said  that  if  "  tubercular  diathesis  " 
is  to  run  on  all-fours  with  the  syphilitic 
diathesis,  if  it  is  to  be  regarded  as  universal 
among  mankind,  no  one  need  object  to  the 
term  ;  but  the  inferences  based  on  the  hypo- 
thesis that  it  is  not  universal  among  mankind 
fall  to  the  ground. 

But  a  more  serious  point  remains.  The 
tuberculin  test  as  now  applied  on  the  skin 
(von  Pirquet's  test)  indicates  that  probably 
fifty,  sixty,  seventy,  or  even  ninety  per  cent, 
of  the  general  population  suffer  or  have,  at 
some  period  of  their  lives,  suffered  from  some 
degree  of  tuberculosis.  It  is  also  known  that 
tuberculosis  contracted  in  infancy  may  lie 
latent  for  many  years.  It  is  also  reasonably 
conjectured  that,  in  later  life,  the  apparent 
infection  from  an  outside  source  is  not  really 
a  new  infection,  but  a  flaming-up  of  the  old 
infection  into  activity.  If  these  facts  be  so, 
and  the  evidence  in  their  favour  steadily 
accumulates,  our  conclusions  on  "  the  intensity 
of  inheritance  "  need  re-interpretation.  How 
much  of  apparent  tuberculosis  is  due  to  a 
truly  inherited  variation,  how  much  to  con- 


134  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

ditions  of  evil  nurture,  how  much  to  the 
assaults  of  other  diseases,  how  much  to 
accidental  intoxications  by  other  organisms, 
how  much  to  the  absence  of  protecting  organ- 
isms in  the  bowel,  how  much  to  wrong  habits 
of  food, — these  and  many  other  problems  must 
then  be  subjected  to  a  new  analysis. 

Meanwhile,  as  administrative  activity  in- 
creases, the  death-rate  from  tuberculosis 
diminishes  ;  but  the  few  thousands  of  lives 
that  will  be  saved  in  the  years  coming  need 
not  terrify  the  Eugenists  or  seriously  hamper 
the  man  of  science  in  his  search  for  a  more 
complete  theory.  The  King's  government 
must  be  carried  on  I 


CHAPTER  IX 


THE    ADMINISTRATIVE    ASPECTS    OF 
TUBERCULOSIS 


■i 


How  does  the  problem  of  tuberculosis 
present  itself  to  the  administrative  mind  ? 
To  that  question  I  shall  try  to  give  some 
answer. 

For  the  modern  administrator,  the  history 


ASPECTS  OF  TUBERCULOSIS     135 

of  tuberculosis  began  when  Koch  isolated 
his  bacillus.  That  the  disease  was  an  in- 
fection, communicable  from  man  to  man,  is 
a  fact  as  old  at  least  as  the  days  of  Isocrates, 
and  older.  Through  the  ages,  the  belief 
in  its  infectivity  can  be  traced  in  literary 
and  scientific  records.  The  nineteenth  cen- 
tury cannot  claim  to  have  discovered  the 
fact,  nor  can  the  twentieth  century  yet  claim 
to  have  exhausted  the  pathology  of  the 
disorder.  But  it  remains  true  that,  for  the 
ends  of  administration,  the  whole  history 
of  the  disease  before  Koch  may  be  blotted  out 
of  our  books.  Even  with  the  isolation  of 
the  bacillus,  the  administrative  problem  was 
weighted  by  a  thousand  irrelevancies.  The 
pre-Koch  pathology  is  far  from  dead.  It 
still  perverts  the  bedside  mind.  It  is  still 
repeated  in  the  text-books.  It  still  crowds 
the  lectures  with  antiquarian  rubbish.  It 
clouds  the  mind  of  the  student  with  use- 
less knowledge.  It  blocks  the  way  to  frank- 
ness of  outlook  and  precision  of  practice 
Curiously,  it  has  faded  most  rapidly  where 
the  lay  mind  has  had  to  be  convinced.  For, 
to  teach  the  farmer,  or  the  salesman,  or  the 
butcher,  or  the  dairyman,  or  the  mother  of 
children,  or  any  of  the  other  innumerable 
units  that  constitute  an  organised  society, 
all    the   delicacies   contained   in   the   ancient 


136  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


theories  of  a  "  wasting  disease  "  would  have 
been  a  hopeless  and  futile  task.  Even  the 
youngest  medical  officer  of  health — fresh, 
enthusiastic,  full  of  Virchow  and  not  ignorant 
of  Darwin — would  have  been  beating  his 
head  against  the  rocks  had  he  tried  to  rouse 
in  the  lay  mind  any  interest  answering  to  his 
own.  Until  Koch,  the  disease  was  too  diffi- 
cult, too  complex,  too  little  understood,  to 
be  taught  to  any  but  technically  trained 
people.  But  when  Koch  came,  a  note  of 
hope  rang  round  the  world.  He  passed 
through  the  fire  of  criticism,  not  scathless, 
but  carrying  with  him  his  cardinal  fact — 
that  where  his  bacillus  was,  there  also  was 
tuberculosis.  The  word  tuberculosis  passed 
from  the  vagueness  of  speculative  pathology 
into  the  circle  of  positive  science.  It  was 
henceforth  to  mean  something  as  definite 
as  gunpowder,  or  oxygen,  or  steam.  Forth- 
with, tuberculosis  became  a  doctrine  that 
the  lay  mind  could  grasp.  It  could  be 
taught  as  easily  as  the  multiplication  tabic, 
and  it  could  be  shown  to  be  as  practical.  | 

So  far,  well.  But  this  alone,  though  it  | 
excited  the  hopes  of  the  world  and  simplified 
the  duty  of  the  administrator,  would  not 
have  secured  the  growing  interest  of  the 
layman.  To  him  a  new  germ  may  be  an 
interesting  curiosity  ;    he  will  listen  to  tales 


ASPECTS  OF  TUBERCULOSIS     137 

about  it ;  he  will  take  pride  in  repeating  its 
name.  But  he  is  nothing  if  not  practical. 
If  you  cannot  do  him  some  definite  good, 
you  will  tire  his  interest  and  you  will  provoke 
him  to  reaction.  Fast  on  the  heels  of  the 
new  bacillus  came  the  suggestion  that  the 
disease  due  to  it  was  no  longer  hopeless  and 
incurable.  Then  the  whole  world  began  to 
ask  for  a  miracle.  It  seemed  for  a  time  as  if 
the  miracle  had  happened  and  the  diseased 
were  to  be  made  whole.  The  heart  sank 
when  the  signs  failed.  But  the  miracle  had 
indeed  happened,  although  the  revelation 
of  it  was  looked  for  too  soon.  Science  on  the 
one  hand,  and  on  the  other  hand  Nature,  came 
once  more  together,  and  the  open-air  treat- 
ment became  a  fact.  Meanwhile,  science 
pushed  forward  more  and  more  intensively, 
until  new  facts,  new  methods,  new  habits  of 
the  organism  revealed  themselves,  and  now, 
after  all,  the  tuberculin  cure  of  tuberculosis 
is  no  longer  a  dream  of  possibilities,  but  a 
definitely  established  doctrine.  The  condi- 
tions are  not  so  simple  as  the  natural  feelings 
led  us  to  imagine  ;  but  they  are  not  so  com- 
plex as  to  have  baffled  the  patience  of  re- 
search. The  day  is  here  when,  not  as  a  vague 
belief  resting  on  unsolved  mysteries,  but  as  a 
permissible  deduction  from  ascertained  fact, 
the   forecast   of   the   near   future   may   be — 


138  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


n 


tuberculosis  will  be  extirpated,  or  reduced, 
or,  by  a  simple  biological  bargain,  converted 
from  an  enemy  to  a  friend. 

So  far,  again,  well.  But  in  the  popular 
mind  there  was  another  obstacle.  Biology, 
on  the  authority  of  great  names,  had  left  us 
with  a  crude  theory  of  inheritance.  What 
could  it  profit  that  we  isolated  the  bacillus 
if  the  personal  pedigree  were  bad  ?  Did 
we  not  hear  tales  of  families  swept  away, 
member  after  member,  each  when  his  day 
came  ?  Were  we  not  filled  with  horror  at  the 
inherited  taint  ?  Did  not  the  insurance 
companies,  do  they  not  still,  base  their  cal- 
culations on  the  belief  that  a  phthisical 
inheritance  ought  to  mean  a  loaded  premium  ? 
And  in  some  sense,  they  are  perhaps  justified. 
But  the  countenance  began  to  lighten  and  the 
action  to  grow  athletic  when  it  was,  again 
after  long  research,  made  clear  that  tuber- 
culosis is  not  inherited — that  it  is  mainly  a 
thing  of  the  environment.  It  is,  in  fact,  a 
struggle  between  two  organisms,  a  lower  and 
a  higher.  The  lower  is  the  invader,  the 
parasite ;  but  the  higher  has  now  in  theory 
become  the  master.  The  vague  hopes  of  the 
earlier  days  are  now  planted  firmly  on  a  basis 
of  definite  inductions.  The  bacillus  can  be 
isolated  ;  it  can  be  killed ;  it  can  be  traced 
into  a  thousand  by-paths  ;   it  can  be  stopped 


ASPECTS  OF  TUBERCULOSIS     139 

at  a  thousand  points  of  its  path  from  one 
mouth  to  another ;  it  does  not  pass  from 
generation  to  generation. 

To  the  administrator,  the  isolation  of  the 
bacillus  made  the  problem  simple.  To  the 
reformer,  the  growing  belief  in  the  non- 
inheritance  of  the  disease  has  offered  a  new 
basis  of  action.  The  reformer  is  justified 
in  taking  as  his  objective  a  possible  society 
of  persons  immune  or  immunisable  to 
tuberculosis.  The  administrator  has  now  to 
devise  the  methods  of  attaining  that  end. 

Ever  since  Koch's  discovery,  conviction 
has  been  gaining  ground  that  the  spread  of 
tuberculosis  can  be  limited  by  administrative 
methods.  In  many  parts  of  Europe  and 
America  it  has  been  so  limited.  There  is  a 
good  deal  of  evidence  for  the  proposition  that 
the  isolation  of  phthisical  cases  has  materially 
reduced  the  total  number  of  cases.  It  is 
true  that,  for  fifty  years,  the  death-rate  from 
phthisis  in  Britain  has  fallen  year  by  year 
until  to-day  it  is  only  about  50  per  cent,  of 
what  it  was.  It  has  been  assumed,  without 
much  effort  at  analysis,  that  this  steady 
decrease  has  been  the  result  of  improved 
"  general  sanitation."  Doubtless,  general 
sanitation  has  contributed  much,  if  under 
'•  general  sanitation  "  we  include  the  draining 


140  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


of  soils,  the  sewering  of  towns,  the  improve- 
ment in  houses,  the  increase  in  cleanliness  of 
habit,  and  most  of  all  the  steady,  remorseless, 
systematic  campaign  against  infection  of 
every  form  What  destroys  one  infection 
destroys  another.  Incidentally,  in  our  efforts 
to  limit  typhus,  typhoid,  puerperal  fever, 
scarlet  fever,  diphtheria,  septicaemia,  pyaemia, 
and  many  other  infections,  we  have  been 
dealing,  intimately  and  in  detail,  with  the 
same  conditions  as  the  tubercle  bacillus 
thrives  in  In  killing  typhus  and  typhoid, 
we  have,  doubtless,  without  intending  it, 
killed  also  tuberculosis,  but  the  tubercle 
bacillus  is  a  slowly  invading  and  most  per- 
sistent parasite.  It  gets  to  places  that  few 
other  parasites  can  invade.  Everywhere  it 
finds  a  nest  so  easily  that  it  is  naturally  the 
last  to  be  expelled  Precisely  because  it 
kills  slowly,  it  kills  most.  That  is  probably 
why,  when  most  of  the  other  parasites  steadil  y 
fall  back  before  isolation,  disinfection,  ard 
protective  injections,  phthisis  needs  more 
determined  and  subtle  dealing.  But,  with 
every  allowance  for  the  insidiousness  of  this 
slow  parasite,  we  are  now  justified  in  our 
conclusion  that  by  direct  attack,  as  in  typhus, 
typhoid,  scarlet  fever,  and  the  others,  we  shall 
be  able  to  reduce  the  spread  of  the  disease 
by   securing  that   the   patient   shall   confine 


ASPECTS  OF  TUBERCULOSIS     141 

his  infection  to  himself.  To  this  we  are  now 
able  to  add  direct  methods  of  cure.  When 
cure  and  prevention  can,  as  they  ultimately 
will,  work  perfectly  together,  tuberculosis 
will  fall  back  to  the  social  status  of  plague  and 
cholera  in  the  western  world. 

Is  tuberculosis  of  the  lungs  an  infectious 
disease  ?  It  is.  The  proofs  of  its  infectivity 
are  overwhelming  ;  but  the  methods  of  its 
transfer  from  person  to  person  are  infinitely 
various  and  difficult  to  determine.  That  it  is 
infectious,  however,  even  in  the  popular 
sense,  is  not  open  to  question.  The  bacillus 
can  be  cultivated  outside  the  body ;  it  can  be 
inoculated  into  animals,  and  produces  in  them 
the  same  sequence  of  signs  and  symptoms  as 
in  human  beings.  In  hundreds  of  cases, 
collected  by  Koch  and  others,  it  has  been 
accidentally  inoculated  into  human  beings, 
giving  rise  to  local  infection  of  the  glands 
precisely  as  in  the  common  untraced  in- 
fections of  glands  in  children  or  adults.  It 
has  been  dried,  powdered,  and  given  to 
guinea-pigs  as  a  dust-inhalation.  The  result 
was  lung  tuberculosis.  In  1899,  Fliigge,  by  a 
™^  series  of  experimental  tests,  showed  "  that 
'■jm^  speaking,  coughing,  and  sneezing  produce  a 
^ftthin  spray  of  minute  drops  which,  in  the 
^B^case  of  tuberculous  persons,  have  been  shown 

I 


142  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


^ 


to  contain  bacilli."  Heymann  showed  that 
such  drops  may  be  projected  to  the  distance 
of  a  foot  and  a  half  from  the  patient's  mouth. 
*'  Out  of  thirty-five  patients  experimented 
on,  fourteen  were  found  to  have  tubercle- 
bacilli  -  laden  drops."  Laschtschenko  en- 
closed a  patient  in  "  a  glass  case  for  an  hour 
and  a  half  ;  he  coughed  spontaneously  and 
also  intentionally  at  intervals,  but  the  amount 
of  coughing  was  not  extraordinary.  In  the 
glass  case  were  cups  containing  a  weak  saline 
solution.  The  contents  of  these  cups  were 
injected  intra-peritoneally  (into  the  abdomen) 
into  guinea-pigs.  Out  of  nine  tests,  four  gave 
positive  results.  It  is  thus  shown  that  a 
tuberculous  patient  can  spray  the  surround- 
ing area  with  minute  drops  containing  viru- 
lent tubercle  bacilli."  Fliigge  showed  that 
guinea-pigs  can  be  infected  by  exposing  them 
to  be  "  coughed  at  "  by  tuberculous  patients.. 
All  the  experiments  go  to  demonstrate  that 
the  moist  sputum  sprayed  from  the  moutli 
of  patients  in  the  advanced  stages  c»f 
the  disease  are  much  the  most  virulently 
infectious. 

These  experimental  results  are  confirmed  by 
masses  of  other  observations.  It  matters 
nothing  whether  the  material  is  breathed  in 
and  then  swallowed,  as  Professor  St.  Clair 
Symmers  strongly  maintains,  or  inhaled  by  the 


ASPECTS  OF  TUBERCULOSIS     143 

lungs.  The  practical  result  is  the  same.  No 
person  capable  of  estimating  the  evidence 
will  now  withhold  assent  to  the  proposition 
that  tuberculosis  of  the  lungs  is  infectious 
from  person  to  person.  This,  on  the  large 
scale,  is  confirmed  by  the  figures  so  carefully 
analysed  by  Dr.  Newsholme  to  exhibit  the 
part  that  segregation  in  institutions  (work- 
houses, infirmaries,  hospitals,  asylums)  has 
played  as  one  of  the  factors  in  the  decreasing 
death-rate. 

The  administrative  control  of  pulmonary 
phthisis,  or  tuberculosis  of  the  lungs,  is 
increasing  rapidly  all  over  the  world.  In 
Scotland,  it  was  provided  for,  in  words,  if 
not  by  intention,  in  the  Public  Health 
(Scotland)  Act,  1897.  As  that  Act  contains 
no  definition  of  infectious  disease,  the  denota- 
tion of  that  term  is  to  be  settled  by  the 
scientific  opinion  of  the  day.  What  applies 
to  one  infection  applies  to  another.  By  a 
later  Act,  certain  too  stringent  clauses  of  the 
earlier  Act  were  modified.  It  can  now  with 
truth  be  said  that,  without  unnecessary 
hardship  to  individuals,  the  full  resources  of 
the  Public  Health  Law  in  Scotland  can  be 
brought  to  bear  on  every  variety  of  pulmonary 
tuberculosis.  But  the  administrative  value 
of  the  statutory  provisions  was  not  actively 


144  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


developed  until  1906,  when  the  Local  Govern- 
ment Board  for  Scotland  issued  a  circular  on 
the  administrative  control  of  pulmonary 
phthisis.  This  circular  concentrated  the  mind 
of  the  health  authorities  on  their  statutory- 
obligations,  which,  hitherto,  had  been  left, 
to  a  great  extent,  unacknowledged  and  un- 
discharged. Among  other  things,  the  Board 
recommended  that  pulmonary  tuberculosis 
should  be  added  to  the  list  of  diseases  com- 
pulsorily  notifiable.  There  were  recom- 
mendations, too,  on  hospitals,  on  sanatoria, 
on  disinfection,  on  dispensaries,  and,  generally, 
on  the  whole  question  of  pulmonary  tuber- 
culosis as  affecting  the  administrative  organisa- 
tions. The  response  of  the  localities  through 
these  five  years  has  been  extraordinary. 

In  England,  the  course  of  administrative? 
evolution  has  been  great,  but  on  somewhat 
different  lines  In  1908,  the  Local  Government 
Board  of  England  issued  an  Order  requiring  th  3 
notification  of  all  cases  of  pulmonary  tubercu- 
losis that  occur  in  the  workhouses,  in  infirm- 
aries, and  among  the  poor  on  outdoor  relief. 
This  Order  was  issued  under  the  same  powers 
as  enable  the  Local  Government  Boards  of 
England,  Scotland,  and  Ireland  to  deal  with 
any"  epidemic,  endemic,  or  infectious  disease," 
including  the  great  international  epidemic 
diseases — plague,  cholera,  and    yellow  fever. 


ASPECTS  OF  TUBERCULOSIS     145 

Tuberculosis  is  to  be  regarded  as  an  endemic 
disease.  Later,  the  English  Board  has  issued 
a  second  Order  requiring  notification  of 
pulmonary  tuberculosis  by  all  public  dis- 
pensaries and  hospitals  in  England  ;  requir- 
ing, too,  the  sanitary  authorities  to  follow 
up  the  notifications  on  certain  lines  of  pre- 
ventive administration. 

Ireland  has  also  taken  great  strides  forward. 
At  the  instance  of  the  Irish  Local  Govern- 
ment Board,  an  Act  was  passed  enabling  the 
Board  to  require  notification  of  pulmonary 
phthisis  and  to  make  further  provision  by 
hospital  and  dispensary. 

Officially,  therefore,  the  three  kingdoms 
have  effectively  entered  on  an  administrative 
campaign  against  pulmonary  tuberculosis. 
There  is,  however,  nothing  to  limit  adminis- 
tration to  tuberculosis  of  the  lungs  alone. 
Every  form  of  tuberculosis  will  ultimately 
benefit,  and  the  demand  is  already  heard  for 
more  direct  dealing  with  tuberculosis  of  the 
bones,  of  the  joints,  of  the  skin  ;  in  a  word, 
"  surgical   tuberculosis." 

The  administrative  activity  shown  in  Great 
Britain  and  Ireland  is  only  part  of  a  world- 
wide movement.  All  the  nations  come  to- 
gether every  three  years  at  the  International 
Congress  of  Tuberculosis,  where  all  the  great 
questions    of    diagnosis,    cure,  and    adminis- 


146  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

trative  control  are  discussed  and  re-discussed. 
The  policy  of  the  governing  bodies,  therefore, 
cannot  any  longer  be  regarded  as  the  hasty 
and  indiscreet  application  of  abstract  ideas 
to  a  practical  problem  ;  it  is  a  well-considered 
policy  of  skilled  statesmen,  moving  slowly 
and  deliberately  in  response  to  ascertained 
social  demands. 

In  many  localities  of  Scotland  voluntary 
notification  systems  have  been  tried,  and  in 
some  localities  they  still  continue.  But  ex- 
perience has  shown  that  voluntary  notifica- 
tion is,  on  the  whole,  a  failure.  Now  that 
the  Public  Health  Act  has  been  adapted  to 
phthisis,  local  authorities  are  much  more 
ready  to  add  phthisis  to  the  list  of  the  com- 
pulsorily  notifiable  diseases.  The  following 
figures  will  indicate  the  rapid  rate  of  progres:? 
now  established. 

In  1906,  not  a  single  health  authority  of 
the  whole  313  had  adopted  compulsor/ 
notification  In  1907,  compulsory  notifica- 
tion  was  adopted  by  8  health  authorities — 

4  towns,  4  county  districts — representing  a 
population  of  589,698,  or  13*2  per  cent,  of  the 
population  of  Scotland  In  1908,  the  number 
of   adopting   local    authorities   rose   to    10 — 

5  towns,  5  county  districts — representing  a 
total  population  of  634,467,  or  14-2  per  cent. 


ASPECTS  OF  TUBERCULOSIS     147 

of  the  population  of  Scotland.  In  1909,  the 
number  of  adopting  local  authorities  rose  to 
53 — 30  towns,  23  county  districts — repre- 
senting a  total  population  of  1,150,344,  or 
26  per  cent,  of  Scotland.  In  1910,  82  health 
authorities  applied  the  Act — 47  towns  and 
35  county  districts — representing  a  total 
population    of    2,281,388,    or    approximately 

51  per  cent,  of  the  whole  population  of  Scot- 
land. In  1911,  up  to  the  end  of  March,  89 
health   authorities   have   applied    the   Act — 

52  towns  and  37  county  districts — repre- 
senting  a   total   population  of   2,359,154,  or 

53  per  cent,  of  the  whole  population  of  Scot- 
land. The  Board's  first  circular  was  issued 
in  1906.  The  phenomenal  spread  of  noti- 
fication has  taken  place  within  five  years. 
In  several  places  the  Act  has  been  only  tem- 
porarily adopted,  but  it  has  always  been 
renewed  when  the  period  expired. 

These  are  the  facts  about  notification  in 
Scotland.  In  the  days  before  notification 
became  popular,  we  heard  a  great  deal  about 
the  probable  hardships  to  individuals,  social 
ostracism,  boycotting,  and  similar  difficulties. 
The  same  has  always  been  said  at  some  stage 
about  notification  of  the  ordinary  infections 
Yet  no  Act  works  more  smoothly  than  the 
Notification  Act.  Up  till  now  we  have 
rarely  heard  of  anything  but  friendly  services 


148  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


to  the  sick.  The  stricken  people  are  too 
eager  to  find  ways  of  recovering  their  health 
to  be  worried  about  any  sort  of  social  con- 
sequences. The  experience  everywhere  is 
that  when  treatment,  whether  much  or  little, 
is  provided,  the  claimants  never  fail  to  come 
forward  spontaneously.  To  use  words  like 
ostracise,  boycotting,  and  similar  terms  of  the 
inexperienced  amateur  is  now  a  practice 
long  out  of  date  in  Scotland.  We  know 
better.  These  are,  I  am  afraid,  only  the 
prejudiced  phantasies  of  the  unilluminated. 
They  are,  however,  balanced  by  the  opposite 
strain  of  difficulties,  namely,  the  exaggerated 
fear  that  the  resources  of  any  health  authority 
will  be  overwhelmed  by  the  claimants  for 
treatment.  This,  too,  is  contradicted  by 
experience.  As  numbers  come  forward,  ways 
for  their  reasonable  treatment  continue  to 
open  up.  Here  a  little  and  there  a  little, 
something  is  being  done,  and,  as  time  grows 
older,  the  administrative  pace  grows  quicker  : 
for,  on  the  one  hand,  the  public  authorities 
are  more  and  more  realising  their  public  duty., 
and,  on  the  other  hand,  the  private  patients 
are  animated  more  and  more  by  well-founded 
hopes  of  recovery.  These  two  tendencies 
are  now  in  full  play,  and  already,  thanks  to 
long  and  persistent  educational  efforts,  health 
authorities    and    patients    alike    are    swept 


I 


ASPECTS  OF  TUBERCULOSIS     149 

forward  by  a  social  momentum  that  nothing 
will  arrest  or  divert. 

Hitherto  men  have  rested  the  significance 
of  the  notification  of  phthisis  on  the  fact 
that  it  is  an  infectious  disease.  This  is 
important,  but  it  does  not  explain  the  real 
significance  of  notification.  This  significance 
lies  rather  in  the  fact  that,  when  a  disease  is 
once  notified,  the  patients  must  be  dealt 
with,  not  in  the  mass,  but  as  individual 
cases.  In  the  days  when  we  knew  only  of 
the  existence  of  masses  of  disease — crowds  of 
cases  of  typhus,  of  typhoid,  of  smallpox,  of 
scarlet  fever — naturally  preventive  measures 
took  the  form  of  improving  the  general 
environment,  the  drains,  the  water-supply, 
the  sites  of  houses,  and  the  like.  But  as  soon 
as  individual  cases  came  to  be  notified,  each 
case  had  to  be  dealt  with  on  its  own  special 
merits,  isolated,  and  treated  according  to  its 
needs.  That  is  what  notification  has  done  for 
the  infectious  diseases.  That  is  what  it  is 
now  doing  for  phthisis.  We  are  long  past  the 
stage  when  we  stop  at  general  improvement 
of  the  environment.  We  are  now  well  into 
the  stage  when  we  must  deal  with  the  in- 
dividual case  and  his  individual  environment 
That  is  why  notification  is  important.  It 
enables  the  health  authority  to  bring  the  full 


150  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

force  of  an  improved  environment  to  bear 
on  the  specific  needs  of  the  individual  patient. 

What  has  somewhat  amazed,  if  not  amused, 
me  in  this  whole  movement  is  the  curious 
paradox  that,  in  all  other  infectious  diseases, 
such  as  typhoid,  scarlet  fever,  etc.,  it  is  con- 
sidered right  and  necessary  for  the  Health 
Authority  to  deal  with  the  individual  patient ; 
but,  in  pulmonary  phthisis,  many  maintain 
that  we  should  leave  the  individual  patient 
alone,  and  deal  only  with  the  environment. 
The  death-rate,  it  is  alleged,  is  going  down 
"  of  itself."  Improve  housing,  improve  food, 
improve  the  environment  generally,  but  leave 
the  private  patient  to  the  private  doctor. 
Apparently  some  men  are  more  or  less 
satisfied  with  the  way  the  death-rate  is  going 
down.  I  am  not.  It  is  going  down,  but  not 
fast  enough. 

And  it  is  not  going  down  of  its  own  accord, 
or  from  any  mysterious  influence  of  th<3 
Time  Spirit.  It  is  going  down  because  we  are 
putting  it  down.  It  has  been  going  down 
ever  since  the  serious  work  of  sanitation  in 
Scotland  began,  say,  seventy  years  ago.  It 
continues  to  go  down  because  the  medical 
men  are  getting  to  understand  phthisis 
better,  because  they  are  diagnosing  it  earlier, 
because   they   are   helping   forward   the   im- 


I 


ASPECTS  OF  TUBERCULOSIS     151 

provement  of  the  surroundings,  because  they 
are  letting  fresh  air  into  the  houses,  because 
they  are  reducing  the  consumption  of  alcohol, 
because  they  are  beginning  to  understand 
dietetics  better.  It  is  going  down,  too,  because 
the  Medical  Officers  of  Health  are,  day  in, 
day  out,  pushing  forward  the  operation  of 
every  variety  of  health  machinery, — the 
cleansing  of  houses,  the  disinfection  of  houses 
and  persons  and  clothing,  the  steadily  in- 
creasing isolation  of  as  many  varieties  of 
acute  infection  as  are  likely  to  benefit  by  that 
measure,  and,  in  a  word,  every  proceeding 
that  places  the  individual  patient  in  a  better 
environment,  permanent  or  temporary, — so 
increasing  the  personal  resistance  and  reducing 
the  complications  of  the  acute  infections. 

It  is  going  down,  too,  because  the  Sanitary 
Inspectors  and  Borough  Engineers  maintain 
a  ruthless  attack  on  damp  houses,  defective 
drains,  defective  ventilation,  dirty  rooms, 
dirty  people,  dirty  clothing,  over-crowding, — 
so  reducing  on  every  hand  the  chances  of 
contracting  any  infection,  tuberculosis  among 
the  rest. 

It  is  going  down,  too,  because  the  Inspectors 
of  Poor  and  the  Parish  Councils  are  steadily 
strengthening  their  grip  of  this  primary 
cause  of  pauperism. 

But  the  pace  of  the  down-going  of  the  death- 


152  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

rate  is  still  very  slow.  So  long  as  we  can  say 
that  in  Scotland  alone  nearly  six  thousand 
people  die  every  year  of  phthisis,  this  one 
form  of  tuberculosis,  the  pressure  of  adminis- 
trative measures  should  never  slack.  And,  so 
long  as  I  have  an  administrative  breath  to 
draw,  it  never  shall  slack.  The  belief  that  the 
death-rate  is  going  down  of  itself  and  rapidly 
enough,  looks  like  the  special  pleading  of  the 
interested  or  the  fatuity  of  the  fatalist.  The 
belief  is  an  erroneous  belief. 

Before  I  end  this  chapter,  I  cannot  resist 
the  temptation  to  make  a  remark  on  certain 
"  red  herrings  "  that  are  persistently  drawn 
across  the  administrative  scent.  I  call  them 
"  red  herrings "  somewhat  disrespectfully., 
because  I  have  repeatedly  found  that  the>' 
are  offered,  not  as  a  reason  for  doing  some- 
thing positive  on  the  special  line  suggested, 
but  to  prevent  any  one  from  doing  anything: 
positive  on  any  line  whatever. 

For  instance,  it  is  said,  phthisis  is  a  Hous- 
ing question.  Undoubtedly  it  is  a  Housing 
question.  So  is  typhoid  fever.  But  the 
quickest  way  to  get  at  the  house  is  to  deal 
with  the  patient  in  the  house  That  is  what 
our  Housing  Acts,  and  our  Public  Health 
Acts,  and,  above  all,  our  Town  Planning 
Acts  are  there  for.     For  my  part,  I  should 


ASPECTS  OF  TUBERCULOSIS     153 

like  to  see  every  health  authority  in  Britain 
rise  to  the  great  height  of  the  opportunities 
it  now  has  to  make  every  house,  every  hamlet, 
every  village,  every  small  town,  every  great 
town,  serve  to  the  full  the  ends  of  business, 
health,  and  beauty.     But  the  direct  attack 
on  phthisis  will    still    have   to  go    on.     For 
phthisis  is  much  more  than  a  Housing  question. 
It  is  an  Infantile  question.     To  meet  that,  we 
have  our  Notification  of  Births  Act  and  the 
Children  Act.     These  contain  immense  powers, 
and  all  the  powers  are  powers  of  dealing  with 
the  individual.     The  crop  of  health  visitors, 
voluntary  and  official,  is  the  answer  to  the 
children  question.     It  is  also  a  School  Child 
question.     The  answer  to  that  is  the  system 
of    medical   inspection,    now   happily   estab- 
lished over  the  length  and  breadth  of  the 
kingdom.     If  it  should  finally  appear  that  the 
great  period  of  personal  infection  is,  as  von 
Behring    maintains,    the    period    of    infancy, 
the  shortest  way  to  bring  assistance  to  mother 
and  child  is  to  deal  individually  with  both. 
If  it  should  be  established,   as  is  probable, 
that  practically  every  child  is,  in  one  degree 
or  another,  at  some  time  or  another,  infected 
with  tuberculosis,  and  if  it  be  true  that  a 
limited   dose   acts   in    some   measure   as    an 
immunising  agency,  it  is  all  the  more  impera- 
tive that  we  should  deal  with  the  individual 


154  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


^ 


child  and  his  personal  environment,  and  so, 
by  clearing  away  all  sources  of  major  in- 
fection, keep  down  the  dose  to  the  relatively 
harmless  minimum.  Phthisis  is  also  a  Food 
question.  The  answer  to  that  is  our  elaborate 
Food  Acts,  our  power  of  dealing  with  meat  and 
milk.  If  milk  is  the  chief  factor  of  infection, 
the  shortest  way  to  the  guilty  dairy  is  to  start 
from  the  infected  child.  All  our  dairy 
regulations  and  milk  acts  have  arisen  out  of 
the  clinical  physician's  demand  for  an  ex- 
planation of  this  or  that  infectious  disease. 
But  phthisis  is  also  a  Factory  question.  The 
answer  to  that  is  the  unremitting  enforcement 
of  the  Factory  and  Workshop  Acts.  And  so, 
through  every  other  one  of  the  many  relations 
of  administrative  control,  we  must  work  the 
administrative  machinery  we  have  or  devise 
machinery  more  suitable.  The  whole  cam- 
paign must  go  forward  at  once.  For  all  these 
special  questions  are  strung  on  a  single  thread 
— the  thread  of  the  individual  life.  We  have 
talked  long  enough  about  the  big  things.  We 
are  now  in  the  full  tide  of  the  little  duties 
that  make  the  big  things  possible.  In 
Scotland  we  need  no  more  legislation  for 
the  moment.  We  need  first  to  work  for  all  it 
is  worth  the  legislation  we  have  In  Scotland 
we  have  taken  our  own  line,  and  we  intend  to 
keep  it.     We  have  shown  that  the  powers  of 


INTERNATIONAL  INFECTIONS     155 

our  statutes  are  simple  and  effective.  All 
we  require  is  the  wish  and  the  will  to  work 
them.  The  facts  I  have  given  are  proof 
that  neither  the  wish  nor  the  will  is  wanting. 
To  every  man  that  wants  to  live,  we  would 
offer  the  chance  to  live 


CHAPTER  X 

THE   INTERNATIONAL   INFECTIONS — PLAGUE, 
CHOLERA,    AND    YELLOW    FEVER 

When  plague  came  to  Glasgow  eleven 
years  ago,  there  were  sceptics  to  question 
the  identity  of  the  disease.  True,  the  first 
cases  emerged  under  a  curious  guise.  A  child 
and  its  *  grandmother,  living  in  the  same 
house,  had  sickened  suddenly.  Four  days 
later  the  child  died  of  "  zymotic  enteritis  " 
(a  form  of  diarrhoea).  Two  days  later  the 
grandmother  died  of  "  acute  gastro-enteritis." 
In  both  cases  a  "  wake "  was  held.  The 
grandmother  was  buried  on  the  third  day 
after  death.  Her  husband  sickened  the  day 
after  the  burial ;  but  it  was  not  until  fifteen 
days  later  that  he  was  admitted  to  hospital 


156  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

as  "  enteric  fever."  Other  sicknesses,  not 
at  first  known  to  be  related  to  the  same 
focus,  rapidly  appeared.  Three  cases  were 
provisionally  diagnosed  as  "  enteric  fever." 
The  medical  attendants,  however,  were  not 
satisfied ;  but  they  knew  the  cases  were 
infectious  and  wished  to  bring  them  to  the 
knowledge  of  the  health  authority.  On 
admission  to  the  hospital,  these  cases  were 
carefully  examined.  The  physician  concluded 
that  "the  patients  were  suffering  from  Bubonic 
Plague,  although  they  were  inhabitants  of 
Glasgow  and  there  was  no  known  case  of 
Bubonic  Plague  in  Britain." 

So  the  long  record  of  two  centuries  and  a 
half  was  broken.  The  identity  of  the  ancient 
plague  of  London  and  the  modern  plague  in 
Glasgow  was  proved.  And  the  proof  came 
of  the  insight  of  a  skilled  physician,  who, 
though  he  had  never  seen  plague,  kept  an 
"  open  sense."  His  first  conjecture  was 
confirmed  within  a  few  minutes.  Within  ;i 
few  days,  it  was  absolutely  established  by  an 
independent  expert.  The  instantaneous  con- 
jecture was  thus  verified;  but  it  was  the  interest 
of  a  million  people  to  discredit  it.  To  those 
familiar  with  the  hundreds  of  thousands, 
even  the  millions  of  deaths,  that  every  year 
take  place  in  India,  such  an  attitude  must 
seem  curious.     But  I  remember  as  if  it  were 


m 


INTERNATIONAL  INFECTIONS    157 

yesterday  how  the  excitement  of  the  event 
spread  everywhere  and  evoked  everywhere 
the  same  comments.  The  diagnosis  was  a 
triumph  of  medicine  and  bacteriology.  The 
physician  quite  understood  that  on  the  view 
he  took  of  this  microscopic  germ  would 
depend  the  closing  of  the  port,  the  interrup- 
tion of  the  shipping,  the  establishing  of  the 
strictest  scrutiny  at  every  continental  port, 
the  institution  of  a  laborious  survey  of  the 
infected  area  of  the  city,  the  searching  out 
of  contacts,  the  cleansing  of  houses  and 
stores,  the  hunting  of  rats,  and  a  thousand 
other  administrative  activities  in  Glasgow  and 
the  other  cities  of  Britain.  Yet  the  diagnosis 
was  made  and  announced.  It  stood  the  test. 
And  every  fresh  case  confirmed  it.  Experts 
from  East  and  West  confirmed  it.  The  subse- 
quent history  of  Glasgow  itself  confkmed  it, 
for  plague  appeared  again  a  year  or  two  later 
in  rats  and  in  men. 

The  discovery  of  an  identity  in  circumstances 
so  different  as  those  of  London  in  1665  and 
those  of  Glasgow  in  1899  has  an  intellectual 
interest  all  its  own.  But  to  Glasgow,  directly 
and  indirectly,  the  discovery  meant  the  loss  of 
thousands  upon  thousands  of  pounds.  Plague 
was  still  a  terror,  though  it  was  a  terror  under 
control.  But  the  attitude  of  the  official 
organisation  towards  it  was  the  attitude  of 


158  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


^ 


a  master.  The  city,  by  the  persistent  applica- 
tion of  her  vast  resources  and  her  elaborate 
sanitary  police,  did,  with  the  general  mind 
all  alert  and  open,  succeed  in  keeping  the 
treacherous  disease  within  narrow  limits.  By 
good  fortune  wakes  were  not  obsolete  ;  there- 
fore the  quick  succession  of  cases  revealed 
the  seriousness  of  the  situation.  But  for 
this  fortunate  bad  social  habit,  the  city  might 
have  had  to  reckon  its  cases,  not  by  groups 
of  one  and  two,  but  by  groups  of  tens  and 
hundreds.  The  original  case  was  never,  I 
believe,  discovered.  This  is  not  strange  to 
those  that  know  how  casual  life  is  among  the 
people  affected.  Care  sits  lightly  on  them 
when  they  are  sober,  and  when  they  are 
drunk  memory  is  the  memory  of  dreams,  and 
experiences  vanish  like  morning  gossamer  on 
the  hillsides. 

This  and  other  outbreaks  in  Europe  le<i 
to  the  revision  of  the  Venice  Convention, 
which  then  regulated  the  international  health 
relations  of  nearly  all  the  European  states. 
The  part  that  rats  played  in  the  spread  of 
plague  had  been  made  familiar  by  the  Report 
of  the  Royal  Commission  on  Indian  Plague. 
In  the  Agreement  of  Paris,  1903,  the  modern 
knowledge  of  plague  was  incorporated.  By 
this   agreement  plague,  cholera,   and  yellow 


INTERNATIONAL  INFECTIONS     159 

fever    are    to-day    regulated    all     over    the 
world. 

Of  these  three  not  one  is  endemic  in  Britain. 
They  normally  enter  this  country  by  a 
large  seaport.  As  all  the  leading  seaports 
are  customs  ports,  the  customs  officers  form 
the  first  line  of  defence.  Any  vessel  from 
any  foreign  port  that  is  infected  with  plague, 
cholera,  or  yellow  fever,  is  challenged  by 
the  boarding  officer,  who  asks  certain  definite 
questions  from  the  master,  who,  in  turn,  must, 
under  heavy  penalties,  answer  correctly. 
If  any  case  of  plague,  or  suspected  plague, 
or  any  case  of  illness  exists  on  board,  the 
customs  officer  stops  the  vessel.  He  reports 
the  facts  to  the  Medical  Officer  of  Health 
for  the  port.  He,  in  turn,  must  visit  and 
examine  within  twelve  hours.  From  the 
time  he  boards  the  vessel  until  he  completes 
his  examination,  he  has  full  control  of  the 
ship  and  every  person  on  it.  If  he  finds  a 
case  of  plague  on  board,  he  has  full  powers 
to  order  the  ship  to  anchor  in  the  place  pro- 
vided, to  remove  the  case  to  hospital,  to 
remove  suspected  cases,  to  disinfect,  to  re- 
tain suspected  cases  until  the  nature  of  the 
disease  is  ascertained.  He  also  takes  the 
name,  address,  and  destination  of  every 
person  that  wishes  to  leave  the  ship,  forwards 
the  information  to  the  officials  at  the  destina- 


160  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


1 


tion  named,  and  thus  secures  that  all  along 
the  course  a  certain  amount  of  supervision  is 
exercised.  Sailors,  as  a  rule,  are  ready  enough 
to  go  to  hospital  rather  than  leave  the  port ; 
but  the  freedom  of  movement  now  accorded 
to  passengers  and  crews  has  been  evolved 
out  of  a  long  experience  of  the  tendency  to 
concealment  and  evasion.  Concealment  and 
evasion,  however,  are  much  commoner  among 
passengers  than  among  crews.  In  six  years 
of  pretty  active  port  life,  I  never  found  a 
master  or  officer  that  was  not  quite  ready 
to  reveal  every  important  fact  of  the  voyage. 
The  shipping  companies  are  only  too  anxious 
to  keep  themselves  right  with  the  law.  If, 
however,  an  infected  ship  enters  harbour 
without  suspicion,  the  Medical  Officer  of 
Health  still  has  a  reserve  power.  If  he  sus- 
pects that  the  ship  is  infected,  or  comes  from 
an  infected  port,  he  may  examine  the  vesssl 
and  take  all  measures  necessary  to  make  it 
safe.  The  number  of  ships,  however,  that 
escape  the  lynx  eyes  of  the  customs  officers  is 
small. 

In  British  ports,  quarantine,  as  formerly 
understood,  is  not  legally  required  and  is  not 
practised.  Every  object  of  quarantine  is 
obtained  by  the  method  I  have  sketched. 
Such  quarantine  as  is  practised  at  all,  is  carried 
out  on  shore ;  the  ship  is   set  free  at  the 


INTERNATIONAL  INFECTIONS     161 

earliest  possible  moment,  and  thus  the 
interests  of  the  commercial  community  are 
little  injured.  For  the  carrying  out  of  the 
Agreement  of  Paris,  each  country  has  its 
own  special  regulations  ;  but  these,  in  nearly 
all  the  signatory  countries,  are  now  much 
the  same  as  in  Britain.  Everywhere,  pro- 
vision is  now  made  for  dealing  with  rats. 
These  are  a  greater  danger  than  human  beings. 
How  great  the  danger  is  the  appearance  of 
plague  among  rats  in  the  east  of  England 
last  year  has  made  manifest.  It  is  known 
that  in  India  rat  plague  precedes  human 
plague.  As  rat  plague  now  exists  in  Britain, 
the  precautions  against  human  plague,  no 
less  than  against  rat  plague,  have  to  be  all 
the  more  stringent. 

The  Agreement  of  Paris,  based  as  it  is  on 
actual  experience  of  plague  in  the  West,  is 
more  adaptable  to  western  conditions  than 
any  previous  agreement.  Five  days  after  the 
death  or  isolation  of  the  last  known  case  of 
plague,  a  commercial  port  may  once  more  be 
declared  free.  Usually,  cases  are  under  isola- 
tion as  suspects  for  some  days  before  plague 
can  be  demonstrated.  The  result  is  that 
commerce  is  not  now  liable  to  be  seriously 
interrupted.  How  much  this  means  to  the 
comity  of  nations  only  those  can  under- 
stand that  have  had  to  stop,  even  for  an  hour, 

F 


162  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

one  small  tributary  of  the  great  stream  of 
international  commerce. 

Plague,  in  spite  of  every  precaution, 
scientific  and  administrative,  continues  to 
kill  its  millions  in  India,  to  spread  steadily 
over  East  and  West,  and  to-day  it  leaves  no 
continent  unaffected.  It  is  in  the  strictest 
sense  an  international  epidemic.  Any  hour 
may  bring  fresh  cases  to  our  shores,  but  the 
probability  of  a  widespread  epidemic  in 
Britain  is  not  great ;  the  scouting  is  too 
alert,  the  administrative  machinery  too 
mobile,  the  general  interest  too  informed,  the 
general  fear  too  intense.  Imported  cases, 
outbreaks,  little  epidemics  there  may  be, 
but  an  epidemic  on  the  scale  of  the  great 
plague  of  London  is  not  likely  to  occur  in 
^ny  of  the  western  or  northern  countries 
of  Europe. 

In  the  last  fifteen  years  plague  has  beea 
well  "  worked  over  "  scientifically.  Preven- 
tive serums  and  vaccines  have  been  devised. 
Their  success  more  than  justifies  their  use  ; 
but  the  problem  of  prevention  in  Eastern 
countries  needs  more  than  curative  serums. 
The  sanitary  conditions  of  the  hot  countries 
present  difficulties  unknown  to  the  West. 
The  rat  population  of  Calcutta  is  said  to  be 
greater  than  the  very  great  human  population. 


INTERNATIONAL  INFECTIONS     163 

The  rat  is  among  the  most  prolific  of  the 
rodents.  He  goes  everywhere  and  lives. 
Up  till  now,  he  has  defied  every  civilisation. 
He  is  the  menace  of  empires.  Malaria,  it  is 
suggested,  came  from  Egypt  to  Greece 
with  the  slaves.  Plague  goes  all  over  the 
world  with  the  rat.  He  has  his  defenders, 
who  count  him  a  good  scavenger.  He  has 
his  detractors,  who  count  him  an  expensive 
luxury.  Perhaps  he  has  a  beneficent  place 
in  nature  ;  but,  for  the  moment,  he  is  an 
enemy  of  mankind. 

Plague  is  spread  by  the  rat.  Cholera  is 
spread  by  water. 

Briefly,  cholera  is  a  form  of  diarrhoea — 
violent,  contagious,  and  rapidly  fatal ;  at- 
tended with  agonising  pains  in  the  digestive 
organs,  cramps  all  over  the  body,  and  great 
depression.  The  disease  lies  dormant  for 
about  two  days  after  it  is  first  caught ;  it 
then  strikes  suddenly,  and  often  in  the  night, 
and  then,  within  a  limited  number  of  hours, 
it  runs  towards  death  or  recovery.  Cholera, 
thus  marked  in  its  main  features,  is  due  to  a 
specific  poison.  Koch  maintained  that  the 
poison  is  from  a  specific  microbe,  viz.,  the 
Comma  Bacillus.  This  he  discovered  in 
several  places,  viz.,  in  the  discharges  of 
cholera  patients,  in  the  bowels  after  death, 
f2 


164  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


and  in  cisterns  of  drinking-water  that  he 
knew  to  be  infected.  He  isolated  the  bacillus 
and  cultivated  it.  The  bacillus  is  an  un- 
questionable fact ;  it  may  be  seen  in  any 
pathologist's  laboratory.  But  Koch  cannot 
be  held  to  have  demonstrated  its  causative 
action  in  cholera,  though  recent  research 
tends  to  confirm  his  view.  But,  whatever 
the  germ  be,  the  poison  is  a  specific  poison  ; 
it  produces  a  distinct  and  invariable  train 
of  symptoms ;  it  is  carried  by  water,  by 
clothing,  by  food,  by  every  variety  of  human 
intercourse.  It  had  its  original  home  prob- 
ably in  India.  It  became  fully  recognised 
at  the  beginning  of  last  century  ;  time  and 
again  it  has  spread  westward,  and  towards 
the  end  of  the  nineteenth  century  it  was  once 
more  in  force  within  two  or  three  dayis' 
journey  of  our  shores.  Occasional  cases  ha\e 
come  across  the  Continent  since  1892  ;  but 
there  has  been  no  serious  outbreak  in  Gre^.t 
Britain. 

"  In  the  nineteenth  -  century  annals  of 
pestilence,"  writes  Hirsch,  "  the  year  1817 
stands  as  one  charged  with  fatality  to  the 
human  race.  It  was  in  that  year  there  began 
the  epidemic  extension  over  India  of  a  disease 
which  had  previously  been  known  only  as 
an  endemic  in  a  few  districts  of  the  country ; 
in    that    and   the    following  year  it  overran 


I 


INTERNATIONAL  INFECTIONS     165 

the  whole  peninsula ;  in  a  short  time  it 
crossed  the  borders  of  its  native  territory 
in  all  directions,  penetrated  in  its  farther 
progress  to  almost  every  part  of  the  habitable 
globe,  and  thus  acquired  the  character  of  a 
world-wide  pestilence,  which  has  repeatedly 
since  then  entered  on  its  devastating  cam- 
paigns, and  has  claimed  its  many  millions  of 
victims."  Cholera,  thus  breaking  its  primi- 
tive bounds,  has  come  westward  and  spread 
over  the  world  tour  times  during  the  nine- 
teenth century.  The  first  time  was  from 
1817  to  1823,  when  it  all  but  crossed  the 
frontiers  of  the  European  Continent.  The 
second  time  was  in  1826.  In  this  year  it 
broke  out  in  India  ;  before  the  end  of  1830 
"  the  pestilence  had  obtained  an  extensive 
footing  on  Russian  soil  "  ;  from  Russia  it 
came  to  Germany,  and  from  Germany  in 
1831  it  came  to  Great  Britain.  The  places 
first  affected  were  Sunderland,  Newcastle, 
Gateshead,  Haddington  (1832),  Musselburgh, 
Edinburgh,  Glasgow,  Belfast,  Cork.  "  Thus 
in  the  course  of  the  year  it  spread  over  a  great 
part  of  Britain,  following  the  commercial 
highways  chiefly,  and  the  coast  routes  and 
rivers ;  while  the  mountainous  parts  of 
the  country  were  little  visited  by  it,  and  the 
Scottish  Highlands  not  at  all." — (Hirsch.) 
This  great  epidemic  ended  in  1838,  and  for 


166  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

ten  years  Europe  was  free  from  cholera. 
The  third  great  epidemic  began  in  1846. 
In  1847  it  was  in  Russia,  Astrakhan,  along  the 
Volga,  and  round  the  shores  of  the  Sea  of 
Azov.  In  1848,  it  appeared  in  England  and 
Scotland.  Among  the  Scotch  towns  visited 
were  Edinburgh,  Glasgow,  and  Dumfries. 
The  fourth  great  epidemic  began  in  1863. 
As  in  the  other  epidemics,  the  European 
countries  were  nearly  all  visited  In  Scotland, 
during  1865,  there  were  1170  cholera  deaths. 
In  1873,  cholera  was  still  common  in  many 
parts  of  the  Continent,  and  at  many  seaports 
in  Britain  cases  were  landed  ;  but  in  Britain 
itself  the  disease  did  not  spread  inland. 

All  through  the  history  of  these  epidemics 
one  tracks  the  disease  to  the  great  seaports 
everywhere.  These  are  the  natural  landing- 
places  of  such  an  enemy. 

The  last  epidemic  of  cholera  in  Scotland 
undoubtedly  hastened  the  passing  of  the 
Public  Health  Act  of  1867,— an  Act  full  of 
sagacious  and  advanced  provisions.  Tlie 
scare  resulted  in  a  small  crop  of  separate 
cholera  hospitals,  which  have  almost  entirely 
stood  empty  ever  since  they  were  built. 
But  the  impulse  so  generated  has  been  bene- 
ficial in  every  direction.  It  taught  the 
people  the  need  of  pure  water.  It  prepared 
the  way  for  the  great  reform  of  1889,  when 


INTERNATIONAL  INFECTIONS     167 

public  health  was  transferred  bodily  from  the 
rural  Poor  Law  Authorities  to  a  special 
Health  Authority  with  a  larger  area.  The 
continued  menace  of  cholera,  assisted  by 
outbreaks  of  typhoid  fever,  has  worked  a 
marvellous  reform  in  water  supplies  all  over 
Britain.  The  preventive  health  service  has 
been  going  on  for  these  twenty  years  un- 
relentingly. It  has  been  steadily  removing 
from  every  corner  of  the  country  the  condi- 
tions that  would  favour  a  widespread  out- 
break of  cholera.  The  danger  of  such  an 
outbreak,  though  less  to-day  than  even 
twenty  years  ago,  is  far  from  small.  It  can 
be  met  only  by  active  administration. 

Of  the  three  international  epidemic  diseases, 
yellow  fever  remains.  But  in  the  colder 
climates  yellow  fever  is  not  a  danger.  It 
may  be  imported,  but  it  cannot  live  ;  for  the 
mosquito  that  spreads  it  is  not  a  native  of 
the  cold  climates.  But  the  disease  is  still  a 
great  danger  to  many  countries  of  the  world. 
As  the  problems  of  malaria  centre  round 
one  mosquito,  the  problems  of  yellow  fever 
centre  round  another.  Either  this  mosquito 
must  be  destroyed,  or  a  remedy  found  to 
make  its  specific  injection  harmless.  Of 
this  there  seems  to  be  no  doubt.  Experiments 
such  as  this  have  been  carried  out : — ^Mos- 


168  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

qui  toes  were  "  fed  on  the  blood  of  yellow 
fever  patients  not  less  than  twelve  days 
previously."  They  were  then  permitted  to 
bite  ten  persons  that  had  never  had  the 
disease  and  were  in  no  way  protected  against 
it.  Of  the  ten  bitten,  eight  developed  the 
disease.  Apparently  the  mosquito  needs  some 
twelve  days  to  become  infectious.  If  he  bites 
to-day,  taking  with  him  the  germ  from  the 
blood  of  the  patient,  he  is  harmless  until  the 
germ  develops  within  him.  This  takes  twelve 
days.  If  he  then  bites  a  healthy  person,  he 
conveys  the  disease. 

Here  once  more  we  are  on  the  borderland 
of  biology.  The  plague  germ  has  the  rat 
and  the  rat  flea  ;  the  cholera  germ  has  the 
water  ;  the  yellow  fever  germ  has  its  own 
mosquito.  To  save  the  afflicted  peoples  pre- 
ventive medicine  must  upset  those  "  balances 
of  nature."  Man  must  fit  his  environment; 
to  himself.  It  is  curious  that,  when  those: 
great  diseases  are  in  question,  nothing  is  heard, 
about  heredity,  or  the  danger  of  preserving,' 
the  unfit,  or  the  sacrilege  of  not  permitting 
the  socially  rejected  to  work  out  their  own 
salvation  by  natural  selection.  Why  do  we 
hear  so  little  in  this  strain  ?  Because  plague, 
cholera,  yellow  fever,  malaria,  are  none  of 
them  respecters  of  persons.  They  attack  the 
strong  and  robust  as  readily  as  they  attack 


INTERNATIONAL  INFECTIONS     169 

the  feeble.  They  kill  without  discrimination. 
If  they  were  left  to  roam  the  world  unre- 
stricted, the  remnants  that  would  survive 
would  be,  indeed,  more  "  fit  "  to  continue  in 
a  world  flooded  with  those  four  diseases,  but 
they  would  not  thereby  be  the  "  fittest "  for 
the  work  of  great  civilisations.  When  strong 
men  have  to  fight  against  foreign  enemies 
like  these,  they  have  no  time  to  concern 
themselves  with  fears  about  heredity.  It  is 
only  when  faced  with  familiar  destroyers  like 
tuberculosis,  or  measles,  or  poisonous  trades, 
that  they  lend  an  easy  ear  to  proposals  for 
letting  the  "  unfit  "  die.  They  yield  less  to 
logic,  perhaps,  than  to  psychology.  It  is  this 
that  makes  the  health  service  scrutinise  with 
the  most  active  scepticism  everything  that 
touches  the  theory  of  heredity,  when  that 
theory  is  used  to  foster  an  attitude  of  impotence 
in  the  face  of  preventable  disease.  And  this 
attitude,  I  regret  to  think,  seems  to  attract 
only  too  readily  the  non  -  administrative 
speculators  in  heredity. 


170  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

CHAPTER  XI 

OTHER   PREVENTABLE    DISEASES 


The  infections,  though  not  all  equally  pre- 
ventable, are  pre-eminently  preventable  dis- 
eases. But  there  are  others.  How  great  the 
mass  of  them  is  could  be  learned  only  from  a 
careful  scrutiny  of  the  whole  list  of  diseases. 
Here  I  offer  only  a  few  gross  indications. 

Long  ago,  in  his  book  on  The  Hygiene, 
Diseases,  and  Mortality  of  Occupations,  Dr. 
J  T.  Arlidge  gave  a  carefully  elaborated 
analysis  of  the  occupational  diseases.  He 
first  classified  occupations,  following  the  lead 
of  Dr.  Ogle  and  Dr.  Farr.  He  then  set  him- 
self to  a  systematic  study  of  the  correlative 
diseases.  Not  an  important  trade  escaped 
his  observation.  But  he  laid  special  stress 
on  the  dust  diseases, — the  diseases  arising 
out  of  the  dusty  occupations.  Many  manu- 
factures generate  dust.  There  are  mineral 
dusts, — metallic,  as  in  file-making,  or  razor- 
grinding  ;  non-metallic,  as  in  coal-mining, 
tin-mining,  flint-working,  slate-quarrying, 
china-painting,  and  a  number  of  others.  Then 
there  are  dusts  of  organic  origin, — some  of 
them  vegetable,  such  as  the  dust  of  cotton- 
manufacturing,  cotton-cloth  sizing,  flax-work, 


OTHER  PREVENTABLE  DISEASES     171 

linen-manufacturing,  seed-crushing,  tobacco- 
manufacturing.  And  there  are  organic  dusts 
of  animal  origin,  as  in  cloth  and  shoddy 
manufacture,  hosiery  manufacture,  wool- 
sorting.  Then  there  is  the  large  range  of 
occupations  where  poisonous  materials  are 
dealt  with.  There  are  others  where  noxious 
vapours  are  constantly  encountered.  There 
are  others  where  the  temperature  is  excessive  ; 
others  where  the  strain,  pressure,  and  friction 
are  too  prolonged.  In  a  book  of  nearly  six 
hundred  large  crowded  pages.  Dr.  Arlidge 
professed  to  give  only  a  condensed  sketch 
of  the  occupational  diseases. 

This  volume  had  much  to  do  with  improve- 
ments both  in  legislation  and  in  adminis- 
tration. Commissions  on  the  dangerous  trades 
have  gone  into  great  detail  in  examining  the 
precise  processes  of  manufacture,  the  prob- 
able and  actual  effects  on  health,  and  the 
amount  of  illness  due  to  the  particular  trades. 
On  the  basis  of  such  inquiries,  the  Home 
Office,  which  is  the  central  authority  for  the 
administration  of  the  Factory  Acts,  has  for 
years  set  itself  systematically  to  reduce  the 
occupational  diseases.  Not  a  month  passes 
but  some  fresh  or  revised  regulation  is  issued 
to  meet  some  hitherto  unregulated  cause  of 
disease  or  death.  The  mass  of  these  regula- 
tions is  very  great ;    but  not  one  is  enacted 


172  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

without  an  elaborate  inquiry  into  the  whole 
conditions  of  the  given  trade  and  the  given 
process.  If  one  would  know  the  vast  area 
covered  by  the  Medical  Department  of  the 
Home  Office,  he  has  only  to  glance  at  the 
yearly  and  occasional  reports  of  the  Chief 
Factory  Inspector,  Dr.  Arthur  Whitelegge, 
C.B.  There  is  not  a  dangerous  or  unwhole- 
some trade  that  he  and  his  Department  do 
not  know.  There  is  no  department  of  central 
administration  more  vitally  in  touch  with 
the  environment  of  labour. 

The  rapid  expansion  of  industry,  the  con- 
tinued improvement  in  methods,  the  increased 
demand  for  more  healthy  conditions,  all 
combine  to  make  the  occupational  diseases 
more  and  more  a  subject  for  special  study. 
In  a  book  on  Dangerous  Trades,  edited  by 
Professor  Thomas  Oliver,  will  be  found  nearly 
a  thousand  pages  of  standard  information  in 
sixty  chapters,  not  only  on  the  hygiene  of 
the  special  trades,  but  on  the  special  diseases 
and  general  questions  arising  out  of  them. 
The  work  includes  among  its  experts,  factory 
inspectors,  medical  officers  of  health,  sta- 
tisticians, and  others  familiar  with  special 
processes  or  diseases. 

To  take  but  one  or  two  illustrations.  Of 
all  the  poisonous  metals,  lead,  because  it  is 
so  widely  used,  is  probably  the  most  destrue- 


1 


OTHER  PREVENTABLE  DISEASES     173 

tive.  Lead-mining,  lead-smelting,  the  manu- 
facture of  red-lead,  of  white-lead,  and 
manufactures  where  these  substances 
are  used,  may  all  lead  to  lead-poison- 
ing. "  Lead  is  a  subtle  poison,"  writes 
Professor  Oliver.  "  Most  of  its  salts  have  in 
small  doses  no  unpleasant  taste  or  odour, 
they  are  very  soluble,  and  they  produce  their 
baneful  effects  sometimes  in  such  an  insidious 
manner  that  the  health  of  the  operative 
becomes  so  gradually  undermined  that  he  is 
often  precipitated  into  a  serious  illness  without 
any  warning.  In  most  instances,  however, 
there  are  prodromata  (preliminary  symptoms), 
for  lead  causes  colic  or  severe  pain  in  the 
abdomen."  The  effect  of  lead  on  women  is  in 
the  highest  degree  evil.  It  seriously  inter- 
feres with  the  maternal  powers.  "  Children 
of  female  lead-workers  almost  invariably  die 
of  convulsions  shortly  after  birth  or  during  the 
first  twelve  months.  If  a  child  is  the  off- 
spring of  parents  both  of  whom  are  lead- 
workers,  it  is  puny  and  ill-nourished,  and  is 
either  born  dead,  or  dies  a  few  hours  after 
birth."  Lead  is  even  more  dangerous.  It 
not  only  kills  the  offspring  ;  it  destroys  "  for 
the  time  being  the  child-bearing  powers  of 
women."  But  why  continue  ?  To  describe 
fully  the  effects  of  lead  alone  would  take  much 
more    than    the    present    volume.     Let    one 


174  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

further  quotation  be  enough.  "It  is  upon 
pregnant  women  that  the  metal  exercises  its 
worst  effects.  .  .  .  When  a  white-lead  worker 
becomes  pregnant  it  is  almost  impossible  for 
her  to  go  to  the  end  of  term  if  she  continues 
to  follow  her  employment.  ...  In  the  liver 
and  kidneys  of  still-born  children  of  female 
lead-workers  .  .  .  there  were  found  minute 
quantities  of  lead.  .  .  .  Mrs.  H.,  age  thirty- 
five,  worked  in  a  white-lead  factory  for  six 
years,  before  which  she  had  four  children  born 
at  full  time.  Since  going  to  the  lead-works 
she  has  had  nine  miscarriages  in  succession 
and  no  living  child."  These  facts  can  be 
added  to  indefinitely.  If,  as  some  social 
critics  assert,  the  effect  of  preventive  medicine 
is  to  preserve  the  unfit,  here  is  a  fair  case  for 
testing  the  view.  But  if  the  high  infant 
mortality  in  certain  industries  is  to  be  a  test 
of  the  unfitness,  let  the  infants  at  least  star: 
fair.  Let  them  come  into  the  world  at  th(i 
instance  of  healthy  nature,  not  under  the 
expulsive  power  of  lead. 

But  though  lead-working  is  the  most  strik- 
ing, it  is  not  the  only  poisonous  industry.  The 
manufacture  of  arsenic  contributes  its  share 
to  the  disabled.  So  does  the  manufacture 
of  rubber.  "  Girls  have  told  me  that  on 
leaving  the  factory  at  night  they  have  simply 
staggered   home.    .    .        Prolonged  exposure 


OTHER  PREVENTABLE  DISEASES     175 

to  the  vapour  of  bisulphide  induces  an  en- 
feeblement  of  the  intelHgence  that  recalls 
the  mental  weakness  of  chronic  alcoholic 
inebriety." 

Or  take  this  of  mercurial  poisoning :  "  The 
worker  becomes  pale  and  loses  his  appetite. 
He  frequently  has  headache,  giddiness,  and 
transitory  pains  in  the  limbs.  The  muscles 
of  the  face  twitch,  the  fingers  tremble  when 
spread  out,  and  the  tongue  is  also  tremulous 
when  protruded.  The  mental  condition  under- 
goes change.  Workers  assured  of  their  skill 
become  shy  and  nervous,  especially  when 
watched."  The  teeth  are  affected.  "Chronic 
mercurial  poisoning  does  not  frequently  lead 
directly  to  death.  It  appears  to  lower  the 
vitality  of  the  tissues  markedly,  and  Kussmaul 
calls  attention  to  the  frequency  with  which 
mercurial  workers  die  of  phthisis." 

Of  dust  as  a  cause  of  occupation  disease, 
Professor  Oliver  says :  "  Were  it  not  for  dust, 
fume,  or  gas,  there  would  be  little  or  no 
disease  of  occupation  except  such  as  might 
be  caused  by  infection,  the  breathing  of  air 
poisoned  by  the  emanations  of  fellow-work- 
men, and  exposure  to  cold  after  working  in 
over-heated  rooms.**  He  considers  that  dust 
plays  such  a  prominent  part  in  the  causation 
of  disease  that  it  needs  a  discussion  by  itself. 
The  coal  miner's  lung  is  familiar  at  an  early 


176  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

stage  to  every  medical  student.  The  steel 
grinder's  lung  is  common  knowledge.  But 
there  are  also  skin  diseases  arising  from 
certain  kinds  of  dust.  These  may  vary  from 
simple  irritation  to  inflammation,  pustules, 
and  ulcers.  In  some  dust  trades,  the  nails 
suffer.  In  others,  the  irritating  dust  affects 
the  bowel. 

These  illustrations  are  enough  to  point  the 
lesson.  The  prevention  of  all  these  diseases 
is  not  only  theoretically  possible  ;  it  is  en- 
tirely practicable.  Partly,  it  may  be  secured 
by  improving  the  conditions  of  the  manufac- 
tures, and  this  is  the  object  of  the  stringent 
regulations  everywhere  obtaining.  Partly,  it 
must  assume  the  co-operation  of  the  worker, 
and  for  this  also  the  regulations  provide. 
But  familiarity  breeds  indifference.  The 
result  is  that,  in  spite  of  every  precaution 
and  enforcement,  the  occupational  diseases 
of  the  dangerous  trades  will  for  years  to  come 
constitute  an  appreciable  item  in  the  disease 
roll.  * 

Let  us  leave  this  and  look  to  another  set 
of  facts.  If  the  diseases  named  in  an  earlier 
chapter  are  carefuly  followed  out  into  their 
individual  conditions,  many  of  them  will 
be  found  entirely  preventable.  In  a  volume 
on  the  Prevention  of  Disease,  translated  from 


OTHER  PREVENTABLE  DISEASES     177 

the  German  some  years  ago,  and  containing 
a  pointed  introduction  by  Dr.  Timbrell 
Bulstrode,  the  whole  field  of  medical  and 
surgical  diseases  has  been  carefully  studied 
specifically  from  the  standpoint  of  prevention. 
"  With  the  rapid  growth  and  diffusion  of 
knowledge  as  to  the  prevention  of  disease," 
writes  Dr.  Bulstrode,  "  the  physician  will 
be  asked  in  an  ever-increasing  degree  how 
the  onset  of  certain  pathological  conditions 
may  be  prevented ;  and  although  he  may 
not,  at  present,  always  be  in  a  position  to 
indicate  the  lines  which  may  be  followed, 
there  may,  I  think,  be  little  doubt  that  the 
subject  of  individual  prophylaxis  (protective 
prevention)  will  occupy  an  important  place 
in  medicine  in  the  near  future."  With  this 
opinion  every  member  of  the  preventive 
medical  service  will  agree.  Not  until  one 
works  carefully  through  the  groups  of  diseases 
here  studied  can  he  even  partially  realise  how 
much  of  current  disease  can  either  by  early 
direction  or  by  early  treatment  be  either 
postponed  or  prevented.  And  we  do  not  refer 
to  prevention  of  the  infectious  diseases,  but 
to  the  prevention  of  heart  disease,  by  judicious 
nurture  in  youth  and  moderate  living  as  life 
advances  ;  prevention  of  digestive  diseases, 
by  the  careful  study  of  foods  and  modera- 
tion in  their  use ;   prevention   of   children's 


178  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

diseases,  by  careful  nurture  in  infancy, 
systematic  inspection  and  supervision  in 
childhood,  attention  to  teeth,  food,  and  sleep  ; 
prevention  of  nervous  and  mental  diseases, 
by  the  regulation  of  life  and  the  avoidance 
of  excesses. 

Of  the  special  senses  there  needs  only 
a  word — the  eye,  the  ear,  the  throat,  the 
nose,  the  teeth,  the  skin,  have  all  been  so 
fully  studied,  they  are  all  so  important 
economically,  that  the  great  majority  of  our 
population  realise  the  need  for  care  in  the 
prevention  of  their  diseases  and  for  immediate 
cure  if  disease  supervenes.  The  Medical 
Inspection  of  School  Children  secures  the 
necessary  administrative  acceleration. 

It  is,  therefore,  fully  established  that 
out  of  the  many  classes  of  disease  many  are 
preventable,  partly  by  improving  the  general 
conditions  of  life,  partly  by  bringing  to  bear 
on  the  individual  case  the  resources  of 
knowledge.  The  mass  of  preventable  disease 
is  so  great  that  it  more  than  justifies  the 
preventive  service  evoked  by  its  existence. 
It  does  more.  "^  It  justifies  in  every  person  the 
mental  attitude  that,  in  any  individual  case 
of  sickness  or  disablement,  leads  the  observer 
always  to  ask  fu-st — ^is  it  preventable  ? 

There  is,  of  course,  the  necessary  residuum 


OTHER  PREVENTABLE  DISEASES     179 

that  no  knowledge  has  yet  enabled  us  to 
prevent.  These  are  problems  of  the  future. 
But,  meanwhile,  every  medical  service, 
official  and  voluntary,  is  grossly  overloaded 
in  the  effort  to  provide  even  for  the  coarser 
diseases  that  spring  from  the  evil  environ- 
ments of  industry.  Of  the  efforts  to  prevent 
fatigue  and  to  develop  personal  resources 
by  an  adapted  personal  hygiene,  I  say 
nothing ;  they  are  swamped,  except  among 
the  leisured.  If  you  would  judge  how  the 
"  pressure  of  life  "  tells  in  the  heavier  trades, 
procure  and  study  Dr.  Arthur  Newsholme's 
recent  report  on  Infant  and  Child  Mortality. 
It  is  said  by  one  writer  that  "  the  conse- 
quences of  that  pressure  are  prevented  from 
producing  effects  that  are  of  selection  value." 
Dr.  Newsholme  shows  that  the  "  selection 
value "  in  the  indiscriminate  death-dealing 
of  the  heavy  industries  is  mostly,  if  not 
entirely,  mythical.  In  the  counties  where 
the  deaths  of  infants  under  one  year  are 
greatest,  there  also  the  deaths  of  children  from 
one  to  five  and  five  to  ten  years  are  greatest. 
Any  "  selection  value  "  that  the  correlation 
method  reveals  is  practically  nothing,  except, 
doubtfully,  for  children  of  the  second  year.  The 
facts  about  lead  are  eloquent  of  the  reason  why. 
Surely  it  is  our  first  duty  to  provide  an  environ- 
ment that  is  not  certain  to  kill.     We  can  then 


180  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

take  up  at  leisure  those  interesting  speculations 
on  "  selection  value."  The  number  of  men, 
women  and  children  incidentally  saved  for 
a  few  years  more  from  death  or  disablement 
will  not,  even  if  labelled  "  unfit,"  seriously 
affect  our  social  resources. 


CHAPTER  XII 

THE    HYGIENICS    OF    A    STAPLE    FOOD — MILK 

Shall  I,  with  Mr.  Upton  Sinclair,  fast  for 
ten  days  and  recover  on  milk  and  oranges  ? 
Shall  I,  with  Professor  Chittenden  of  Yale, 
keep  my  nutrition  down  to  the  limits  of  phy- 
siological economy  ?  Or  shall  I,  with  Sir 
James  Crichton-Browne,  keep  a  big  excess- 
margin  for  contingencies  ?  Shall  I,  with 
Mr.  Bernard  Shaw,  cease  eating  my  fellow- 
creatures  ?  Shall  I,  with  Dr.  Haig,  displace 
the  meat  and  tea  poisons  by  milk  and  cheese  ? 
Shall  I,  with  Sydney  Smith  and  his  Edin- 
burgh Reviewers,  cultivate  learning  on  a  little 
oatmeal  ?  Or,  not  to  omit  a  great  name 
from  the  ever-lengthening  chain  of  dietetic 
specialists,    shall   I,    under   Metchnikoff,    the 


THE  HYGIENICS  OF  MILK        181 

director  of  the  New  Hygiene,  stop  the  disease 
of  old  age  by  a  diet  of  soured  milk  ? 

These  are  questions  the  modern  man  puts 
to  himself.  Whomsoever  he  selects  from  the 
multitude  of  skilled  counsellors,  he  will  not 
find  one  that  forbids  him  milk  or  the  products 
of  milk.  Milk,  too,  is  the  staple  food  of 
infants.  Whatever  happens  to  meat,  milk 
will  maintain  its  place  ;  for  the  children  must 
be  fed.  For  adults,  too,  it  is  practically  as 
indispensable  and,  as  time  proceeds,  will 
become  increasingly  a  necessity.  In  every 
country  in  the  world,  milk  has  risen  in 
dietetic  importance.  This  is  why  I  select  it 
as  a  type  of  the  food  environment. 

The  problem  of  the  milk-supply  is :  To  bring 
to  the  consumer  clean,  harmless,  palatable 
cow's  milk.  By  clean,  I  mean  free  from 
adventitious  impurities,  such  as  sand,  dust, 
cobwebs,  cow-dung,  hairs,  epithelial  scales, 
and  the  like.  By  harmless,  I  mean  not 
capable  of  producing  any  disease,  infectious 
or  other.  By  palatable,  I  mean  not  so  altered 
from  the  natural  flavour  of  wholesome  milk  as 
to  disgust.  Other  qualities  of  milk  are  equally 
important,  from  other  points  of  view.  For 
example,  the  percentage  of  butter-fat  may  be 
more  important  than  the  absolute  freedom  from 
dirt ;  or,  again,  fat  may  be  of  less  importance 


182  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

than  the  readiness  to  decompose.  But  those 
qualities  are  only  indirectly,  not  directly, 
questions  for  hygienics  ;  because  hygienics, 
which  here  practically  means  the  scientific 
care  of  the  human  environment,  concerns 
itself  with  the  reduction  in  number  of  abnor- 
mal factors.  Dirt,  disease,  and  the  conse- 
quent decompositions  of  milk  may  destroy 
it  as  a  possible  human  food,  so  throwing  it  out 
of  relation  to  the  physiological  needs.  These 
three,  therefore,  it  is  the  first  duty  of  hygienics 
to  eliminate.  Practically,  therefore,  the  prob- 
lem is  how  to  eliminate  dirt  and  disease,  how 
to  prevent  unintended  decompositions,  and 
how,  thus,  to  preserve  in  its  full  physiological 
relations,  a  food  of  immense  value.  I  assume 
that  milk  is  a  highly  important  factor  in  the 
food  environment  of  our  present  highly 
complicated  society ;  that  our  present  methods 
of  providing  the  consumer  with  milk  are  full 
of  defects ;  that  the  rectification  of  thestj 
defects  is  an  entirely  practical  enterprise. 

Under  dirt,  I  include  all  the  non-pathogenic 
germs  ;  for  these,  though  they  do  indirectly 
encourage  specific  diseases,  are  not  individu- 
ally associated  with  any  particular  disease. 
They  affect  seriously  the  "  keeping  "  qualities 
of  milk.  They  have,  therefore,  pre-eminently 
a  bearing  on  commercial,  and,  by  consequence. 


THE  HYGIENICS  OF  MILK       183 

on  practical  management.  They  are  the 
pest  of  the  small  or  the  town  dairy  and  the 
minor  shopkeeper.  They  are  the  quint- 
essence of  uncleanness.  They  are,  however, 
in  part  useful  in  the  production  of  milk  pro- 
ducts ;  but  in  "  market  "  milk,  as  it  goes 
forth  for  consumption  as  milk,  they  are 
nothing  less  than  destructive  ferments.  The 
germs,  or  micro-organisms,  I  mean,  are  mainly 
these  :  the  lactic  ferments  (including  special 
bacilli,  micrococci,  and  streptococci,  in  many 
varieties),  bacillus  coli  communis  (in  some  of 
its  "  races  "),  the  casein  ferments,  the  blue 
milk  bacilli,  the  red  milk  bacilli,  yellow 
milk  bacilli,  bitter  milk  bacilli,  the  organisms 
that  produce  slimy  milk,  or  stringy,  or  soapy 
milk.  Besides  these,  there  are  the  yeasts 
and  other  moulds. 

To  protect  milk  from  most  of  these  is  not 
very  difficult ;  but  the  care  necessary  is  more 
than  will  ever  be  systematically  taken  by  any 
but  the  most  scrupulous  dairyman.  In  the 
cleanest  cowsheds  I  have  ever  seen,  where, 
too,  the  cows  were  well-groomed  and  looked 
it,  the  chances  of  germ  pollution  were  more 
than  could  be  readily  calculated.  There  are 
always  at  least  the  following  germ-yielding 
conditions  :  Dry  hay  or  other  fodder,  dust 
from  roofs,  dust  from  floors,  moulds,  dried 
excreta,     decomposing     urine,     the     micro- 


184  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

organisms  of  the  cow's  hide,  the  innumerable 
germs  of  ordinary  water,  the  repeated  con- 
tacts with  human  hands  and  clothing.  The 
cows  lie  down  clean  ;   they  rise  up  dirty 

To  watch  the  milking  of  cows  is  to  watch  a 
process  of  unscientific  inoculation  of  a  pure 
(or  almost  pure)  medium  with  unknown 
quantities  of  unspecified  germs.  Perhaps 
feeding  is  just  over,  or  the  cows  are  in  fresh 
from  the  field  ;  or,  as  in  town  cowsheds,  they 
were  in  some  fields  six  months  ago,  and  have 
never  seen  clear  skylight  again.  In  comes 
the  milker,  man  or  woman,  slaps  the  cow's 
buttock  to  make  her  rise.  The  milkstool  is 
placed,  taken  from  some  dirty  corner  of  the 
cowshed.  A  few  squirts  of  the  teat,  or  of  two 
teats,  are  given  as  a  preliminary  encourage- 
ment to  the  cow  and  a  convenient  lubrication 
for  the  fingers.  Incidentally,  the  first  squirts 
may  help  to  clear  out  any  micro-organisEis 
that  lodge  in  the  ducts.  The  hands  may  1)6 
clean — or  not.  The  clothes  may  be  newly 
washed — or  not.  The  nose,  the  mouth,  the 
eyes,  the  ears,  the  face  generally,  the  hair, 
may  all  have  been  specially  cleaned  just 
before — or  not.  Whoever  knows  the  meaning 
of  aseptic  surgery  must  feel  his  blood  run  cold 
when  he  watches,  even  in  imagination,  the 
thousand  chances  of  germ  inoculation.  From 
cow   to   cow   the   milker   goes,    taking   with 


THE  HYGIENICS  OF  MILK       185 

her  (or  him)  the  stale  epithelium  of  the  last 
cow,  the  particles  of  dirt  caught  from  the 
floor,  the  hairs,  the  dust,  and  the  germs  that 
adhere  to  them.  Meanwhile,  what  with 
switching  of  cows'  tails,  what  with  stamping 
of  feet,  the  cowshed  is  in  a  state  of  persistent 
agitation.  The  cows  are  feeding.  The  im- 
prisoned dust  of  the  dry  fodder  is  scattered 
to  the  air  currents.  Meanwhile,  too,  the 
other  milkers  are  collecting  the  milk.  They 
perspire.  They  transfer  the  milk  from  pail 
to  can.  They  leave  the  total  to  gather  more 
germs  and  dust.  Perhaps,  the  moderately 
careful  dairyman  sieves  the  milk  roughly 
from  the  pail ;  but  the  sieve  is  not  such  as  to 
enmesh  any  but  the  major  particles.  Every- 
where, throughout  the  whole  process  of  milk- 
ing, the  perishable,  superbly  nutrient  liquid 
receives  its  repeated  sowings  of  germinal  and 
non-germinal  dirt.  In  an  hour  or  two,  its 
population  of  triumphant  lives  is  a  thing 
imagination  boggles  at. 

And  this  in  good  dairies.  What  must  it  be 
where  the  cows  are  never  groomed,  where 
udders  are  never  washed,  where  teats  are  never 
rubbed,  where  the  cowsheds  are  never  even 
approximately  cleaned,  where  ventilators  are 
never  open,  where  the  dung  is  a  stale  heap  at 
the  cowshed  door,  where  the  pigs  are  a  few 
feet  away,  where  cobwebs  are  ancient  and 


186  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

heavy,  where  the  ammoniaeal  emanations  of 
decomposing  urine  nip  the  eyes,  where  hands 
are  only  by  accident  all  washed,  where  heads 
are  only  occasionally  cleaned,  where  spittings 
(tobacco  or  other)  are  not  infrequent,  where 
the  milker  may  be  a  chance-comer  from  some 
filthy  slum, — where,  in  a  word,  the  various 
dirts  of  the  civilised  human  are,  at  every 
hand,  reinforced  by  the  inevitable  dirts  of  the 
domesticated  cow  ? 

Are  these  exaggerations  ?  They  are  not. 
1  could  name,  for  town  and  county,  many 
admirable  cowsheds  where  these  conditions 
are,  in  greater  or  less  degree,  normal.  But 
a  general  statement  of  germ-yielding  con- 
ditions were  incomplete  without  some  quanti- 
tative confirmation.  Here  are  a  few  figures 
from  reliable  sources  : — 

Dr.  Edward  von  Freudenreich  says  :  "  In 
Berne  I  have  found  on  an  average  160,000  to 
320,000  bacteria  per  cubic  inch  in  fresh  milk  ; 
while  Cnopf  in  Munich  estimates  the  numbc]: 
at  960,000  to  1,600,000  per  cubic  inch,  i.e. 
thirty-three  to  fifty-six  millions  per  pint." 
Again,  he  found  that  a  "  sample  of  milk 
containing  153,000  bacteria  per  cubic  inch," 
on  being  kept  at  a  temperature  of  59°  F., 
had,  after  an  hour,  539,750  per  cubic  inch  ; 
after  four  hours,  680,000  ;  after  nine  hours, 
2,040,000  ;  after  twenty-five  hours,  85,000,000. 


THE  HYGIENICS  OF  MILK       187 

In  other  instances,  the  increase  was  even 
more  striking,  the  temperature  being  higher. 
By  the  time  milk  usually  reaches  the  con- 
sumer in  this  country,  it  is  certain  to  contain 
some  millions  of  germs  in  each  cubic  centi- 
metre. Mr.  H.  L.  Russell,  of  the  University 
of  Wisconsin  Agricultural  Experiment  Station, 
found  that  "  a  gelatine  plate  exposure  made  in 
the  stalls  during  the  feeding  showed  that  over 
160,000  organisms  were  deposited  in  a  minute 
on  an  area  covered  by  an  ordinary  milk  pail." 

So  much  for  germinal  dirt.  Non-germinal 
dirt  has  less  significance  in  itself ;  for  its 
principal  effects  are  essentially  those  of  the 
adhering  germs,  and  these  effects  have 
already  been  generally  indicated.  Yet  the 
dirt,  apart  from  the  germs,  is  not  unim- 
portant either  in  amount  or  in  kind.  The 
consumer  wishes  to  consume  milk  approxi- 
mately as  it  comes  from  the  cow.  What  I 
have  already  stated  demonstrates  how  diffi- 
cult it  is,  by  current  methods,  to  obtain  such 
milk ;  but  to  realise  how  much  the  dirt, 
germinal  and  non-germinal,  amounts  to,  one 
must  examine  actual  specimens. 

Let  one  spend  half  a  day  or  so  at  a  creamery 
where,  say,  6000  to  10,000  gallons  of  milk 
are  dealt  with  between  7  a.m.  and  4  p.m. 
Let  him  watch  the  milk  as  it  is  poured, 
apparently  pure,  into  the  mixing  vat      Let 


188  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

him  then  watch  the  scraping  of  the  separators 
(centrifugal  machines)  at  the  end  of  theMay. 
To  strip  off  the  tough,  elastic  layer  from  the 
metal,  it  is  necessary  to  use  a  strong  scraper. 
This  layer,  which  is  driven  on  to  the  wall  of 
the  separator  by  the  centrifugal  force  due  to 
about  6000  revolutions  a  minute,  is  made  up  of 
hairs,  dust,  cobwebs,  pieces  of  straw,  particles 
of  cow-dung — scraps,  in  fact,  of  every  sort 
possible  in  a  cowshed.  These  varieties  of  dirt 
are  bound  in  a  matrix  of  mucus,  epithelial 
scales,  and  such  other  slimy  matter  as  may 
be  separated  from  the  milk.  Experiment 
has  shown  that  milk  bacteria  are  perceptibly 
reduced  in  number,  but  not  entirely  elimin- 
ated, by  the  process  of  centrifugalisation, 
and  probably  the  germ  population  of  the  in- 
spissated debris  described  is  proportionally 
greater  than  in  corresponding  volumes  of  milk . 
But  even  if  the  germ-population  of  the 
milk  is  not  very  seriously  reduced,  the  milli 
is  made  more  limpid,  and  consequently  more 
palatable.  At  the  very  least,  the  consumer 
does  not  want  to  consume  either  cow-dung 
or  cobwebs  ;  hairs  might  be,  if  they  are  not, 
filtered  out  by  the  ordinary  sieves  ;  epithelial 
scales  and  minute  amounts  of  mucus  are 
neither  here  nor  there.  But,  for  my  own 
part,  ever  since  I  first  saw  and  realised  the 
amount  of  this  lining  deposit,  which  not  in- 


THE  HYGIENICS  OF  MILK        189 

frequently  is  nearly  a  hard  half-inch  thick,  I 
have  never  been  able  quite  to  feel  that  non- 
centrifugalised  milk  is  as  clean  as  centri- 
fugalised  milk.  Partly  this  is,  no  doubt,  a 
prejudice,  or  rather  a  revulsion,  due  to  seeing 
facts  out  of  relation  to  the  whole  they  belonged 
to.  For,  in  a  drinkable  quantity  of  milk,  the 
few  epithelial  scales,  broken  hairs,  straw  par- 
ticles, or  particles  of  organic  dirt,  would  not, 
for  the  moment,  appreciably  alter  its  physical 
qualities.  But,  as  I  have  shown,  germinal 
dirt  affects  the  "  keeping "  qualities  of  the 
milk,  and  the  germinal  is  not  in  fact  separable 
from  the  non-germinal.  The  milk  is  heated 
before,  and  cooled  after,  separation ;  and 
it  is  true  that,  with  no  further  treatment, 
separated  milk  "  keeps "  longer  than  non- 
separated.  Whether  it  be  that  the  removal 
of  the  non-germinal  dirt  removes  mechanically 
a  large  percentage  of  bacteria,  or  that  the 
dirt  removed  reduces  the  nutrient  quality 
of  the  medium,  I  am  unable  to  say.  Perhaps, 
independently  of  either  alternative,  the 
flavours  of  the  milk  are  improved  by  the 
removal  of  foul  organic  substances  that  would 
normally  form  excellent  material  for  bacterial 
putrefaction.  One  fact  the  "  separation " 
demonstrates,  namely,  that  the  ordinary 
cowshed  or  dairy  sieve  (or  filter)  does  not 
remove  any  but  the  major  varieties  of  dust 


190  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

particles.  But  there  are  many  more  efficient 
sieves  in  the  market.  (Separation  and  centri- 
fugalisation  may  be  taken  here  as  meaning 
the  same.  The  milk  and  cream  can  be,  and 
often  are,  re-mixed  after  separation.) 

In  thus  painting,  with  a  broad  pencil,  the 
dirt  conditions,  I  have  omitted  the  aggrava- 
tions due  to  ulcerated  teats,  inflamed  udders, 
pustular  conditions,  and  the  like.  To  realise 
what  these  amount  to,  one  must  examine  a 
few  large  dairies.  For  curiosity,  I  have  some- 
times gone  round  a  cowshed  of  a  hundred  cows 
or  more.  The  percentage  of  abraded  teats 
would  astonish  any  but  a  practised  milker 
or  inspector.  This  is  easy  to  explain.  To 
begin  with,  the  conditions  of  the  milk  cow 
are  largely  pathological.  The  appropriation 
of  her  by  the  human  milker  compels  certain 
modifications  and  adaptations.  The  ever- 
renewed  dragging  at  the  teats  leads  to  hyper- 
trophy, congestion,  and  increased  vascularity, 
Normally,  the  teat  is  tender,  easily  abraded, 
easily  inflamed.  If  the  cow  is  on  pasture,  sh(j 
itiay  have  the  teats  scratched  or  pricked  b}^ 
thorns,  whins,  brambles,  or  the  like.  If  she 
is,  as  commonly  in  towns,  entirely  confined 
to  the  cowshed,  coarse  bedding,  bad  floors, 
or  the  innumerable  accidents  of  movement, 
may  irritate  or  injure.  Obviously,  want  of 
protection  exposes  the  teat  to  many  injuries. 


THE  HYGIENICS  OF  MILK       191 

Twice  or  three  times  a  day  these  injuries  are 
aggravated  by  rough,  mechanical  handling. 
The  gentlest  human  hand  hardly  matches 
the  "  toothless  gums  "  of  the  calf.  And  the 
hand  of  the  milker  is,  as  a  rule,  far  from 
gentle.  I  speak  from  observation  of  many 
scores  of  town  and  county  dairies.  At  least 
half  of  the  milkers,  if  not  more,  are  men, 
who,  in  their  ordinary  labour,  develop  the 
normal  "  horny  hand,"  and  cannot  divest 
themselves  of  it  at  the  moment  of  milking. 
And  the  hands  of  the  women-milkers  are  not 
softer  and  not  often  cleaner. 

Then,  in  calving  time,  the  puerperal  cows 
occupy  the  same  cowsheds  as  the  non-puer- 
peral. In  such  a  time,  the  increase  of  organic 
putridity  must  be  enormous.  But  the  milk 
market  is  unaffected, — except  for  the  in- 
creased quantity  of  milk. 

One  could  add  to  these  facts  indefinitely. 
I  mention  only  things  visible  in  ordinary 
dairies.  Then  who  shall  enumerate  the 
passing  ailments  of  the  milker  ?  Head  colds, 
sore  throats,  ranging  from  evanescent  redness 
to  complicated  diphtheria,  inflamed  fingers, 
inflamed  eye-lids,  conjunctivitis,  acne,  ring- 
worm, eczemas  in  their  varieties,  and  the 
large  range  of  minor  diseases  that  are  more 
or  less  septic  in  their  effects.  Bronchitis 
and  the  like,  I  may  leave  alone. 


192  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


When  these  commonplace  facts  are  clearly 
grasped,  and  set  coherently  in  the  imagina- 
tion, they  teach  one  to  estimate  how  much 
the  "  lime-washing  in  April  and  October " 
has  to  accomplish ;  how  ridiculously  futile 
are  the  efforts  at  enforcing  cleanliness,  when 
every  movement  means  more  dirt ;  how 
miserably  on  the  outside  of  the  disgusting 
facts  are  the  provisions  for  lighting,  ventila- 
tion, and  cleansing.  These  provisions,  how- 
ever, are  not  without  value  ;  for  they  are 
forcing  into  prominence  the  minimal  con- 
ditions of  wholesome  managements  of  cow- 
sheds. 

Turn  now  to  the  dirt  incidental  to  the  dis- 
tribution of  milk.  The  distribution  of  milk 
is  as  difficult  a  problem  as  the  preparation 
of  it  before  distribution.  Our  current  methods 
are  of  the  crudest.  Recently  the  structure 
of  the  carts  and  of  the  cans  has  shown  some 
regard  to  the  cleanly  handling  of  a  delicate 
liquid  ;  but  there  is  yet  a  vast  amount  to 
improve.  Then,  consider  for  a  moment  the 
ordinary  town  milkshop.  Exceptions,  hand- 
some exceptions,  there  are,  doubtless ;  I 
speak  of  the  ordinary  shop.  It  is  placed 
in  a  busy  thoroughfare.  It  is  every  hour 
of  the  day  frequented  by  the  people  of  the 
locality.     They  come  from  every  grade,  and 


THE  HYGIENICS  OF  MILK       193 

in  every  variety  of  dress.  The  door  opens 
and  shuts  every  five  minutes — now  to  receive 
supphes,  now  to  serve  an  urchin.  "  A 
penny'sworth  o'  skum  milk,"  he  says.  "  We 
have  no  skim  milk,"  replies  the  shop-maid. 
"  Weel,  then,  gie's  sweet."  He  comes  from 
a  poor  home  ;  his  hands,  not  long  ago,  have 
been  assisting  at  the  cleansing  of  a  street 
gully  ;  but  he  takes  the  milk  home  in  an 
open  jug,  placing  it,  perhaps,  on  the  ground 
in  order  to  have  another  turn  at  the  gully. 
As  he  left  the  shop  a  gust  of  wind  blew  in 
some  dust.  The  milk-vessels  on  the  counter 
were  open  to  receive  it.  In  some  cases,  it 
is  true,  the  vessels  are  covered  ;  in  a  few 
cases,  they  are  kept  in  a  glass  cupboard ; 
but  any  milk-seller  of  experience  will  tell 
you  that  milk  shut  off  from  the  air  is  less 
pleasant  to  drink.  He  is,  of  course,  thinking 
of  raw  milk,  as  it  comes  to  him  from  the  byre 
— half-cool  and  but  roughly  sieved.  Prob- 
ably he  is  right.  As  milk  absorbs  odours 
very  readily,  so  it  may  part  with  them 
sooner  on  exposure.  It  is  certain  that  in 
butter-making  free  exposure  to  the  air  during 
the  churning  dissipates  certain  disagreeable 
odours.  Anyhow,  a  glass  case  would  pro- 
tect from  dust  without  preventing  aeration. 
But  to  return  to  the  shop's  environment. 
Once  a  day  the  cleaning  cart  comes  round 

6 


194  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

Like  as  not,  the  ash-bucket  is  tilted  into  the 
cart  and  pitched  down  just  opposite  the  door. 
The  dust  is  naturally  borne  where  its  chance 
of  alighting  on  the  milk  is  greatest.  Mean- 
while, look  further  in.  That  door  goes,  by 
a  short  passage,  to  a  living-room  behind — a 
kitchen,  bedroom,  scullery,  and  workroom 
all  in  one.  That  is  the  inviolable  freeman's 
house,  which  is  his  castle.  The  short  passage 
is  sometimes  reduced  to  two  doors,  separated 
by  three  or  four  feet.  That  is  "  indirect  "  as 
opposed  to  "  direct  "  communication.  The 
*'  short  passage  "  is,  in  fact,  a  legal  subterfuge 
to  evade  the  Dairies  Order.  From  and  to 
the  shop  the  children  run  all  day.  Perhaps 
groceries  are  sold ;  perhaps  only  eggs  and 
butter  ;  much  more  frequently,  confections  ; 
rarely  is  the  shop  devoted  exclusively  to  milk, 
milk  products,  and  accessories  like  eggs. 
Then  the  shop  goods  must  be  dusted ;  they 
must  be  arranged  from  time  to  time ;  thev 
may,  in  many  shops,  stand  until  the  dust 
covers  them ;  and  then  every  swing  of  skirt 
or  cloak  or  shawl,  every  current  of  aii', 
sets  something  more  floating  milkwards. 
Perhaps,  again,  mangling  and  milk-selling  go 
together.  Perhaps  the  means  of  scalding 
the  plates  and  pails  are  inadequate.  To 
describe  every  variety  of  combination  legally 
permitted  is  impossible.     What  I  have  said 


THE  HYGIENICS  OF  MILK       195 

is  enough  to  demonstrate  that,  if  the  dirt 
of  the  cow-shed  is  enormous,  the  possible  dirt 
of  the  milk-shop  is  little  less. 

And  if,  to  the  inevitable  dirt  of  the  cleanest 
town  environment,  one  adds  the  dirt  of 
infrequently  washed  hands,  uncut  nails,  shed 
skin,  fouled  sleeves,  and  the  innumerable 
abominations  of  pent-up  life  in  single  rooms  of 
town  houses,  one  cannot  but  stand  amazed 
at  the  capacity  of  the  civilised  palate  to  feed 
on  polluted  supplies.  It  is  necessary  to  add 
— clothes  that  go  for  months  unwashed ; 
beds  unaired  ;  blankets  washed  once  a  year  ; 
adults  and  children  that  have  never  had  a 
bath  of  the  whole  body.  In  places  like  these, 
a  surgeon  would  exercise  the  most  stringent 
care  in  his  endeavour  to  secure  asepsis,  even 
for  a  minor  operation ;  a  major  operation  he 
would  not  tackle.  But  the  same  surgeon,  if 
bacteriology  has  not  cured  him  of  his  milk, 
often  as  not  permits  his  kitchen  staff  to  supply 
his  children  with  milk  from  the  very  shop 
where  he  would  not  operate. 

Here,  then,  is  a  serious  proble3^.  The 
hygienic  solution  is  simple  enough.  Let 
milk-shops  be  constructed  on  the  same  lines 
as  an  aseptic  operating  theatre ;  let  the 
principles  of  the  laboratory  be  applied  to  the 
protection  of  the  milk ;  let  the  shops  be 
g2 


196  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

devoted  exclusively  to  the  sale  of  milk  and 
milk  products  ;  let  there  be  no  communica- 
tion with  living-rooms ;  let  there  be  air ; 
let  there  be  light.  To  fit  up  a  shop  with 
impervious  walls,  shelves,  counters,  etc.,  is 
an  affair  of  every  day.  To  provide  protect- 
ing cases  for  the  milk,  to  separate  old  milk 
from  new,  to  reduce  the  need  for  manipula- 
tion to  a  minimum — these  are  easy  problems 
hygienically,  and,  now  and  again,  they  are 
solved.  But  for  the  most  part  they  are 
blocked  by  the  "  economic  "  incidents  of  the 
vast  trade  in  milk. 

Did  space  allow,  it  would  be  profitable  to 
consider  how  the  consequences  of  all  these 
pollutions  can  be,  at  least  partially,  averted, — 
by  mechanical  cleaning,  by  complete  sterilisa- 
tion, by  partial  sterilisation  (pasteurisation), 
and  other  methods.  Milk,  too,  is  often  the 
means  of  spreading  enteric  fever,  scarle: 
fever,  and  diphtheria  in  large  and  sudden 
epidemics.  It  is  probably  a  leading  cause  in 
the  spread  of  tuberculosis.  There  are  legal 
means  of  countering  these  effects, — dairy 
regulations,  cleansing  of  persons,  inspection, 
construction  of  buildings,  etc.  But  the  hygi- 
enic difficulties  are  complicated  by  economic 
difficulties;  for  the  milk  trade  is  a  very 
great  trade,  and  the   need  for  milk  induces 


THE  HOUSE  AS  HOME  197 

the  consumer  to  take  risks.  But  legislation 
steadily  grows  more  exacting  ;  opinion,  more 
informed  ;  organisation,  better  adjusted.  Yet 
we  are  far  off  even  from  ideals  immediately 
possible.  But  the  "  soured  milk  "  treatment 
continues  to  spread.  The  needs  of  infants 
and  children  more  and  more  impress  the 
public  mind.  The  values  of  milk,  butter,  and 
cheese  are  more  appreciated  in  the  dietaries. 
Everything  points  to  an  enormous  demand  for 
milk.  The  day  may  come  when,  as  a  distin- 
guished student  of  reform  suggests,  pure  milk 
may  be  "  laid  on  "  like  water,  gas,  or  elec- 
tricity. If  that  day  should  come,  the  present 
dirty  methods  of  producing  milk  will  dis- 
appear like  the  polluted  water  supplies  and 
the  unlit  streets — only  more  rapidly. 


CHAPTER  XIII 

THE   HOUSE    AS    IMMEDIATE   FAMILY 
ENVIRONMENT    OR   HOME 

The  family  is  an  incipient  city.  The  city 
is  an  organisation  of  services  to  express,  to 
develop,    and    to    protect    the    growth    and 


198  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

functions  of  the  family.  The  rural  cottage, 
the  farm-house  and  its  cot-houses,  the  estate 
mansion-house  and  its  group  of  service 
houses,  the  village,  the  small  town,  the  town, 
the  great  city,  all,  in  their  degrees,  embody 
the  services  necessary  to  let  father,  mother 
and  child  grow  to  their  full  social  functions. 
The  needs  of  the  family  determine  the  evolu- 
tion of  the  city.  The  limit  of  civilised  sub- 
sistence in  the  city  is  the  one-roomed  house 
for  the  minimum  family  of  father,  mother,  and 
infant.  But,  at  the  sacrifice  of  health,  decency, 
and,  therefore,  morals,  the  limit  is  usually 
overstepped.  The  result  is  the  slum  and  its 
population  of  de-civilised  families.  This  is 
the  primary  problem  of  town-planning. 

Consider  the  functions  of  the  home.  They 
are,  primarily,  to  shelter  parents  and  children. 
As  to  parents,  the  home  must  provide  housing 
adequate  to  the  occupation  of  the  bread- 
winner ;  it  must  provide  means  of  storing 
and  cooking  food  ;  it  must  provide  facihties 
for  washing  clothes  and  body,  for  clearing 
away  waste,  for  maintaining  cleanliness  ; 
it  must  leave  space  for  the  occupations  of 
leisure,  for  the  treatment  of  disease,  for  the 
growth  and  education  of  families.  As  to 
children,  the  home  must  provide  nursing, 
feeding,  cleansing,  education.  All  these  the 
house  must  make  possible  ;   for  to  be  a  home 


THE  HOUSE  AS  HOME  199 

is  the  highest  function  of  a  house.  The  home 
is  the  focus  of  social  activities,  the  head- 
quarters of  the  functional  social  unit.  The 
home  is  the  home  of  the  family,  and  the 
family  needs  shelter,  food,  clothing,  education, 
and  medical  care. 

But  the  home  is  not  alone  the  stone  walls 
where  our  father  and  mother  and  brothers 
and  sisters  live.  Hoine  is  there  only  where  a 
man  will  wish  to  turn  when  his  day's  work  is 
done  :  it  may  be  the  shelter  for  wife  or  child  ; 
it  may  be  the  birthplace  of  sister  or  brother  ; 
or  again,  it  may  be  the  hermit's  hut  on  the 
mountain-side,  where  solitude  is  the  one 
companionship ;  or  yet  again,  it  may  be  the 
open  moorland,  where  freedom  is  and  where 
"  the  wind  blows  on  the  heath."  And  they 
that  live  in  the  ideal  may  be  "  citizens  of  the 
world  "  ;  to  them  the  whole  earth  is  their 
domain,  and  one  place  like  any  other  place 
fulfils  the  purpose  of  humanity. 

How  does  the  house  of  the  town  worker 
answer  our  description  ?  How  shall  this 
suite  of  mean  rooms — undecorated,  uncleaned, 
unaired,  odorous,  crowded,  unhandsomely 
domestic,  and  dull — how  shall  this  focus  of 
broken  interests,  and  starved  ideals,  and  petty 
disappointments,  and  spiritless  resignations 
— how  shall  this  temple  of  broken  gods  be  a 
home,  a  haven  to  run  for  in  a  storm,  an  altar 


200  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

to  weep  on  in  sorrow,  a  pillar  of  fire  to  guide 
him  in  the  tangle  of  living  ?  How  shall  he 
enter  into  his  chamber  in  silence  for  com- 
munion with  holy  things  when  he  cannot  get 
beyond  the  common  noises  of  the  day,  the 
squalling  of  children  not  his  own,  the  offence 
of  cooking  food,  or  the  greater  offence  of 
spilled  alcohol  ? 

Compare  the  rural  worker  and  the  town 
worker.  The  rural  worker  has  his  open  door  ; 
he  can  walk  miles  without  meeting  another 
like  himself  ;  he  has  fields  to  roam  in,  hills  to 
climb,  trees  to  shade  himself  under,  streams 
that  croon  to  him  when  he  is  weary  and  guide 
his  imagination  when  he  is  glad.  Compared 
with  the  invasive  dust  and  din  of  the  town,  his 
day  is  a  perpetual  Sabbath  of  cleanliness  and 
quiet.  But  he,  too,  has  his  life  of  the  slums  ;: 
no  more  than  the  town-dweller  has  he  learned 
the  uses  of  a  house ;  he  oftener  keeps  it 
clean,  because  there  is  less  dirt  to  invade  it ; 
but  he  as  often  keeps  his  windows  shut  and 
sleeps  in  space  too  little  for  his  dog.  With, 
all  his  advantages  of  open  sky  and  clean  air., 
the  rural  worker  is  not  so  far  in  front  of  the 
town  artisan  as  the  mere  living  in  the  country 
seems  to  indicate.  Often,  he  is  far  behind 
He  suffers  from  damp  houses,  badly  built,  in 
bad  situations.  He  has  difficulty  in  keeping 
the  soil  clean,  in  removing  refuse,  in  providing 


THE  HOUSE  AS  HOME  201 

for  the  elementary  decencies.  All  over,  given 
equal  physique,  he  is  more  vigorous ;  for  he 
has  freer  access  to  the  greater  goods  of  light 
and  air,  and,  which  is  equally  important, 
he  is  less  exhausted  by  the  routine  of  his 
labour  and  the  multitudinous  attacks  that  the 
town  life  makes  on  the  senses  of  eye  and 
ear.  He  is  slow  in  his  actions,  for  he  has  to 
keep  pace  only  with  the  seasons  and  the 
cows ;   not  with  cars,  cabs,  and  trains. 

Consider,  too,  the  worker's  wife.  She 
is  compelled  to  be  industrious ;  she  has  the 
children  for  her  daily  burden.  Usually,  she 
makes  the  children's  clothing ;  she  keeps 
them  constant  in  their  school  attendance ; 
she  assists  them  at  lessons  ;  she  reports  their 
illnesses ;  she  trains  their  characters.  I 
know  of  no  better  ethical  teacher  than  a  good 
artisan's  wife.  She  is  always  in  touch  with 
reality.  She  has  manners  ;  she  has  intelli- 
gence ;  she  has  foresight ;  she  has  ambition. 
But  often  she  runs  under  a  heavy  handicap. 
She  interviews  the  factor  when  the  drains 
are  choked  ;  she  abuses  him  when  he  fails 
to  repair  them  ;  she  pays  the  rent,  she  pays 
the  rates,  she  banks  the  wages  in  the  friendly 
society.  "  I  paid  his  society  money  for 
sixteen  years,  but  he  was  aye  ill  and  over- 
wrocht.  I  fell  back  wi'  the  instalments, 
and  now  Fii  no*  get  a  penny.'*     She  was  the 


202  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


widow  of  a  hard-worked  riveter,  who  had 
given  himself  a  sacrifice  for  children  and  wife, 
dying  of  overwork  at  forty,  and  leaving  his 
wife  to  continue  the  battle. 

How  shall  we  relieve  the  pressure  of  this 
domestic  drudgery  ? 

To  begin  with,  there  are  the  children.  The 
problem  of  the  children  has  been  in  part  solved 
already.  The  older  of  them  go  to  school ; 
they  remain  there  for  a  fair  proportion  of  the 
day  ;  they  come  home  again,  or  remain  for 
a  time  on  the  street,  and  on  the  whole  they 
are  not  too  much  of  a  burden  to  the  weary 
and  heavy-laden  mother.  But  the  children 
of  less  than  school  age  ?  One  is  six  months 
old,  and  demands  constant  nursing.  Another 
is  eighteen  months  or  two  years  old,  and 
demands  constant  supervision.  A  third  is 
three  and  a  half  or  four  years  old,  and  is  just 
capable  of  getting  constantly  into  mischief. 
There  may  be  others,  but  we  shall  rest  at 
three.  To  do  full  justice  to  the  life  of  one 
infant  would  require  more  than  all  the 
mother's  energies,  and  she  has  to  divide 
herself  among  three.  Nor  that  only ;  she 
must  prepare  her  husband's  meals — at  least 
three  in  the  day.  She  may  have  a  lodger, 
and  she  must  prepare  his  meals  —  at  least 
three  in  the  day.  She  must  feed  the  school 
children — ^three  times  a  day.     She  must  wash, 


THE  HOUSE  AS  HOME  203 

she  must  scrub,  she  must  mend,  she  must 
buy,  she  must  cook,  she  must  bake,  she 
must  suckle  the  one  baby  and  keep  the  other 
moderately  clean  and  the  third  moderately 
safe,  she  must  all  day  and  most  of  the  night 
give  of  her  soul  and  body  to  the  needs  of 
others  ;  but  one  thing  she  must  never  do, 
she  must  never  fall  out  of  temper,  and  she 
must  never  feel  tired.  Is  it  a  wonder  if 
now  and  again  the  brave  heart  begins  to 
weary,  and  the  eyes  to  water,  and  the  lips 
to  pale,  and  the  limbs  to  tremble,  and  the 
breath  to  come  fitfully,  and  the  stairs  to 
grow  heavy,  and  the  body  to  grow  thin,  and 
the  interests  to  grow  narrow,  and  the  desire 
of  life  to  run  low,  and  the  world  to  be  too  much 
for  her,  and  the  very  flesh  at  last  to  cry  out 
for  rest — "  Give  us  long  rest  or  death,  dark 
death  or  dreamful  ease  "  ?  Is  it  any  wonder 
if  she  gives  the  biggest  contribution  to  the 
consumption  death-total — she  that  cannot 
venture  into  the  air  because  she  cannot  carry 
the  baby,  and  rarely  sees  the  sun  ?  Do  we 
need  any  more  to  explain  why  the  friendly 
societies  are  there  ?  why  the  doctor  is  kept 
busy  ?  why  infection  multiplies  ?  and  why 
even  a  slum  grows  tolerable  to  its  inmate  ? 
It  is  not  that  they  prefer  darkness,  and  bad 
air,  and  perpetual  labour  ;  it  is  that  the  life 
they   grow   into   is   beyond   their  individual 


204  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

strength.  They  must  go  under  ;  they  do  go 
under. 

Take  a  walk  with  me  down  to  Newhaven, 
This  young  woman  has  lost  her  husband. 
He  was  a  young  fellow  of  good  character — 
capable,  steady,  reliable.  One  night,  on  his 
way  home  from  his  night-work  on  the  railway, 
he  dropped  down  ill.  His  companion  ran  to 
the  nearest  hospital ;  he  was  taken  there  and, 
on  examination,  he  was  found  to  be  suffering 
from  severe  bleeding  of  the  lungs.  He  was 
kept  until  he  had  recovered  sufficiently  to  be 
sent  home.  A  week  later  he  took  a  sudden 
bad  turn  and  died.  On  hearing  of  his  death, 
I  called  at  the  house.  There  I  found  some 
sympathetic  neighbours,  who  had  shown 
the  young  widow  her  duty.  She  was  calm ; 
she  belonged  to  good  people  ;  she  rested  on 
human  sympathy.  She  took  me  to  the  room 
where  her  husband  lay,  telling  me  how  hs 
had  died.  There,  in  a  room  as  clean  and  tidy 
as  if  it  were  in  a  palace,  lay  the  dead  man, 
covered  over  with  sheets  of  spotless  white — 
the  last  sacrifice  on  the  altar  of  personal 
devotion.  The  baby  smiled  and  kept  to  its 
mother,  and  all  was  peace  and  quietness  and 
brave  character. 

Later,  I  saw  the  young  woman  again ; 
but  this  time  her  dream  had  long  gone 
by  and  she  was  once  more  the  Newhaven 


THE  HOUSE  AS  HOME  205 

fisherwoman — clean,  powerful,  foresighted, 
equal  to  the  fate  imposed  upon  her.  It  is 
with  regret  that  one  watches  the  covering 
over  of  that  ancient  and  powerful  people ; 
the  very  houses  are  vanishing  under  our 
eyes  :  the  individuality  of  race  is  invincible, 
but  the  individuals  of  it  are  becoming  less 
and  less  numerous. 

Surely  it  is  not  hopeless  to  think  that 
something  of  the  fine  energy  of  these  peoples 
of  the  sea-border  might  find  a  parallel  in  the 
streets  farther  inland ;  or  must  we,  after  all, 
accept  the  depressing  conclusion  that,  as 
the  freedom  and  risks  of  the  sea  made  that 
great  race  of  fishermen — strong,  independ- 
ent, competent,  fatalistic — so  the  grinding 
monotony  of  the  ordinary  industrial  life 
of  the  towns  makes  a  race  of  feeble  body, 
unsatisfied  mind  —  hopeless,  heedless,  un- 
stirred by  any  excess  of  "  the  will  to  live  "  ? 
One  cannot  think  of  this  as  a  permanent 
consequence  of  industrialism,  even  if  it  be 
for  the  time  inevitable.  In  a  town  of  varied 
occupations,  all  types  are  to  be  found — from 
the  dejection  of  the  dirtiest  slum-labourer  to 
the  buoyancy  of  the  full-blooded  carrier  from 
the  country.  The  continued  infusion  of  fresh 
country  blood  is  the  salvation  of  the  towns ; 
and  usually,  though  the  incomers  are  deeply 
grieved  at  the  town  dust  and  dirt,  they  do. 


206  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

on  the  whole,  maintain  a  higher  standard 
of  management  in  their  houses  than  the 
older  generations  of  town-dwellers.  But 
even  among  the  less  vigorous  of  our  people, 
the  environment  plays  an  enormous  part ; 
and  I  am  satisfied  that  the  energies  of  life 
can  be  organised  to  far  greater  purpose  if 
only  the  fearful  waste  of  a  bad  environment 
could  be  eliminated. 

When  this  is  thoroughly  understood,  some 
consequences  grow  clear.  The  school  is  a 
necessity  ;  the  hospital  is  a  necessity  ;  the 
industrial  school  is  a  necessity ;  the  day- 
nursery  is  a  necessity ;  the  nursery-school  is 
a  necessity  ;  everything  that  increases  the 
energy  of  the  home  by  reducing  the  friction 
to  be  overcome  is,  from  the  standpoint  of 
social  progress,  a  necessity.  As  things  are, 
the  home  ceases  to  be  a  home  because  it  is 
overweighted  with  the  squalid  and  the  un- 
worthy. Remove  these  by  better  external 
organisation,  and  the  home  at  once  has  a 
chance  of  rising  into  the  most  intimate  of 
social  clubs. 

One  morning,  about  five  o'clock,  it  was  my 
painful  duty  to  visit  a  workman's  house  to 
inform  his  wife  that  he  was  dying  in  hospital. 
The  door  was  opened  by  a  child  of  five.  She 
had  risen  from  her  temporary  bed  on  the 


THE  HOUSE  AS  HOME  207 

floor  ;  she  had  been  suffering  from  measles. 
In  the  other  bed  lay  the  mother  and  four 
other  children,  arranged  as  the  accidents  of 
coverings  would  permit :  the  oldest  child 
was,  perhaps,  twelve ;  the  youngest,  a  few 
weeks.  Six  people  slept  in  the  one  room, 
and  this  is  hardly  to  be  called  overcrowding 
compared  with  some  cases  I  could  give.  This 
house,  however,  was  the  home  of  a  respect- 
able workman,  who  would  have  earned  some 
30s.  or  £2  a  week  steadily.  Trouble  had  come 
upon  him  ;  health  failed  ;  the  spirit  had  gone 
out  of  him  ;  poverty  began  to  take  possession  ; 
then  he  died,  and  the  mother  with  her  five 
had  to  face  the  pitiless  world.  In  cases  like 
these,  where  shall  we  begin  with  a  remedy  ? 
And  they  are  to  be  counted  by  the  hundred. 
Yet  this  brave  woman  has  faced  the  desert, 
and  she  has  not  fainted  by  the  way.  The 
oldest  girl  has  gone  to  some  occupation.  The 
others  go  to  school.  The  baby  is  in  hospital. 
The  mother  will,  by  the  help  of  one  institu- 
tion and  another,  climb  up  again  into  the 
circle  of  efficient  citizens  ;  adversity  has  tried 
her  and  tempered  her  ;  it  has  not  subdued 
her.  If  one  could  help  her  by  the  impersonal 
service  of  some  institution  to  nurse  her  weakest 
from  time  to  time,  she  would  gain  in  energy 
without  losing  in  effort ;  society  would  be  a 
true  providence,  seeking  no  reward  but  the 


208  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

reward    of    renewed    endeavour    after    new 
life. 

Even  overcrowding  has  its  good  side.  The 
family  of  the  working  man  is  thrown  so  much 
together  that  the  children  instinctively  cling 
to  one  another.  Here,  for  instance,  is  a 
mother  with  five  children.  The  oldest  is 
about  fourteen,  the  youngest  is  five  months. 
One  of  them  has  German  measles  and  a  cough. 
Another  has  a  sore  throat.  The  mother  is 
herself  suffering  from  the  bad  weather.  It 
is  about  ten  in  the  morning.  They  have 
just  risen — those  of  them  that  are  able.  The 
baby  and  the  two  patients  are  yet  in  bed 
with  the  mother.  The  father  has  gone  early, 
but  he  will  be  home  again  in  the  evening. 
Squalor,  do  you  say  ?  Unhappiness  ?  Not  a 
bit  of  it !  The  baby  is  eyeing  us  all  placidly  ; 
"  she  hath  but  wondered  up  at  the  white 
clouds."  The  three-year-old  at  the  bed-foot 
is  gazing  with  newly  opened  eyes  at  the 
intruders.  The  oldest  boy,  half -dressed,  is 
kissing  his  hand  and  snapping  his  fingers  to 
the  baby.  The  oldest  "  girlie  "  is  exploding 
every  second  with  laughter  at  this  little 
wondering  wonder.  Even  the  mother,  anae- 
mic, depressed,  smiles  with  them.  The  house 
is  not  yet  cleaned  ;  it  may  not  be  to-day  ; 
it  is  not  tidy ;  the  breakfast  dishes  are  not 
cleared   away ;   a   stocking  is  lying   here,   a 


THE  HOUSE  AS  HOME  209 

petticoat  there ;  kitchen  and  bedroom  are 
one  and  the  same.  Yet  have  we  not  here 
for  the  moment,  could  we  but  keep  it,  the 
very  essence  of  the  ideal  family — the  romance 
of  innocence,  fresh  love  untouched  with 
worldliness,  spontaneous  service,  self-sacrifice, 
the  will  to  live,  the  joy  of  life  ?  In  every 
family  those  moments  come  ;  perhaps  among 
the  poor  they  are  more  frequent  than  among 
the  comfortable,  where  personal  service  be- 
comes often  too  conscious  of  itself  and  passes 
into  sentiment ;  but  they  come  only  to  pass 
again,  and  the  very  problem  we  are  seeking 
to  understand  is  how  to  convert  those  sparks 
from  heaven  into  the  steady  light  of  our  every- 
days. 

Now,  further,  as  to  this  overcrowding. 
Let  us  analyse  a  little.  What  amount  of 
space  does  a  healthy  adult  need  to  breathe 
in  ?  To  this  no  one  answer  is  possible. 
But  assume  that  we  are  thinking  of  a  dwelling- 
house  where  a  man  may  have  to  sit  or  move 
about  for  an  average  of  three  or  four  hours  of 
an  evening.  To  keep  the  carbonic  acid  of  the 
fouled  air  down  to  6  parts  per  10,000,  he  will 
require  about  3000  cubic  feet  of  air  per  hour ; 
in  three  hours  he  will  need  9000  cubic  feet. 
That  is,  if  the  room  is  10  feet  wide,  10  feet 
long,  and  10  feet  high,  the  air  in  it  must  be 


2ia  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

completely  changed  three  times  every  hour. 
Most  working  men's  kitchens  are  rather 
larger  than  this  ;  but  furniture  reduces  the 
available  space.  We  may  assume  a  room  of 
1000  cubic  feet  as  a  fair  standard. 

But  the  man  is  rarely  alone.  There  is  his 
wife  ;  there  are  the  children  ;  say,  six  persons 
in  all.  Often  as  not  there  is  a  stranger 
Suppose  we  say  that  the  room's  average 
population  will  be,  at  a  low  figure,  equivalent 
to  five  adults.  As  each  adult  requires  3000 
cubic  feet  of  air  per  hour,  five  will  require 
15,000  cubic  feet.  But  we  have  omitted 
something  very  important.  The  house  is 
lit  with  gas,  and  the  gas  burner  consumes, 
say,  five  cubic  feet  of  coal  gas  (mixed,  I 
believe,  with  some  so-called  "  water  gas," 
or  hydrogen  and  carbonic  oxide)  per  hour. 
The  gas  pollutes  the  air  as  the  human  indi- 
vidual does.  Each  cubic  foot  of  coal  gas 
burnt  per  hour  is,  roughly,  equivalent  in 
polluting  effect  to  half  an  adult ;  five  cubic 
feet  will  be  equivalent  to  two  and  a  half 
adults,  or,  say,  in  round  numbers,  three 
adults.  We  thus  have,  in  our  1000  cubic 
feet,  eight  adults,  each  requiring  3000  cubic 
feet  of  air  per  hour,  that  is,  24,000  cubic  feet 
in  all.  Air  costs  absolutely  nothing ;  it  is 
absolutely  essential  to  life ;  yet  where  are 
these  eight  adults  (five  of  them  alive  and  three 


THE  HOUSE  AS  HOME  211 

of  them  simply  a  gas  burner)  to  get  it  Y  Not 
by  the  kitchen  window,  for  it  was  shut  as 
soon  as  the  light  went  in  and  the  blind  went 
down ;  not  through  the  door,  which  is  kept 
shut  to  keep  the  neighbours  and  the  cats  and 
other  children  and  thieves  out ;  not  by  the 
parlour  window,  for  that  is  open  only  once  a 
week  or  so,  for  fear  the  rain  might  get  in  or 
the  light  spoil  the  carpet.  If  you  stand  up 
on  a  chair,  after  two  hours  of  this  "  home 
life,"  you  soon  come  down  again,  for  the  upper 
levels  of  the  air  are  reeking  with  burnt  gas 
and  hot  vapour.  The  baby  falls  asleep ; 
the  mother  says  it  is  because  he  has  been  out 
so  much,  and  perhaps  he  was  out  an  hour  in 
the  morning.  The  school  children  grow  hot 
in  the  cheeks  and  dull  in  attention.  They 
gradually  grow  drowsy  and  go  to  bed.  The 
father  and  mother  soon  follow — weary  and 
yawning. 

Next  morning  the  room  is  colder ;  the  fire 
has  gone  out ;  they  have  breathed  some  of 
the  air  for  the  hundredth  time  ;  the  father 
brushes  himself  up,  gets  out  into  the  open  air, 
lights  his  pipe,  and  by  the  time  he  reaches 
his  work  he  is  positively  fresh.  The  mother 
never  gets  out  all  day,  and  never  gets  fresh. 
The  children  soon  knock  off  the  depression. 
But  the  baby  gets  the  worst  of  it ;  he  must 
wait  until  he  is  taken  out.     The  windows  at 


212  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

last  are  opened,   and  there  is  a  temporary 
return  to  nature  and  sanity. 

So  far  I  have  spoken  only  of  the  functions 
of  the  house.  Functionally,  as  we  see,  the 
two-  or  three-roomed  house  is  really  a  one- 
roomed  house.  If  this  be  the  result  with 
two  rooms  or  more,  what  shall  we  say  of  the 
real  one-roomed  house  ?  Its  condemnation 
was  written  in  words  of  fire  by  Dr.  J.  Burn 
Russell  of  Glasgow.  I  have  read  no  more 
terrible  indictment  of  a  social  system.  And 
it  was  written  out  of  a  wealth  of  detailed 
knowledge  probably  unsurpassed  in  the 
world. 

The  need  of  a  good  home  is  the  driving 
power  behind  all  the  movements  for  the  better 
Housing  of  the  Working  Classes  and  for  the 
better  Planning  of  Towns.  This  is  not  the 
place  to  discuss  remedies.  But  one  general 
danger  I  may  emphasise. 

There  is  a  tendency  to  separate  the  Town 
Planning  movement  from  the  movement  for 
improving  individual  houses.  This  tendency 
is  natural,  and  the  influences  that  create  it  are 
easily  analysed.  There  is  the  Building  interest, 
which  looks  for  more  possibilities  of  renewing 
its  activity  as  soon  as  one  area  is  built  up. 
There  is  the  Land  interest,  both  owning  and 
speculative,  which  naturally  wants  to  sell  or 


THE  HOUSE  AS  HOME  218 

use  land  to  the  best  financial  purpose.  There  is 
the  Architectural  interest,  which  sees  in  every 
new  scheme  of  an  extended  town  fresh  oppor- 
tunities of  artistic  development.  There  is 
the  Hygienic  interest,  which  welcomes  at  all 
hands  the  spreading  of  the  town  over  a  wider 
area,  if  thereby  the  congestion  of  the  centre  is 
relieved.  But,  with  the  exception  of  the 
Hygienic  interest,  none  of  these  pays  special 
regard  to  the  improving  of  individual  houses. 
That  is  not  for  the  moment  their  point  of 
view.  It  is,  however,  the  ultimately  necessary 
point  of  view  if  the  Town  Planning  movement 
is  to  result  in  improved  dwellings.  The  value 
of  the  Garden  City  movement  lies  mainly 
in  this,  that  it  steadily  combines  the  two 
standpoints — first,  the  provision  of  better 
houses  for  the  individual  dweller,  and,  second, 
the  planning  of  the  town  to  secure  good 
aesthetic  effects. 

Between  the  two  standpoints  there  is,  or 
should  be,  no  fundamental  antagonism  ;  yet 
it  is  unquestionable  that  the  tendency  of  the 
town-planner,  as  such,  is  to  forget  that  the 
final  test  of  town  planning  is  not  the  produc- 
tion of  artistic  towns,  but  the  improvement 
of  individual  housing.  Professor  Rudolph 
Eberstadt,  of  Berlin,  who  has  given  twenty 
years  to  the  study  of  towns,  maintains  that  the 
town-planning  movement  and  the  housing 


214  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

movement  tend  everywhere  to  conflict  On 
general  grounds  this  is  probable,  and  the 
proof  of  it  is  the  city  of  Berlin  itself.  But 
the  conflict  is  not  necessary.  If  we  watch 
the  wave  of  building  as  it  proceeds,  decade 
by  decade,  we  do,  indeed,  note  that  improve- 
ment of  the  margin  goes  hand  in  hand  with 
deterioration  of  the  centre  ;  but  we  also  note 
that  the  new  houses  are  individually  rising 
to  a  higher  standard,  and  that  the  demand  for 
a  higher  standard  continually  asserts  itself  in 
the  old  houses  too. 


CHAPTER  XIV 

DISEASE   AND   DESTITUTION 

Disease  produces  destitution  ;  destitution 
produces  disease.  Both  propositions  are  true  ; 
the  evidence  for  both  is  overwhelming. 

How  does  disease  produce  destitution  ? 
Let  us  follow  a  case.  Here  is  a  workman 
earning  £2  a  week.  He  has  a  wife  and  five 
or  six  children,  and  keeps  them  in  comfort. 
His  wife  develops  tuberculosis  of  the  lungs. 
She  was,  perhaps,  infected  early  in  youth,  and 


DISEASE  AND  DESTITUTION     215 

now,  overworked  and  underfed,  rapidly  be- 
comes unfit  for  her  duty.  What  is  the  husband 
to  do  ?  He  goes  to  his  private  doctor,  who 
advises  sanatorium  treatment.  But  he  finds 
sanatorium  treatment  beyond  his  means.  He 
goes  to  a  voluntary  hospital  in  the  locality, 
seeking  admission  for  his  wife  ;  but  he  finds 
either  that  they  do  not  admit  cases  of  the  kind 
or  that  no  beds  are  available.  For  a  time,  he 
keeps  his  wife  at  home,  procuring  the  best 
treatment  that  his  means  afford.  But,  with 
no  extra  food,  no  fresh  air,  no  constant  medical 
direction,  she  grows  no  better  and  tends  to 
grow  worse.  She  may,  at  the  same  time, 
infect  the  children.  The  husband  occupies 
the  same  room  with  her,  possibly  the  same 
bed.  He,  too,  may  take  the  infection.  At 
last  he  comes  to  the  end  of  his  resources.  He 
cannot  procure  treatment  for  his  wife  and  at 
the  same  time  afford  maintenance  for  his 
children.  He  has  exhausted  every  source  of 
voluntary  assistance.  He  can  no  longer  pay 
his  doctor's  bill.  He  applies  to  the  Inspector 
of  Poor.  In  Scotland,  he  would  not  be 
entitled  to  relief  for  his  wife,  because,  by  law, 
he  is  able-bodied,  and  no  able-bodied  person 
is  entitled  to  relief.  Legally,  therefore,  he 
cannot  have  his  wife  removed  to  the  sick 
wards  of  the  poorhouse  ;  but,  if  the  Poor 
Inspector  and  the  Parish  Council  are  generous, 


216  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

they  may,  as  they  sometimes  do,  admit  such 
a  case  to  the  poorhouse,  and  take  the  risk. 
The  Pubhc  Health  Authority  is  under  legal 
obligation  to  take  charge  of  the  case  ;  but, 
in  many  localities,  the  transfer  from  poor  law 
to  public  health  has  hardly  begun,  and  the 
poorhouse  may  be  the  most  convenient 
destination,  even  if  the  Health  Authority 
pay. 

His  wife  is  now  provided  for,  and  the  house- 
hold for  a  time  thrives.  But,  driven  by  the 
cares  of  a  sick  consort  and  himself  over- 
worked, he  gradually  loses  condition  and 
ultimately  shows  signs  of  tuberculosis  himself. 
The  infection  of  a  husband  by  a  tubercular 
wife  is  said  not  to  be  common — statistically  ; 
but  the  infrequency  of  the  occurrence  does 
not  help  the  individual  case,  and,  whether 
infected  by  the  wife  or  not,  this  man  suffers 
from  the  disease.  For  a  time  he  fights  on  ; 
he  asks  for  easier  work ;  he  has  frequent 
periods  off  work,  coming  on  his  friendly 
society  for  sick  pay.  At  last  he  is  thrown 
out  of  his  skilled  occupation  and  falls  into  the 
ranks  of  unskilled  labour.  Here  he  finds  that 
his  children  begin  seriously  to  suffer.  His 
wages  are  now  inadequate  for  their  full  main- 
tenance. The  disease  advances  until  he  is 
entirely  disabled.  Then  he  goes  through  the 
same  weary  round  as  his  wife,  and  ultimately 


DISEASE  AND  DESTITUTION     217 

joins  her  in  the  poorhouse,  or  in  the  Health 
Authority's  hospital.  The  children  are 
boarded  out. 

Pulmonary  tuberculosis  alone  accounts  for 
hundreds  of  cases  like  these.  Any  one  that 
knows  anything  of  the  lives  of  an  industrial 
town  can  add  other  illustrations  from  his 
own  experience. 

When  tuberculosis  of  the  lungs  goes  hand 
in  hand  with  destitution,  they  move  round 
in  a  vicious  circle.  The  disease  causes  the 
destitution ;  the  destitution  aggravates  the 
disease.  This  is  above  all  true  of  tuberculosis  ; 
for  an  essential  condition  of  recovery  is  the 
provision  of  excess  nourishment.  If  you 
would  have  more  evidence,  go  to  the  work- 
house infirmaries  of  England,  or  the  sick 
wards  of  the  great  Scottish  poorhouses. 
There  you  will  find  cases  in  hundreds,  not  of 
phthisis  alone,  but  of  many  other  preventable 
diseases  ;  and,  if  you  track  out  their  histories, 
you  will,  in  many  a  case,  find  it  difficult  to 
determine  whether  the  disease  came  first  or 
the  destitution  came  first.  It  is  certain  that 
they  are  bed-fellows  now. 

A  poor  person,  suffering  from  non-infectious 
illness,  has  no  claim  on  public  funds  unless 
he  is  destitute.  He  is,  therefore,  deterred 
by  the  conditions  attached  to  the  relief.  It 
is,  I  think,  accepted  by  all  that  destitution 


218  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

as  a  condition  of  medical  service  does,  in  a 
considerable  degree,  deter  the  really  sick 
from  invoking  public  assistance. 

But  this  condition  has  a  further  conse- 
quence. It  prevents  the  medical  service  of 
a  destitution  authority  from  ever  becoming 
effectively  preventive.  Of  the  many  pre- 
ventable diseases  already  mentioned,  some 
may,  on  occasion,  lead  straight  to  destitution 
and  disablement.  But  the  patient  will  not 
come  to  the  Poor  Law  for  treatment  until 
no  other  treatment  is  to  be  had.  A  disease, 
therefore,  that,  in  its  acute  state,  might  be 
easily  cured  and  possibly  prevented,  tends  by 
the  delay  to  become  chronic  and  incurable. 
This  type  of  fact  is  accepted  both  by  the 
Majority  and  the  Minority  of  the  recent 
Royal  Commission  on  the  Poor  Laws.  A 
deduction  so  obvious  from  premises  so  easily 
verifiable  could  scarcely  be  disputed.  Bui: 
if  a  medical  service  cannot  be  preventive, 
its  maintenance  must  be  in  some  proportion 
a  waste  of  money.  It  is  certainly  true  that 
masses  of  preventable  disease  are,  at  th(3 
present  moment,  untouched  by  any  preventive 
medical  service. 

Look  now  at  the  Public  Health  service. 
It  is  grounded  in  the  idea  of  prevention.  Its 
administrative  evolution  has  steadily  followed 
preventive  lines.     It  has  shown  in  practice 


DISEASE  AND  DESTITUTION    219 

that  masses  of  the  infectious  diseases  are 
entirely  preventable,  that  others  are  capable 
of  control,  that  others  are  capable  of  ameliora- 
tion. Everywhere,  it  goes  on  both  improv- 
ing the  environment  and  providing  for  the 
individual. 

But  the  movement  has  revealed  another  fact. 
It  has  shown  that,  between  the  infectious 
diseases  proper  and  general  diseases  due  to 
environment,  there  is  no  steady  line  of 
separation.  The  more  the  individual  person 
is  studied,  the  more  his  disease-conditions 
get  allocated  to  environmental  agencies.  But 
this  means  that  the  concept  of  prevention 
must  be  extended.  It  cannot  be  any  longer 
confined  to  the  infectious  diseases,  great 
though  that  group  is.  Already  the  adminis- 
trative organisations  deal  with  the  poisonings 
incident  to  certain  trades,  and  do  what  pre- 
ventive regulation  can  do  to  prevent  their 
occurrence.  But  the  preventive  service  can 
hardly  stop  at  regulation.  It  will,  in  the 
course  of  events,  pass  on  to  the  provision  of 
treatment. 

If  this  be  so,  the  tendency  to  place  disease 
on  a  footing  independent  of  destitution  will 
gather  momentum.  Every  development  of 
medical  service  within  the  last  twenty  years 
has  followed  preventive  lines — notification  of 
births,  milk-dep6ts.   health- visiting,    medical 


220  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

inspection  of  schools.  Any  new  developments, 
it  is  practically  certain,  must  do  the  same. 
Fifty  years  of  public  health  administration 
have  educated  the  general  mind  in  the  ad- 
vantages of  early  diagnosis  by  skilled  people 
and  early  treatment  in  suitable  institutions. 
The  general  opinion  thus  generated  is  not 
likely  to  stand  still. 

There  are,  I  am  aware,  economic  difficulties 
no  less  than  administrative  difficulties.  But 
the  economic  difficulties  will  be  at  least  in 
part  surmounted  by  the  next  great  step  in 
the  prevention  of  sickness,  namely,  obligatory 
Insurance  of  Workmen.  To  this  let  us  now 
turn  for  a  moment. 


CHAPTER  XV 


INSURANCE    METHODS    OF   PREVENTING 
SICKNESS 

Insurance  against  sickness  is  not  itself  a 
preventive  remedy,  but  it  leads  to  prevention. 
This  is  the  experience  of  every  country  that 
has  organised  compulsory  insurance  of  work- 


INSURANCE  AND  SICKNESS      221 

men.  Over  twenty  years  ago,  Germany 
established  a  system  of  compulsory  insurance 
of  wage-earners.  The  system  did  not  begin 
with  the  open  intention  of  preventing  disease, 
but  it  has  everywhere  had  that  result.  The 
best  illustration  is  tuberculosis. 

Recently,  at  an  International  Congress, 
Herr  Bielefeldt,  President  of  the  Imperial 
Insurance  Office,  gave  an  account  both  of  the 
insurance  system  and  of  the  preventive 
methods  developed  under  it.  The  benefits 
conferred  by  the  insurance  against  sickness 
are  chiefly  these — first,  sick  benefit  during 
disablement  caused  by  a  disease.  Here  the 
benefit  runs  for  at  least  twenty-six  weeks. 
In  different  localities,  different  amounts  may 
be  allowed,  but  the  amount  allowed  must  be 
at  least  half  of  the  average  earnings  accord- 
ing to  local  usage.  Second,  assistance  to 
the  workman's  family  while  he  is  treated  in 
hospital.  This  money  assistance  amounts  to 
half  of  the  sick  allowance.  Third,  money 
assistance  for  six  weeks  to  women  during 
confinement.  The  amount  is  equal  to  the 
sick  pay.  Fourth,  in  the  event  of  death,  an 
allowance  to  the  parent  of  the  deceased — 
this  allowance  amounting  to  twenty  times 
the  average  daily  earnings.  So  much  for 
sickness  insurance. 

There    are    also    certain    allowances    tor 


222  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


disablement    extending    beyond    twenty-six 
weeks,  and  allowances  for  old  age. 

Here  the  wage-earner  is  under  obligation 
to  insure.  The  money  so  accumulated  must 
be  expended  in  his  service.  Insurance 
organisations  have  found  that,  in  certain 
diseases,  it  is  more  profitable  to  treat  early 
with  a  view  to  prevention  than  to  wait  till  the 
patient  is  a  permanent  invalid.  Tuberculosis 
is  a  striking  example.  In  the  early  stages  of 
insurance,  all  that  was  guaranteed  was  medical 
treatment  and  the  necessary  medicines.  But 
the  insurance  associations  were  under  obli- 
gation themselves  to  provide  the  medical 
attention  and  medicines.  This  led  to  a 
closer  study  of  the  problems  of  treatment. 
At  first,  no  doubt,  the  associations  tended  to 
save  money  on  the  price  of  drugs.  But, 
gradually,  the  conviction  grew  that  the 
common  interest  of  the  association  and  its 
members  lay  in  the  rapid,  efficacious  and 
continuous  provision  of  medical  assistance. 
The  number  of  doctors  was  increased.  Speci- 
alists were  engaged.  Among  others  there 
were  specialists  for  tuberculosis.  It  is  to 
these  considerations  that  the  immense  activity 
of  the  sickness  insurance  societies  is  due. 
Year  by  year  they  have  expanded  their  scheme 
of  treatment,  always  along  the  line  of  pre- 
vention.     To-day    it    is    possible    for    their 


I 


INSURANCE  AND  SICKNESS      223 

members  to  have  full  advantage  of  the 
methods  of  modern  medicine — the  resources 
of  bacteriology,  of  radiography,  of  hydro- 
therapeutics,  electric  treatment,  massage,  etc. 
In  some  cases,  the  associations  allow  to 
their  members  tonics  in  the  form  of 
milk,  wine,  various  drugs,  and  mineral  waters. 
In  a  serious  case  of  tuberculosis,  they  offer 
gratuitously  the  service  of  nurses,  or  treat- 
ment at  a  watering-place,  the  open-air  cure, 
and  the  like.  There  is  also  available  treat- 
ment in  a  hospital  or  a  clinic.  Everywhere 
over  Germany,  as  the  result  of  experience, 
the  sickness  insurance  associations  have  de- 
veloped hospitals,  clinics,  and  sanatoriums, 
all  on  preventive  lines. 

In  whatever  way,  therefore,  insurance 
against  sickness  may  start,  it  necessarily  ends 
in  the  development  of  preventive  methods. 
The  economic  difficulties  are  thus  partially 
solved.  But  many  administrative  diffi- 
culties remain.  In  Germany,  when  the 
system  of  insurance  began,  the  public  health 
movement,  though  it  reckoned  great  names, 
was  administratively  not  so  fully  developed 
as  it  is  in  Great  Britain  to-day.  Doubtless, 
had  the  health  organisations  of  town  and 
county  been  fully  organised,  they  would 
have  been  worked  directly  into  the  service. 
To   some   extent,    indeed,    they   were.     For, 


224  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


^ 


in  the  leading  German  towns,  hospitals  for 
the  treatment  both  of  infectious  and  of 
non-infectious  diseases  are  part  of  the  muni- 
cipal system.  There  are,  of  course,  many 
voluntary  hospitals  ;  but,  unlike  our  customs 
in  Britain,  the  treatment  of  general  sickness 
on  the  Continent  has  largely  fallen  to  muni- 
cipal hospitals.  These  institutions,  there- 
fore, are  available  as  a  working  part  of  the 
insurance  system.  To  that  extent,  the 
insurance  societies  have  the  advantage  of 
hospitals  under  public  management. 

In  Britain,  the  course  of  administrative 
evolution  has  been  somewhat  different.  It 
is  only  now,  but  with  the  advantage  of  con- 
tinental experience,  that  insurance  against 
sickness  is  to  be  instituted.  It  proceeds 
frankly  from  the  beginning  on  preventive 
lines.  It  will  cover  a  large  part  of  the  field 
of  sickness  and  disablement.  It  therefore 
necessarily  takes  with  it  the  health  authorities 
everywhere  established  in  England,  Scotland, 
and  Ireland.  These  authorities,  directly  or 
indirectly,  will  therefore  have  their  bounds 
enormously  widened.  They  will  be  no  longer 
authorities  merely  for  securing  the  sanitation 
of  the  environment  and  the  prevention  of 
infectious  diseases.  They  will  be  animated 
by  a  broader  outlook  They  will  scan  the 
whole  environment  as  it  is  m  relation  to  the 


INSURANCE  AND  SICKNESS      225 

individual.  They  will  push  their  analysis 
of  the  causes  of  disease  until  every  producer 
of  disablement  is  revealed,  whether  the 
disablement  come  from  infection,  or  from 
poisoning,  or  from  the  dust  diseases,  or  any 
other  of  the  occupational  diseases.  The 
line  between  public  health  and  individual 
health,  always  merely  provisional,  will  at 
last  disappear.  The  individual  will  no  longer 
be  in  abstract  antagonism  to  the  community 
he  lives  in  ;  he  will,  even  by  his  cash  nexus, 
find  himself  an  organic  unit  of  the  greater 
organisation. 

And  so  a  system  of  individual  insurance 
reveals  new  social  relationships.  The  system 
shows  itself  as,  after  all,  only  a  specialisation 
of  the  public  health  movement.  That  move- 
ment began  with  an  inspection  of  the  grosser 
defects  of  the  environment ;  it  ends  with  a 
minute  scrutiny  of  the  individual.  Yet  the 
line  of  evolution  is  perfectly  continuous.  At 
no  stage  can  it  be  said,  here  is  a  definite  end. 
There  can  be  no  end  until  the  individual,  in 
his  passionate  desire  for  health,  finds  that 
the  common  health  service  is  the  only  instru- 
ment that  can  achieve  his  individual  aims. 

It  was  this  high  purpose  that  created  the 
scheme  of  National  Health  Insurance  pre- 
sented to  the  House  of  Commons  by  Mr.  Lloyd 

H 


226  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

George,  Chancellor  of  the  Exchequer,  on  the 
4th  of  May  1911,  a  red-letter  day  in  the  his- 
tory of  industrial  democracy.  The  scheme 
is,  perhaps,  the  most  comprehensive  scheme 
of  Health  Service  that  has  yet  emerged  in 
any  civilisation.  It  has  in  it  the  beginnings 
of  a  vast  revolution  in  medical  organisation. 
It  concerns  the  daily  lives  of  some  fifteen 
millions  of  people.  It  brings  the  enormous 
individual  energies  of  the  great  Friendly 
Societies  into  relation  with  the  social  energies 
of  the  public  organisations.  It  is  a  new  corre- 
lation of  social  forces  to  prevent  disease  and 
to  establish  health.  And,  politically,  it  has 
caught  the  imagination  of  all  sections  of 
society  It  has  stilled  the  criticism  of  the 
political  partisan.  It  has  evoked  the  cool 
consideration  of  the  expert.  It  has  persuaded 
the  mind  of  the  man  of  business.  It  has 
opened  before  the  eye  of  the  worker  new  ways 
in  the  wilderness  of  living.  It  has  devised 
new  services  for  the  health  authorities.  It 
provides  them  with  resources  for  the  extension 
of  their  beneficent  activities.  The  Chancel- 
lor's exposition  of  his  scheme  showed  that  the 
measure  was  a  great  one.  The  impression  is 
but  deepened  by  the  detailed  study  of  the 
Bill. 

The  State  arranges  for  the  collection  of  the 
funds.     By  Mr.  Lloyd  George's  original  pro- 


INSURANCE  AND  SICKNESS      227 

posals  a  workman  would  contribute  4d.  a 
week,  a  workwoman  3d.  a  week,  the  employer 
3d.  a  week.  The  State  would  contribute  two- 
ninths  of  the  benefit  in  the  case  of  men  and 
one-fourth  in  the  case  of  women.  Certain 
classes  of  worker  are  excluded.  But  certain 
classes  may  be  admitted  as  voluntary  con- 
tributors. 

The  funds  are  distributed  by  the  State 
through  two  channels — first,  the  Friendly 
Societies;  second,  a  special  organisation  named 
the  "Local  Health  Committee."  The  Friendly 
Societies  must  be  approved  by  the  State,  and 
must  undertake  to  provide  for  their  members 
certain  minimum  benefits.  For  those  not  in 
Friendly  Societies,  the  State  distributes  the 
collected  money  through  a  Local  Health  Com- 
mittee, representing  four  main  interests — 
the  local  authorities  for  public  health,  the 
Friendly  Societies,  the  insured  persons  not  in 
Friendly  Societies,  and  the  State  itself.  This 
Committee  is  the  principal  new  creation  of 
the  Bill. 

What  form  shall  the  distributed  money 
take  ?  Look  first  at  the  minimum  benefits 
made  possible  by  the  contributions  of  work- 
man, employer,  and  State.  For  all  those 
insured  in  Friendly  Societies,  there  must  be 
the  following  :  The  insured  person  will  re- 
ceive medical  attendance  throughout  life. 
h2 


228  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

The  allowance  in  sickness  according  to  the 
original  Bill  would  be  at  the  rate  of  10s.  a 
week  for  men  and  7s.  6d.  a  week  for  women 
for  thirteen  weeks  from  the  fourth  day  of 
sickness,  and  5s.  for  the  next  thirteen  weeks. 
For  the  remainder  of  sickness,  however  long 
it  lasts,  the  insured  person  would  receive  5s. 
a  week.  A  provision  of  immense  value  is  the 
provision  for  maternity  benefit,  to  be  received 
if  the  mother  is  either  herself  insured,  or  is 
the  wife  of  an  insured  person.  As  the  Old 
Age  Pension  system  already  in  force  pro- 
vides for  persons  over  seventy,  the  benefits 
under  the  present  scheme  cease  at  that 
age. 

Out  of  the  whole  contributions  a  proportion 
per  person  insured  must  be  set  aside  for  a 
Sanatorium  Fund.  This  fund  will  be  con- 
trolled by  the  Local  Health  Committee.  I1: 
will  be  used  for  the  provision  and  manage- 
ment of  sanatoria  of  all  kinds — sanatoria  fo:? 
tuberculosis  being  at  the  moment  the  most 
prominent.  But  other  diseases  may  also  be 
provided  for.  Further,  a  substantial  vote 
would  enable  local  authorities  and  others 
to  provide  sanatoria  and  other  institutions 
for  the  treatment  of  tuberculosis  and  such 
other  diseases  as  the  Local  Government 
Board  may  appoint,  this  sum  being  dis- 
tributed  by   the    Local  Government  Board, 


INSURANCE  AND  SICKNESS      229 

which,  as  the  central  authority  for  health, 
controls  the  whole  health  policy  of  the  local 
authorities. 

There  is  another  major  provision.  If,  in 
any  locality,  there  is  any  excess  of  sickness 
among  the  insured,  the  Local  Health  Com- 
mittee or  a  Friendly  Society  may  demand  an 
inquiry  by  the  State  Department  concerned — 
the  Home  Office,  for  instance,  or  the  Local 
Government  Board.  If  the  excess  of  sickness 
can  be  shown  to  be  due  to  the  conditions  or 
nature  of  the  employment,  or  to  bad  housing, 
or  to  insanitary  conditions  in  any  locality,  or 
to  defective  or  contaminated  water-supply, 
or  to  the  neglect  on  the  part  of  any  person  or 
authority  to  observe  or  enforce  the  provisions 
of  any  Act  relating  to  the  health  of  the  workers 
in  factories,  workshops,  mines,  quarries,  or 
other  industries,  or  relating  to  public  health, 
or  the  housing  of  the  working  classes,  or  any 
regulations  made  under  any  such  Act,  or  to 
observe  or  enforce  any  public  health  precau- 
tions,— then  the  various  persons  or  bodies 
concerned  may  have  to  make  good  the  differ- 
ence of  expense  due  to  the  excess  of  sickness 
so  caused.  These  provisions  are  of  immense 
range,  and  place  the  prevention  of  disease  on 
the  bed-rock  of  personal  money  interest. 

The  Bill  also  contains  a  scheme  for  insur- 
ance against  unemployment.     But  this  eon- 


230  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

cerns  health  only  indirectly,  and  may  here  be 
disregarded. 

The  details  fox'the  realisation  of  these  great 
ends  occupy  in  the  original  Bill  nearly  eighty 
large  pages  of  foolscap.  The  experience  of 
other  countries  has  been  taken  as  a  guide,  not 
as  a  model.  The  special  conditions  of  British 
society  have  led  to  the  great  proportional  part 
played  by  voluntary  organisations.  And  the 
contributing  persons  control  the  destination 
of  their  contributions.  But  the  official  health 
authorities  receive  not  only  new  powers,  but 
new  stimulus  to  use  them.  As  time  goes 
on,  the  movement  towards  prevention  will 
steadily  increase  in  volume.  The  health  of 
the  person  and  the  health  of  the  community 
will  be  once  more  revealed  as  but  two  phases 
of  a  single  problem. 

And  this  leads  to  our  last  chapter,  whero 
all  the  threads  are  woven  into  a  flowing 
pattern,  which  is  the  progressive  synthesis 
of  prevention  and  cure. 


THE  HEALTH  MOVEMENT   231 
CHAPTER  XVI 

THE  EVOLUTION  OF  THE  HEALTH  MOVEMENT 

Dr.  J.  Burn  Russell  struck  a  high  ethical 
note  in  his  Evolution  of  the  Function  of 
Public   Health  Administration. 

He  spoke  not  as  an  administrator  only. 
He  was  a  stern  pleader  for  social  righteous- 
ness. The  burden  of  his  twenty-six  years 
of  administration  was — "  Comfort  ye,  com- 
fort ye  my  people."  How  much  Scotland 
and  the  world  owe  to  his  personal  devotion 
none  can  conjecture  except  those  that  knew 
him.  But  the  city  of  Glasgow  published  a 
Memorial  Volume  of  his  writings.  And  there 
the  record  of  a  great  and  patient  adminis- 
trator can  be  read.  He  could  clothe  statistical 
dry  bones  with  the  flesh  and  blood  of  an  in- 
formed social  doctrine.  His  diagrams  have 
passed  into  the  text-books ;  his  intensive 
studies  of  housing  are  classics  in  their  kind ; 
but  the  science  of  them  was  informed  by  a 
singular  righteousness  and  potency  of  con- 
viction. 

The  story  his  writings  tell  is  a  marvellous 
one.  It  reveals  the  progress  of  a  community 
more  convincingly  than  any  mere  history  of 
institutions.     It  lays  bare  the  nerve  of  social 


232  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


health,  the  minimum  conditions  of  individual 
growth,  the  contrast  between  the  listless 
neglect  of  fifty  years  ago  and  the  skilled 
services  of  to-day.  Surely  the  Service  of  Man 
owns  no  higher,  no  more  honourable  minister 
than  him  whose  mission  it  is  to  cleanse,  to 
purify,  to  sweeten  the  bright  air,  to  shine 
the  light  into  dark  places,  to  fill  with  the  joy 
of  living  the  highways  and  byways,  the  alleys 
and  the  lanes,  the  courts  and  the  wynds  and 
the  reeking  cloisters  of  the  social  under-world. 
For  in  that  dim  land  the  primary  ritual  of 
nature  has  passed  from  the  memory ;  misery 
and  filth  clog  the  spontaneity  of  life  and 
overload  the  will ;  there  is  nothing  but  torpor 
and  hunger  and  the  melancholy  vices  of 
personal  degeneracy. 

Fifty  years  ago,  Glasgow  stood  first  among 
the  cities  of  the  kingdom  for  wretchedness., 
for  filth,  for  the  multifarious  hordes  of  disease 
that  follow  them.  But  the  fifty  years  sslw 
the  birth  of  a  new  movement,  which  is  no^' 
sweeping  round  the  world.  In  every  great 
city  the  same  problems  have  to  be  faced  ; 
but  the  science  of  administration  has  gone 
steadily  forward.  Glasgow  is  but  a  type. 
How  she  shook  herself  free  from  the  night- 
mare of  typhus  and  all  it  meant ;  how, 
through  panic  and  error,  she  passed  from  one 
bad  method  to  another  less  bad,  and  how  at 


THE  HEALTH  MOVEMENT       233 

last,  like  all  city  organisations,  she  came  to 
follow  a  policy  designed  and  defined  by  a 
genuine  social  insight,  form  one  of  the  finest 
illustrations  of  the  transit  from  a  vaguely 
felt  social  need  to  the  scientific  elaboration 
of  an  administrative  system. 

What  one  city  in  a  hundred  years  of  her 
history  shows,  every  city  in  the  world  shows 
in  its  own  degree  and  kind.  For  the  move- 
ment towards  health  is  world-wide.  And 
it  is  not  limited  to  the  cities  alone.  There 
are  the  rural  areas,  more  thinly  peopled, 
it  is  true,  but  feeling  their  needs  as  warmly 
and  developing  their  systems  of  administra- 
tion as  scientifically. 

It  was  in  1889  that  the  great  departure 
in  rural  administration  took  place  in  Scotland. 
It  was  then  that  the  Parish  as  an  adminis- 
trative unit  for  public  health  was  superseded 
by  the  County  Council  and  the  District 
Committees.  For  twenty  years,  the  Public 
Health  Acts  in  the  counties  had  lain  quietly 
on  the  parochial  tables, — Acts  that,  in  many 
of  their  provisions,  were  far  in  advance  of  the 
general  opinions  of  their  day.  But  I  remem- 
ber well  how,  as  young  medical  officers  of 
health,  we  were  stirred  by  the  new  movement 
towards  better  social  organisation.  The  field 
was  wide.  There  were  no  guides  to  help  us 
in  our  duty.     Some  of  us  had  had  experience 


234  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


n 


in  the  towns ;  some  of  us  had  to  invent  our 
experience  in  the  counties.  The  irrespon- 
sible studies  of  the  University  had  here  to 
meet  the  hard  necessities  of  administration 
in  a  world  where  individual  houses  were 
separated  by  miles,  where  the  farms  were 
incipient  communities,  where  villages  pre- 
sented the  problems  of  budding  cities  without 
the  city  resources,  where,  in  a  word,  the 
whole  common  organisation  was  difficult  to 
discover  and  more  difficult  to  make  effective. 
It  was  then  that  one  felt  how  little  the  laws 
can  do  until  the  common  heart  is  moving. 
But  it  did  not  take  long  to  unlock  the  feelings 
of  men  in  the  counties.  They  were  only 
waiting  for  a  lead.  The  newly  created  county 
medical  officers  became  the  points  of  contact 
between  the  world  of  scientific  ideas  and  the 
world  of  social  needs.  The  hygienic  con- 
science was  awakening. 

What  was  the  material  we  had  to  work 
upon  ?  The  whole  range  of  rural  life  in  farm, 
in  village,  and  in  small  town.  The  farm  hi 
a  simple  social  unit,  which,  on  the  whole, 
understands  well  the  hygiene  of  animals, 
not  so  well  the  hygiene  of  men.  Pigs  must 
pay;  men  are  free.  Pigs  for  pigs,  therefore, 
are  often  better  off  than  men  for  men.  It  is 
not  one  or  an  occasional  farm,  but  many,  I 
have  seen,  where  absolutely  the  animals  had 


THE  HEALTH  MOVEMENT       235 

more  space,  more  air,  altogether  a  healthier 
home,  than  the  men  that  tended  them. 

It  is  natural ;  for,  unlike  animals,  men  are 
held  fit  to  house  themselves.  And,  on  the 
other  side,  the  plain  dispositions  of  farm  life 
are  not  so  easily  offended  ;  a  daily  familiarity 
with  dirt  lets  the  sense  for  handsomeness 
drop,  and  nothing  more  astonishes  a  cowherd 
than  to  indicate  how  much  cleaner  his  cow- 
shed might  be,  or  a  long-lived  crofter  how 
much  better  aired  his  stables  might  be. 
If,  thus,  with  animals,  where  good  hygiene 
is  so  much  in  hard  cash,  the  attention  is  not 
all  it  should  be,  how  much  worse  is  it  with 
human  beings,  whose  health  is  a  secondary 
thing  to  their  passing  and  seasonal  efficiency 
It  was  the  work  of  the  medical  officer  to 
disturb  this  quiescence,  to  place  the  ideal 
higher,  to  generate  a  social  sensitiveness 
that  should  regard  filth  as  an  indecency, 
defective  ventilation  as  a  breach  of  fashion, 
and  more  sleeping  space  as,  at  least,  a  legiti- 
mate ambition.  In  a  lower  middle -class 
house  with  what  certainty  may  you  find 
"  oils "  in  the  dining-room,  engravings  or 
etchings  in  the  drawing-room,  and  not  for 
worlds  an  ornamental  tea-table  in  the  break- 
fast parlour  \  The  poor  man's  menage  is 
less  elaborate  ;  but  there  is  much  in  it  that 
he  knows  not  how  to  use,   or  that  he  has 


236  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


^ 


caught  a  bad  fashion  of  using.  At  least, 
he  may  be  taught  that  windows  should  always 
open  ;  that  chimneys  should  never  be  closed  ; 
that  if  the  kitchen  is  warmer  in  the  winter, 
his  spare  room  is  fresher  to  feed  in  for  the 
summer ;  and  that  in  illness  "  under  the  bed  " 
is  not  a  good  place  for  odds  and  ends,  least  of 
all  for  use  as  a  wardrobe.  These  defects  of 
living  the  medical  officer  of  health  could 
bring  to  a  clear  consciousness ;  he  could 
initiate  a  "  fashion "  of  healthiness ;  and 
thus  he  could,  as  it  were,  sensitise  the  major 
decencies. 

In  our  smaller  villages  the  material  was 
not  much  different.  For  what  are  our  vil- 
lages ?  Here  is  one  stuck  down,  a  few 
houses  at  the  meeting-point  of  two  roads. 
The  inhabitants  are  labouring  people,  farm 
hands,  and  the  like  ;  shopkeepers,  to  supply 
the  mixed  group  with  food ;  a  carpenter's 
shop,  a  smithy,  and  not  infrequently  a 
common  lodging-house.  Sixty  years  or  more 
ago,  the  mail  coach  passed  this  way  ;  that 
accounts  for  the  inn,  which  now  suppliers 
alcohol  to  the  group.  The  horses  rested  or 
changed  there.  By  and  by,  another  house 
got  stuck  down  near  the  inn  ;  yet  later  the 
gregarious  instinct,  and  perhaps  the  cheap- 
ness of  useless  land,  produced  another  and 
another ;    till   now  you   see  it — inn,   school- 


THE  HEALTH  MOVEMENT       237 

house,  church,  and  village  congregation. 
The  houses  are  not  ungainly  ;  the  walls  are 
kept  white,  the  windows  black-bordered,  the 
doorsteps  clean ;  but  what  of  sanitation  ? 
What  of  the  water,  for  instance  ?  There 
is  the  original  well,  enough  for  one,  enough 
for  two,  for  three ;  but  too  little  for  the 
group  of  families  now  constituting  a  com- 
munity. New  wells  must  be  made ;  they 
are  made.  But  in  this  haphazard,  unguided 
growth,  the  assumptions  of  heedless  farm 
life  are  slowly  causing  degeneration  in  the 
incipient  town.  For  refuse  accumulates ; 
drains  are  not  made ;  pigsties  are  not 
cleaned  ;  ash-heaps  are  not  changed  ;  and 
the  houses  become  unhealthy,  damp,  hardly 
habitable.  And,  a  worse  result,  the  wells 
are  defiled.  In  our  pastoral  and  agricultural 
counties  this  is  the  history  of  village  on 
village.  It  is  much  to  abate  the  major 
nuisances  ;  it  is  more  to  teach  their  future 
avoidance  ;  it  is  most,  and  most  to  aim  at, 
to  generate,  in  the  affairs  of  health,  the 
social  feeling  that  keeps  the  walls  white  and 
the  doorsteps  clean.  And  this,  it  seems  to 
me,  was  not  beyond  the  scope  of  a  medical 
officer's  legitimate  efforts. 

What  methods  were  devised  to  stir  up 
the  rural  mind,  I  need  not  indicate ;  but 
to-day  there  is  not  a  district  of  these  com- 


238  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


I 


munities  that  has  not  better  water,  better 
houses,  better  drainage,  better  hospital  ac- 
commodation, than  twenty  years  ago.  The 
organisation  of  pubHc  health  in  Scotland  has 
everywhere  advanced  with  an  ever-increasing 
acceleration.  To  those  that  knew  the 
counties  and  some  towns  twenty  years  ago 
and  that  know  them  now,  the  total  difference 
is  barely  credible.  Perhaps  to  the  men 
engaged  in  effecting  the  evolution,  the  pro- 
gress has  not  always  been  the  thing  most 
visible ;  but  the  progress  has  been  vast. 
Health  authorities  have  become  a  reality. 
Even  the  economic  value  of  health  has 
become  an  impelling  force.  District  Com- 
mittees, Burgh  Councils,  and  County  Councils 
spend  much  time,  energy,  and  money  in  giving 
concrete  form  to  the  prescriptions  of  the 
public  health  laws.  And  these  changes 
followed  on  two  main  changes, — the  areas 
mere  made  large  enough  to  let  administration 
become  effective,  and  medical  officers  were 
appointed  to  prevent  disease. 

But  these  are  only  local  manifestations  c>f 
the  Public  Health  movement.  In  England, 
it  started  consciously  in  the  early  years  of  the 
nineteenth  century,  when  Edwin  Chadwick 
was  still  young.  Chadwick's  father,  it  is 
worth  mentioning,  had  seen  Napoleon  drilling 
troops  in  the  Champ  de  Mars,  and  it  is  not 


THE  HEALTH  MOVEMENT       239 

far-fetched  to  believe  that  the  younger  Chad- 
wick  inherited  some  elements  of  the  Revolu- 
tion spirit.  Anyhow,  Chadwick  is  the  great 
name  in  several  beginnings,  and  certainly  in 
the  beginning  of  the  modern  Public  Health 
movement. 

His  "  Report  on  the  Sanitary  Condition  of 
the  Labouring  Classes  of  Great  Britain " 
was  the  result  of  Lord  John  Russell's  com- 
mission in  1839,  and  remains  to  this  day  a 
classic  in  its  kind.  There  is  hardly  a  subject 
of  interest  to  modern  society  that,  at  some 
stage,  he  did  not  handle  and  illuminate. 
The  value  of  life,  life  as  a  commercial  prob- 
lem, life  in  prisons,  days  of  sickness  among 
the  masses,  dietaries,  registration  of  births, 
marriages,  and  deaths,  taxes  on  knowledge, 
the  economics  of  intemperance,  education, 
the  physiological  and  psychological  limits  of 
mental  labour,  the  half-time  system,  physical 
training  for  trade  unionists,  the  construction 
of  schools,  pensions  to  school  teachers,  cheap 
railways,  employers'  liabilities,  sewerage, 
cremation,  over-crowding,  ventilation,  un- 
healthy trades,  epidemics,  war,  poor-law, 
police,  and  the  multitude  of  phenomena 
indicated  by  them, — these  were  the  occupa- 
tion of  Chadwick's  immense  and  unremitting 
energy.  The  organisations  that  flowed  from 
the    revolution    achieved    by    the    political 


240  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


reform  of  1832 — ^reforms  largely  inspired  and 
guided  by  men  like  Chadwick  and  James  Mill 
and  George  Grote — gave  scope  for  the  develop- 
ment of  a  public  health  service  in  towns.  If 
we  had  time,  we  might  trace  step  by  step 
from  these  great  initiations  the  modern 
growth  in  local  government,  the  organisation 
of  rural  and  village  life,  the  vast  expansions 
of  public  health  activities  in  county  and 
town. 

Curiously,  the  Assistant,  that  is  the  active, 
Secretary  of  the  first  Board  of  Health,  which 
Chadwick  was  the  means  of  establishing,  was 
Alexander  Bain,  psychologist,  afterwards 
Professor  of  English  and  Logic  and,  later, 
Lord  Rector  in  the  University  of  Aberdeen. 
Chadwick  was  a  friend  of  Bent  ham,  and  had 
acted  as  his  secretary.  He  was  an  ardent 
Benthamite.  These  names  are  always 
associated  with  the  two  Mills  and  George 
Grote  Not  one  of  them  was  a  medical  man, 
although  Bain  had  studied  in  some  of  the 
medical  classes  ;  yet  out  of  the  social  move- 
ments in  which  they  were,  in  one  degree  or 
another,  leaders,  grew  the  movement  towards 
Public  Health.  It  is  not  often  that  we  can 
associate  a  great  movement  so  definitely 
with  the  initiative  of  individual  men  ;  but, 
without  straining  the  facts,  we  may  really 
regard   the   Public   Health   movement   as   a 


THE  HEALTH  MOVEMENT       241 

specific  application  of  Benthamite  principles 
to  the  improvement  of  society. 

In  the  marvellously  specialised  organisa- 
tion of  our  present-day  health  authorities, 
with  their  skilled  medical  officers,  medical 
inspectors  of  schools,  health  visitors,  nurses, 
nuisance  inspectors,  fever  hospitals,  their 
drainage  districts,  their  water  districts,  their 
housing,  and  their  whole  machinery  for 
administration  of  elaborate  Public  Health 
Acts,  it  is  difficult  to  discover  any  trace  of 
the  social  philosophy  from  which  they  have 
all  taken  their  immediate  inspiration.  But, 
whatever  be  the  particular  origin,  the  Public 
Health  movement  in  Britain  is  one  of  the 
finest  examples  of  social  growth  known  to  us. 
It  is  the  name  for  a  vast  organisation  that 
has  grown  out  of  definite  social  needs  ;  it  has 
a  perfectly  defined  objective  ;  it  has  methods 
that  can  be  analysed  down  to  detail ;  it  is 
steadily  showing  itself  in  new  differentiations 
and  integrations.  There  is  no  section  of  society 
unaffected  by  the  movement;  there  is  no  section 
that  can  disregard  it ;  there  is  no  meanness  of 
finance  that  can  escape  it ;  there  is  no  inertia 
that  it  will  not  ultimately  overcome.  Over 
and  over  again,  we  see  the  bitter  lesson  driven 
home  on  the  reactionary  mind ;  over  and 
over  again,  the  densest  imagination  must 
waken  up  to  a  local  need  that  disease,  dis- 


242  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


^ 


ablement,  and  death  have  revealed ;  over 
and  over  again,  the  unhealthy  locality, 
the  unhealthy  house,  the  death-dealing  in- 
dustry, and  other  innumerable  varieties  of 
insanitation  have  vanished  under  the  tide  of 
hygienic  ideas. 

If  we  turn  from  history,  and  look  directly 
at  the  movement  of  the  moment,  we  can 
detect  at  least  one  steady  drift, — the  drift 
from  curative  medicine  to  preventive  medicine. 
The  expert  of  the  movement  is  the  Medical 
Officer  of  Health.  The  evolution  of  this 
term  would  itself  be  an  interesting  study. 
Probably  its  first  legal  embodiment  is  to  be 
found  in  the  Public  Health  (Scotland)  Act, 
1897,  where  "Medical  Officer  of  Health" 
is  among  the  definitions.  The  phrase  is  now 
so  common  that  over  all  England  and  Scot- 
land it  has  shrunk  to  three  capitals — M.O.H, 
That  it  should  be  only  a  few  years  old  indicates; 
the  velocity  of  the  movement.  The  term 
"  Officer  of  Health  "  is  an  old  one,  and  is  not 
peculiar  to  England.  Possibly  also,  "  Medical 
Officer  of  Health  "  is  older  than  I  imagine  ; 
but  certainly  it  is  only  within  the  last  twenty 
years  that  it  has  passed  into  social  currency. 
The  phrase  is  a  crystallisation  of  the  Public 
Health  movement.  It  is  "  health  "  the  move- 
ment   aims    at, — the    establishing    of    every 


THE  HEALTH  MOVEMENT        243 

individual  in  his  physiological  normal.  It 
is  by  "  medicine  "  that  this  aim  should  be 
achieved, — the  practical  science  of  cure  for 
the  sick  individual  and  prevention  for  him 
and  his  social  group.  And  it  is  through  an 
"  officer  "  that  the  aim  and  the  method  come 
into  synthesis, — the  officer  presupposing  the 
organisation  that  determines  his  functions. 
The  phrase,  "Medical  Officer  of  Health," 
therefore,  is  the  embodiment  of  a  new  syn- 
thetic idea,  which,  on  analysis,  is  no  other 
than  the  transformation  of  cure  into  pre- 
vention, or  rather  the  absorption  of  cure  as 
a  factor  in  prevention.  The  "  doctor  of 
medicine "  thus  reverts  to  his  true  place 
among  other  "  doctors."  He  ceases  to  be 
the  "  leech  "  of  old  days,  and  becomes  once 
more  the  teacher  of  health,  the  expounder 
of  remedies.  But  the  remedies  are  no  longer 
applied  to  individuals  alone ;  they  include 
the  whole  sweep  of  the  environment  as  it 
affects  the  individual,  and  the  individual  as 
he  is  to  be  fitted  to  make  his  environment. 

At  first,  naturally,  the  unspeakable  abom- 
inations of  the  environment  drew  the  fire  of 
the  Public  Health  services,  and  continue  to 
draw  it.  But  the  effect  has  been,  to  some 
extent,  a  false  abstraction.  In  elevating 
the  environment,  the  Medical  Officer  of 
Health  has  tended  to  forget  the  individual 


244  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

organism.  This  he  has  left  largely  to  his 
correlative,  the  "  general  practitioner."  The 
Medical  Officer  tends  to  think  of  an  abstract 
environment  adapted  to  an  average  organism. 
He  has  developed  great  tables  of  birth-rates, 
of  death-rates,  and  of  disease-rates  He 
speculates  on  their  rise  and  fall,  as  the  stock- 
broker speculates  on  'change,  and  he  not 
infrequently  forgets  that  his  curves  of  averages, 
real  though  they  be  for  their  purpose,  are 
only  the  symbol  of  actualities,  not  the 
actualities  themselves.  The  more  intensive 
has  been  his  study  of  the  environment  and 
the  more  intense  his  efforts  to  improve  it, 
the  more  he  has  tended  to  become  dissociated 
from  the  care  of  the  individual  organism  and 
absorbed  in  the  preparation  of  abstract 
environments.  Yet,  ever  and  again,  hour  by 
hour,  week  by  week,  year  by  year,  he  is 
violently  brought  back  to  the  needs  of  the 
individual.  However  much  he  may  devote 
himself  to  the  perfecting  of  water-supplies, 
the  sites  of  new  houses,  the  clearance  of  slum 
areas,  the  teaching  of  hygienic  physiology, 
he  can  never  get  far  away  from  the  infected 
individual,  who  needs  his  definite  assistance, 
and  who,  by  his  disease,  reflects  new  light 
on  the  imperfections  of  the  environment. 

Meanwhile,  however,  other  differentiations 
have  been  in  progress.    The  medical  inspection 


THE  HEALTH  MOVEMENT        245 

of  school  children  has  become  a  reality  in 
England  and  in  Scotland.  The  immediate 
point  of  departure  for  this  new  specialisation 
of  duties  was  the  Royal  Commission  on 
Physical  Training  (Scotland),  whose  report 
appeared  in  1903.  Few  movements  have 
developed  so  rapidly.  New  organisations 
have  been  created,  or  new  developments  of 
old  organisations  have  been  made.  New 
officers  have  been  appointed.  In  England, 
there  are  in  the  School  Medical  Service  now 
approximately  1000  medical  men,  73  medical 
women,  and  some  300  nurses.  Large  sums 
of  money  have  been  voted.  Endless  disputes 
have  arisen.  But  the  primary  objective  of 
the  new  specialisation  is  coming  nearer  and 
nearer,  namely,  the  direct  personal  examina- 
tion of  the  school  child.  It  is  no  longer  the 
environment ;  it  is  at  last  the  individual. 
And  it  is  not  the  individual  alone,  but  the 
individual  as  he,  by  his  defects  and  diseases, 
reveals  all  the  relations  he  bears  to  the  en- 
vironment. Curative  medicine  and  preven- 
tive medicine  have  come  to  a  fresh  synthesis 
in  the  medical  inspection  of  the  school  child. 
The  skill  of  the  physician  and  the  science  of 
the  Medical  Officer  of  Health  unite  in  the 
Medical  Inspector  of  Schools. 

And  the  Public  Health  movement  cannot 
stop  there  ;  for  the  school  child,  on  his  coming 


246  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


to  school,  brings  with  him  the  long  history  of 
his  nurture  and,  on  his  leaving  school,  will 
bear  with  him  into  life  the  bias  of  his  educa- 
tion. It  follows  that  medical  inspection  of 
the  school  child  must  look  backward  into 
infancy  and  forward  into  adolescence  and 
maturity.  At  every  step  the  Medical  In- 
spector watches  the  interaction  of  the  indi- 
vidual and  the  environment,  anxiously  jealous 
that  the  environment  shall  meet  the  highest 
needs  of  the  individual,  and  that  the  indi- 
vidual shall  be  strengthened  to  respond  to 
the  highest  purposes  of  the  environment. 

There  is  now  to  follow  a  further  specialisa- 
tion of  all  the  medical  services  This  will 
come  as  the  result  of  the  National  Insurance 
for  the  prevention  of  sickness.  Individual 
health  and  common  health  are  at  last  seen 
to  be  one  and  the  same.  What  re-organisation 
of  administrative  functions  this  third  new 
departure  may  involve,  no  one  can  foresee. 
The  last  twenty  years  cover  a  record  of  great 
changes  ;  but  these  are  nothing  to  what  the 
next  twenty  years  will  bring.  Let  us,  how- 
ever, for  a  moment  shift  the  point  of  view. 
It  is  natural,  in  these  rapidly  appearing 
developments,  to  look  for  fundamental  prin- 
ciples. They  are  not  easy  to  put  into  words. 
Perhaps,  the  postulates  of  the  Public  Health 
movement,  the  movement  towards  individual 


I 


THE  HEALTH  MOVEMENT       247 

health,   individual   efficiency,   are   something 
like  these  : — 

The  movement  has  its  root  in  the  ethical 
effort  after  a  richer,  cleaner,  intenser  life  in 
a  highly  organised  society.     Society  or  the 
social  group  is  itself  essentially  organic.     But 
the  social   organism  is  an  organism  loosely 
knit.     It  is  capable  of  easy  and  rapid  modifi- 
cation.    When   the   modification   is   the   ex- 
pression of  a  real  social  need,  it  will  survive ; 
it  will  generate  for  itself  the  necessary  ad- 
ministrative form.     Disease,  as  we  have  seen 
at  the  beginning,  is  a  name  for  certain  mal- 
adaptations  of  the  social  organism  or  of  the 
organic  units   that   compose  it.     These   dis- 
eases, as  has  been  abundantly  shown,  are  in 
greater  and  lesser  degrees  preventable.     Their 
prevention   promotes   social   evolution.     But 
their   prevention   needs   definitely   organised 
agencies.     These     are      the      administrative 
bodies, — County    Councils,     Town    Councils, 
District    Councils,    Parish    Councils,    School 
Boards,  Imperial  Government  Boards,  Inter- 
national    Executive     Committees.     Through 
these  it  is  possible  to  control  disease-producing 
conditions,  to  prevent  the  onset  of  disease  in 
the  individual,  to  permit  society  as  a  whole 
and  its  individual  citizens  to  benefit  by  all 
the  preventive  methods  from  time  to  time 
discovered    or    invented.     Natural    selection 


248  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


may  thus  be  definitely  aided  by  artificial 
selection.  Constitutional  inheritance  of  dis- 
ease may  be,  in  some  degree,  compensated 
by  more  efficient  social  environment.  By 
the  continued  modification  of  the  social  organ- 
ism and  its  flowing  environment,  it  is  possible 
to  further  the  production  of  better  citizens, — 
more  energetic,  more  alert,  more  versatile, 
more  individuated. 

The  majority  of  the  diseases  that  afflict 
the  human  body  do  not  come  from  the  body 
itself  ;  they  come  in  the  conflict  between  the 
human  body  and  its  environment.  The 
environment  includes  all  the  organisms  and 
conditions  that  operate  as  causes  of  death. 
These  have  been  fully  illustrated.  Infectious 
disease,  now  a  conflict  between  a  higher 
organism  and  a  lower,  may  be  converted  into 
a  friendly  co-operative  life.  The  fatal  an<i 
disabling  trades  may  all  have  their  fatality 
and  disabling  power  reduced.  The  food 
environment  is  capable  of  indefinite  improve- 
ment. And  so  on,  through  all  the  relations 
of  men  to  each  other  and  of  all  to  the  physicfJ 
conditions  of  life.  In  its  first  stage,  public 
health  is  the  application  of  scientific  ideas 
to  the  extirpation  of  environmental  disease. 
In  its  second  stage,  it  is  the  application  of 
scientific  ideas  to  the  production  of  personal 
immunity.     Everywhere,  it  is  the  synthesis 


d 


THE  HEALTH  MOVEMENT       249 

of  prevention  and  cure.  It  is  an  organised 
effort  of  the  collective  social  energy  to  heighten 
the  physiological  normal  of  civilised  living 
beings. 

And  so  the  circle  is  completed.  The  healthy 
individual  man  with  whom  we  began  needs 
a  healthy  community  in  order  that  he  may 
maintain  his  physiological  normals  at  their 
highest  efficiency. 

To  these  propositions  many  objections  may 
be  made.  Of  these  objections,  I  name  two, — 
first,  the  charge  that  the  Public  Health  move- 
ment exalts  the  environment  at  the  expense 
of  the  individual  heredity ;  second,  that 
thus  it  evolves  into  a  systematic  method  of 
reducing  the  pressure  of  life  and  thereby  pre- 
serving the  unfit. 

As  to  heredity,  the  charge  sits  lightly  upon 
us.  Any  one  that  reads  what  has  here  been 
written  must  allow  that  the  obstructions  to 
healthy  development  are  a  vast  and  confused 
mass.  Until  this  gross  environment  is  dis- 
entangled, split  up,  and  reduced  to  its  least 
potential,  no  one  can  know  what  the  human 
organism  can  do.  If  you  give  children  more 
light,  more  air,  more  food,  they  will  grow 
into  healthier,  stronger,  more  resistant  adults 
than  if  you  keep  them  in  the  dark,  poison 
their  air,  and  restrict  their  food.     To  any  one 


250  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

that  doubts  this,  I  merely  say :  Try  the 
experiment  of  transplanting  an  infant  from  a 
slum  to  a  hospital.  To  go  from  the  lightless, 
airless,  foodless  home  to  the  well-lit,  well- 
aired,  well-provided  hospital,  is  to  go  from 
physiological  poverty  to  physiological  wealth. 
Among  the  middle  classes  one  never  fails  to 
note  the  change  from  pinching  to  prosperity. 
The  thin,  pale  man  with  restless  eye,  anxious, 
always  thinking  backwards,  alters  into  the 
rosy-cheeked,  full-bodied  citizen,  with  head 
erect  and  a  smile  for  all  comers.  In  the  less 
favoured  proletariat,  the  change  is  no  less 
striking.  After  a  few  weeks  of  light  and  air 
and  regular  food,  the  human  weakling  sprouts 
out  and  grows  both  in  muscle  and  in  nerve, 
both  in  energy  and  in  co-ordination,  both  in 
body  and  in  mind.  It  is  not  that  new 
faculties  are  created  ;  it  is  that  old  faculties 
cease  to  be  clogged  up.  And  the  sole  change 
has  been  a  change  in  environment. 

Until,  therefore,  the  environment  is  first 
made  healthy,  the  question  of  physiological 
inheritance  does  not  concern  the  health 
movement.  It  is  an  absurd  waste  to  evolve 
by  natural  selection  an  inheritable  "  fitness  " 
against  an  environment  that  can  itself  be 
swept  out  ot  existence,  in  this  country  we 
do  not  build  houses  in  the  tree-tops  to  escape 
the  wolves ;   there  are  no  wolves !     Neither 


THE  HEALTH  MOVEMENT       251 

do  we  kill  thousands  in  order  to  evolve  a 
type  fitted  by  heredity  to  resist  plague ;  we 
simply  keep  plague  out ! 

But  a  more  fundamental  answer  may  be 
made. 

It  is  our  duty  to  prevent  death.  Out  of 
the  effort  to  keep  alive  those  that  would 
die  of  preventable  diseases,  the  vast  Health 
Service  has  grown.  Of  what  diseases  do 
we  die  ?  Of  what  diseases  must  we  die  ? 
These  it  is  our  duty  to  answer.  Until  the 
secret  of  physical  persistence  is  revealed,  it 
is  ours  to  reduce  the  agencies  of  death  to 
those  few  that  men  must  face  and  accept ; 
to  create,  if  it  but  be  possible,  new  channels 
for  human  energy,  that  the  waste  of  living 
may  fall  to  its  least  and  the  wealth  of  living 
— in  breadth,  in  depth,  in  intensity — may 
increase  to  the  uttermost  Our  service 
meets  heroic  obligations.  In  despair,  it  is 
not  desperate.  As  the  physician  never 
abandons  the  bedside  until  the  breath  ceases 
and  the  pulse  fades  into  rest  and  the  limbs 
lie  without  will  and  the  eyes  change  their 
lustre  and  there  is  no  more  man,  so  the 
service  of  health  watches  the  birth,  the 
adolescence,  the  full  tide,  and  the  ebb  of 
the  social  life.  Never  at  any  period  is  the 
task  abated.  From  the  simplicities  of  the 
primitive  life  on  the  hills,  in  the  woods,  in 


252  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 


I 


the  fields,  along  the  rivers,  and  by  the  sea- 
shore, to  the  infinite  involutions  of  life  in 
the  cities, — in  the  dust,  in  the  noise,  in  the 
dark, — our  service  is  unremitting  day  and 
night ;  it  has  its  orders  to  administer,  its 
care  to  offer,  its  word  for  consolation.  And 
as  men  grow  more  from  living  to  thinking, 
as  labour  grows  into  knowledge,  as  the 
nerves  begin  to  dominate  the  muscles,  and 
as  education,  the  arts,  the  sciences,  the 
crafts,  catch  the  imagination  of  men  and 
intensify  their  interest  for  the  invisible  and 
immaterial,  the  Health  Service  must  grow 
in  subtlety  to  meet  the  keener  diseases  of 
civilisation. 

And,  if  it  is  given  to  any  of  us  to  watch 
the  decline  and  fall  of  any  people,  when  trade 
passes  and  hunger  enters  and  famine  glides 
hither  and  thither  telling  who  are  the  con- 
demned, our  service  has  yet  its  duty, — w(3 
must  be  the  last  to  go.  If  the  phoenix  may 
not  rise,  we  must  yet  prepare  the  funeral 
pile  and  watch  the  fiames  die  down. 

So,  through  all  the  stages  of  the  growth 
of  men  in  societies,  the  Health  Service  may 
never  be  wanting.  It  is  the  form  the  Service 
of  Man  takes  equally  in  the  day  of  his  strength 
and  in  the  last  phases  of  his  decrepitude. 


I 


NOTE  ON  BOOKS 

PoR  a  general  conception  of  health,  the  reader  may 
study  one  of  the  many  elementary  physiological  hand- 
books, e.gr.,  Sir  Michael  Foster's  Primer  of  Physiology^ 
or  Foster  and  Shore's  Physiology  for  Beginners  (both 
Macmillan  &  Co.).  For  death-rates,  disease-rates, 
figures  about  epidemics,  occupational  diseases,  etc.,  he 
may  study  the  statistical  section  of  any  good  manual  or 
textbook  of  Public  Health,  e.g.,  Whitelegge's  Hygiene 
and  Public  Health  (Cassell  &  Co.),  or  Lewis  and  Balfour's 
Public  Health  and  Preventive  Medicine  (Green  &  Sons, 
Edinburgh),  or  Notter  and  Firth's  Theory  and  Practice 
of  Hygiene  (J.  &  A.  Churchill).  These  are  all  technical 
books,  but  contain  much  general  information.  For 
special  details,  Newsholme's  Vital  Statistics  (Swan  Sonnen- 
schein),  which  is  a  standard  handbook,  may  be  con- 
sulted. On  the  problems  of  immunity,  the  most  com- 
prehensive book  is  MetchnikofE's  Immunity  in  Infective 
Disease,    translated    by    Binnie    (Cambridge    University 


Metchnikoff's  book  on  The  Nature  of  Man,  translated 
with  introduction  by  Dr.  Chalmers  Mitchell,  F.R.S.,  and 
his  small  book  on  The  New  Hygiene,  with  preface  by 
Sir  E.  Ray  Lankester,  contain  much  that  is  of  immense 
importance  for  the  study  of  diet  and  disease  regarded 
from  the  higher  standpoint  of  evolutional  efl&ciency. 
Here  is  found  the  scientific  basis  of  the  "  soured  milk  " 
treatment.     As  to  diet  .two  of  the  most  important  works 

853 


254  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE 

are  Professor  Chittenden's  Physiological  Economy  in 
Nutrition  and  The  Nvirition  of  Man  (Heinemann).  There 
are  many  good  recent  works  on  diet,  e.gr..  Dr.  Chalmers 
Watson's  Food  and  Dieting,  Dr.  Robert  Hutchison's  Food 
and  Dietetics  (Edward  Arnold),  Dr.  Bumey  Yeo's  Food  in 
Health  and  Disease  (Cassell  &  Co.).  Books  on  vegetarian 
and  special  diets  are  without  number.  For  food  as  a  factor 
in  the  evolution  of  races,  see  Dr.  Marion  I.  Newbigin's 
Modern  Geography  (Home  University  Library). 

On  general  questions,  the  following  will  be  found 
eminently  interesting:  Hygiene  of  Nerves  and  Mind  in 
Health  and  Disease,  by  Dr.  August  Forel,  translated  by 
Aikins  (John  Murray) ;  Dr.  Clouston's  Hygiene  of  the 
Mind ;  also  his  Unsoundness  of  Mind  (Methuen) ;  Dr.  Arthur 
Newsholme's  Prevention  of  Tuberculosis  (Methuen), 
U Hygiene  moderne,  by  Dr.  J.  Hdricourt  (Ernest  Flam- 
marion,  Paris) ;  Manual  of  Natural  Therapy,  by  Dr.  T.  D. 
Luke  (Wright  &  Sons,  Bristol).  The  Therapeutics  of  the 
Circulation  (]Murray),  by  Sir  Lauder  Brunton,  though 
technical,  is  well  adapted  for  general  study  Professor 
Arthur  Thomson's  Heredity  (Murray)  gives  a  perfect 
orientation  on  every  question  concerning  diathesis, 
inheritance  of  disease,  Weismannism,  Mendelism,  etc. 
Such  a  work  makes  an  admirable  biological  disciplino 
prehminary  to  the  study  of  the  whole  field  of  disease.. 
Other  works  are  mentioned  in  the  text. 


THE 
HOME  UNIVERSITY  LIBRARY 

OF  MODERN  KNOWLEDGE 


Art 

39.  ARCHITECTURE  (Illus.)  Revised,  1929     Prof.  W.  R.  Lethaby 
63.  PAINTERS  AND    PAINTING   (Illustrated),  1490-1900 

Sir  Frederick  Wedmore 
75.  ANCIENT  ART  AND    RITUAL   (Illustrated) 

Jane  Harrison,  ll.d.,  d.litt. 
93.  THE   RENAISSANCE  Edith  Sichel 

112.  MUSIC,  Earliest  Times-1925 

Sir  Henry  Hadow,  d.mus.,  f.r.s.l.,  f.r.c.m. 

123.  DRAMA,   600  B.c.-A.D.  1926  Ashley  Dukes 

Economics  and  Business 

16.  THE  SCIENCE  OF  WEALTH  J.  A.  Hobson,  m.a. 

59.  ELEMENTS  OF   POLITICAL  ECONOMY 

Prof.  Sir  S.  J.  Chapman,  k.c.b. 
5.  THE  STOCK  EXCHANGE  F.  W.  Hirst,  m.a. 

124.  BANKING  Walter  Leaf,  d.litt. 
137.  RAILWAYS                  W.  V.  Wood,  m.inst.t.,  and  Sir  Josiah 

Stamp,  g.b.e.,  d.sc,  f.b.a. 
24.  THE   EVOLUTION   OF   INDUSTRY,    1 800-1 911 

Prof.  D.  H.  Macgregor,  m.a.,  m.c. 
140.  INDUSTRIAL   PSYCHOLOGY 

Edited  by  Charles  S.  Myers,  g.b.e.,  m.a.,  m.d.,  sc.d.,  f.r.s. 
26.  AGRICULTURE 

Prof.  Sir  William  Somerville,  k.b.e.,  f.l.s.,  f.r.s.e. 
80.  CO-PARTNERSHIP  AND    PROFIT-SHARING,    1842-1913 

Aneurin  Williams,  m.a. 
109.  COMMERCIAL   GEOGRAPHY.     Revised,  1928 

Dr.  Marion  Newbigin,  f.r.g.s.,  d.sc. 

117.  ADVERTISING  Sir  Charles  Higham 
69.  THE  NEWSPAPER,    1702-1912  G.  Binney  Dibblee 

History  and  Geography 

7.  MODERN  GEOGRAPHY  Dr.  Marion  Newbigin,  f.r.g.s.,  d.sc. 

8.  POLAR   EXPLORATION,   1 839-1 909  Dr.  W.  S.  Bruce 
91.  THE  ALPS   (Illustrated)    Earliest  Times-1914     Arnold  Lunn 

108.  OUR   FORERUNNERS  M.  C.  Burkitt,  m.a.,  f.s.a. 

29.  THE   DAWN   OF   HISTORY     Prof.  J.  L.  Myres,  m.a.,  f.s.a. 

97.  THE  ANCIENT   EAST  D.  G.  Hogarth,  f.b.a. 

114.  EGYPT   (Illustrated)       Sir  E.  A.  Wallis  Budge,  d.litt.,  f.s.a. 

42.  ROME  W.  Warde  Fowler,  m.a. 

118.  THE  BYZANTINE  EMPIRE  Norman  H.  Baynes,  m.a. 
13.  MEDIEVAL  EUROPE  Prof.  H.  W.  C.  Davis,  m.a.,  c.b.e. 
82.  PREHISTORIC   BRITAIN  Dr.  Robert  Munro 

125.  ENGLAND   UNDER  THE  TUDORS  AND   STUARTS 

129.  A  HISTORY  OF  ENGLAND,  1688-1815     E.  M.  Wrong,  m.'a! 
135.  A  HISTORY  OF  ENGLAND,  1815-1918 

Prof.  J.  R.  M.  Butler,  m.a.,  m.v.o. 
23.  A   HISTORY  OF  OUR  TIME,   1885-1913 

G.  P.  Gooch,  m.a.,  d.litt.,  f.b.a. 


33.  THE  HISTORY   OF  ENGLAND :  A  Study  in  Political  Evolution, 

55  B.c.-A.D.  191 1         Prof.  A.  F.  Pollard,  m.a.,  f.b.a.,  d.liit. 
100.  A   HISTORY   OF   SCOTLAND,   Earliest  Times-1900 

Prof.  R.  S.  Rait,  ll.d. 
113.  WALES  W.  Watkin  Davies,  f.r.hist.s. 

136.  THE   BRITISH    EMPIRE,    1585-1928 

Prof.  Basil  Williams,  o.b.e. 

34.  CANADA,    1754-1911  A.  G.  Bradley 
105.  POLAND    (Maps).     Revised  1929 

Prof.  W.  Alison  Phillips,  m.a.,  m.r.i.a. 
107.  SERBIA,   600-1917  L.  F.  Waring,  b.a. 

loi.  BELGIUM   (Maps)  R.  C.  K.  Ensor 

25.  THE  CIVILIZATION    OF  CHINA,    1000  b.c.-a.d.  1910 

Prof.  H.  A.  Giles,  ll.d. 
134.  THE  CIVILIZATION  OF  JAPAN 

J.  Ingram  Bryan,  m.a.,  m.litt. 
92.  CENTRAL   AND    SOUTH   AMERICA    (Maps),  1493-1913 

Prof    W    R    Shepherd 
4.  A  HISTORY   OF  WAR  AND    PEACE,  3000  B.C.-1910 

G.  H.  Perris 
51.  WARFARE   IN   ENGLAND    (Maps),   55  b.c.-a.d.  1746 

Hilaire  Belloc,  m.a. 
98.  WARS  BETWEEN  ENGLAND  AND  AMERICA  Prof.  T.  C.  Smith 
48.  THE  AMERICAN  CIVIL  WAR  (Maps)  Prof.  F.  L.  Paxson 
t3.  THE  FRENCH  REVOLUTION  (Maps)  Hilaire  Belloc,  m.a. 
*6i.  NAPOLEON  (Maps)  Rt.  Hon.  H.  A.  L.  Fisher,  f.r.s.,  ll.d. 
12.  THE   OPENING-UP   OF   AFRICA    (Maps),  Prehistoric-i9ii 

Sir  Harry  Johnston,  g.c.m.g. 
144.  RACES   OF   AFRICA  C.  G.  Seligman,  f.r.c.p.,  f.r.s. 

37.  PEOPLES  AND  PROBLEMS  OF  INDIA,  600  b.c.-a.d.  1919 

Sir  T.  W.  Holderness 
14.  THE  PAPACY  AND  MODERN  TIMES,  1 303-1 870 

Rt.  Rev.  Mgr.  W.  Barry,  d.d, 
55.  MASTER  MARINERS,   610  b.c.-a.d.  1912  J.  R.  Spears 

66.  THE  NAVY  AND   SEA    POWER,  Earliest  Times-i  91 2 

David  Hannay 

Literature 

76.  EURIPIDES  AND   HIS  AGE 

Prof.  Gilbert  Murray,  ll.d.,  d.liit. 

146.  AN     ANTHOLOGY     OF     ENGLISH     POETRY:     DRYDEN 

TO   BLAKE  Kathleen  Campbe:.l 

43.  ENGLISH   LITERATURE  :   MEDIEVAL      Prof.  W.  P.  Kjjr 

27.  ENGLISH   LITERATURE:   MODERN,   1453-1914 

CrEORf^'P    TVTaTR      M   A 

87.  CHAUCER  AND   HIS  TIMES  Grace  Hadcw 

95.  ELIZABETHAN   LITERATURE 

Rt.  Hon.  J.  M,  Robertson,  m.p, 
t2.  SHAKESPEARE  John  Masefield,  d.litt. 

141.  AN  ANTHOLOGY  OF  ENGLISH  POETRY  :  1 503-1683 

Compiled  by  Kathleen  Campbell 

103.  MILTON  John  Bailey,  m.a. 

64.  DR.   JOHNSON   AND   HIS  CIRCLE  John  Bailey,  m.a. 

77.  SHELLEY,    GODWIN   AND   THEIR  CIRCLE 

Prof.  H.  N.  Brailsford,  m.a. 
t7o.  THE  VICTORIAN  AGE   IN   LITERATURE 

G.  K.  Chesterton,  ll.d, 
89.  WILLIAM   MORRIS  A.  Glutton  Brock 

73.  THE  WRITING  OF  ENGLISH     Prof.  W.  T.  Brewster,  m.a. 

t  Also  obtainable  in  Demy  8vo  size,  7/6  net  each. 
♦     „  „        „  Crown  8vo  „     5/-  net  each. 


45.  THE   ENGLISH   LANGUAGE  L.  Pearsall  Smith 

52.  GREAT  WRITERS  OF  AMERICA 

Profs.  W.  P.  Trent  and  J.  Erskine 
*35.  LANDMARKS  IN  FRENCH  LITERATURE,  circa   1088-1896 

Lytton  Strachey,  ll.d. 
65.  THE   LITERATURE   OF  GERMANY,  950-1913 

Prof.  J.  G.  Robertson,  m.a.,  b.sc. 
99.  AN  OUTLINE  OF  RUSSIAN  LITERATURE.    Revised  1929 

Hon.  Maurice  Baring 

142.  THE   LITERATURE   OF   JAPAN 

Dr.  J.  Ingram  Bryan,  m.a.,  m.litt.,  ph.d. 
III.  PATRIOTISM   IN   LITERATURE       John  Drinkwater,  m.a. 

Political  and  Social  Science 

96.  POLITICAL  THOUGHT  IN  ENGLAND  : 

From  Bacon  to  Halifax  G.  P.  Gooch,  m.a,,  d.litt.,  f.b.a. 

121.  POLITICAL  THOUGHT  IN  ENGLAND  : 

From  Locke  to  Bentham  Prof.  Harold  J.  Laski 

106.  POLITICAL  THOUGHT  IN  ENGLAND  : 

The  Utilitarians  from  Bentham  to  J.  S.  Mill 

Prof.  W.  L.  Davidson,  m.a.,  ll.d. 
104.  POLITICAL  THOUGHT  IN  ENGLAND  : 

From  Herbert  Spencer  to  the  Present  Day.     Revised  1928 

Prof.  Ernest  Barker,  d.litt.,  ll.d. 

143.  A  HISTORY  OF   INTERNATIONAL  THOUGHT 

F.  W.  Stawell 
II.  CONSERVATISM,  1510-1911 

Rt.  Hon.  Lord  Hugh  Cecil,  m.p.,  d.c.l. 
21.  LIBERALISM  Prof.  L.  T.  Hobhouse,  litt.d.,  ll.d. 

10.  THE   SOCIALIST   MOVEMENT,    1835-1911 

Rt.  Hon.  J.  Ramsay  MacDonald,  m.p. 

131.  COMMUNISM,  1381-1927  Prof.  Harold  J.  Laski 

I.  PARLIAMENT,  1295-1929  Sir  C.  P.  Ilbert,  g.c.b.,  k.c.s.i. 

6.  IRISH  NATIONALITY.   Revised  1929    Mrs.  J.  R.  Green,  d.litt. 

30.  ELEMENTS  OF  ENGLISH  LAW. 

Revised  1929  by  Sir  William  Holds  worth,  k.c,  d.c.l.,  ll.d. 
Prof.  W.  M.  Geldart,  b.c.l. 

83.  COMMONSENSE  IN  LAW  Prof.  Sir  P.  Vinogradoff,  d.c.l. 
81.  PROBLEMSOFVILLAGELIFE,  1348-1913  E.  N.  Bennett,  M.A. 
38.  THE  SCHOOL  Prof.  J.  J.  Findlay,  m.a..  ph.d. 

Religion  and  Philosophy 

139.  JESUS   OF   NAZARETH         Bishop  Gore,  d.d.,  d.c.l.,  ll.d. 
68.  COMPARATIVE  RELIGION      Prof.  J.  Estlin  Carpenter,  ll.d. 

84.  THE   LITERATURE   OF  THE   OLD   TESTAMENT 

Prof.  F.  MooRE,  D.D.,  ll.d. 
56.  THE  MAKING  OF  THE  NEW  TESTAMENT 

Prof.  B.  W.  Bacon,  ll.d. 
94.  RELIGIOUS  DEVELOPMENT  BETWEEN  THE  OLD   AND 
NEW  TESTAMENTS  Canon  R.  H.  Charles,  d.litt. 

90.  THE  CHURCH   OF   ENGLAND,  596-1900 

Canon  E.  W.  Watson,  m.a.,  d.d. 
50.  NONCONFORMITY,    1566-1910 

Principal  W.  B.  Selbie,  m.a.,  d.d. 
15.  MOHAMMEDANISM,  circa  600-1912 

Prof.  D.  S.  Margoliouth,  d.litt. 
47.  BUDDHISM  Mrs.  Rhys  Davids 

t  Also  obtainable  in  Demy  8vo  size,  7/6  net  each, 
•     „  „        „   Crown  8vo  „     5/-  net  each. 


Printed  in  Great  Britain  by 

Butler  &  Tanner  Ltd., 

Frome  and  London 


6o.  MISSIONS,  A.D    313-1910  Mrs.  Creighion 

74.  A  HISTORY  OF  FREEDOM  OF  THOUGHT,    " 

600  B.c.-A.D.  1912  Prof.  J.  B.  Bury,  li.d. 

102.  A  HISTORY  OF  PHILOSOPHY,  600  b.c.-a.d.  1910 

Prof.  Clement  C.  J.  Webb,  m.a.,  f.b.a. 

40.  PROBLEMS  OF   PHILOSOPHY 

Hon.  Bertrand  Russell,  f.r.s. 
54.  ETHICS  Prof.  G.  E.  Moore,  m.a.,  litt.d. 

Science 

32.  AN  INTRODUCTION  TO  SCIENCE.     Revised  1928 

Prof.  J.  Arthur  Thomson,  m.a.,  ll.i 
46.  MATTER   AND   ENERGY  Prof.  F.  Soddy,  f.r.s." 

62.  THE  ORIGIN  AND  NATURE  OF  LIFE  Prof.  Benjamin  Moore 
20.  EVOLUTION  Profs.  J.  Arthur  Thomson  and  P.  Geddes 

I38.^THE  LIFE  OF  THE  CELL 

David  Landsborough  Thomson,  m.a.,  b.sc,  ph.d. 
145.  THE   ATOM  G.  P.  Thomson,  m.a. 

115.  BIOLOGY   (lUus.)       Profs.  J.  Arthur  Thomson  and  P.  Geddes 
no.  HEREDITY  (Illus.)  E.  W.  Macbride,  m.a.,  d.sc. 

44.  PRINCIPLES  OF   PHYSIOLOGY      Prof.. J.  G.  McKendrick 

Revised  1928  by  Prof.  J.  A.  MacWilliam,  m.d.,  f.r.s. 

86.  SEX  Profs.  J.  Arthur  Thomson  and  P.  Geddes 

41.  ANTHROPOLOGY  R.  R.  Marett,  d.sc,  f.r.a.i. 

57.  THE  HUMAN  BODY  Prof.  Sir  Arthur  Keith,  f.r.s.,  f.r.c.s. 
120.  EUGENICS  Prof.  A,  M.  Carr  Saunders,  m.a. 

I?.  HEALTH  AND   DISEASE 

Sir  Leslie  Mackenzie,  m.d.,  f.r.c.p.,  f.r.s.e. 
128.  SUNSHINE   AND   HEALTH 

R.  Campbell  Macfie,  m.a.,  m.b.c.m.,  ll.d. 

116.  BACTERIOLOGY   (IIlus.)         Prof.  Carl  H.  Browning,  f.r.s. 
119.  MICROSCOPY   (Illustrated)  Robert  M.  Neill 

79.  NERVES.     Revised  ig28      Prof.  D.  Eraser  Harris,  m.d.,  f.r.s. e. 

49.  PSYCHOLOGY  Prof.  W.  McDougall,  f.f :.s. 

28.  PSYCHICAL  RESEARCH,  1882-191 1     Sir  W.  F.  Barrett,  f.b  .s. 

22.  CRIME   AND   INSANITY  Dr.  C.  A.  Mercier 

19.  THE  ANIMAL  WORLD  (Illustrated)  Prof.  F.  W.  Gamele 
130.  BIRDS  D.  Lansborough  Thomson,  m.a.,  b.sc,  ph.d. 

133.  INSECTS  F.  Balfour  Browne,  m.a.,  f.r.s. e. 

126.  TREES  Dr.  MacGregor  SKE^^E 
9.  THE   EVOLUTION   OF   PLANTS  Dr.  D.  H.  Scctt 

72.  PLANT  LIFE  (Illustrated)  Prof.  Sir  J.  B.  Farmer,  d.sc,  f.f  .s. 
132.  THE   EVOLUTION   OF  A   GARDEN  E.  H.  M.  Cox 

18.  AN   INTRODUCTION  TO   MATHEMATICS 

Prof.  A.  N.  Whitehead,  d.sc,  f.f.s. 
31.  ASTRONOMY,  circa  1860-1911  A.  R.  Hinks,  m.a.,  f.r.s. 

58.  ELECTRICITY  Prof.  Gisbert  Kapp 
67.  CHEMISTRY                                 Prof.  Raphael  Meldola,  d.5c. 

Revised  1928  by  Prof.  Alexander  Findlav,  d.sc,  f.i.c. 
122.  GAS  AND    GASES   (Illustrated)  Prof.  R.  M.  Caven,  d.sc. 

78.  THE  OCEAN  Sir  John  Murray,  k.c.b. 

53.  THE   MAKING   OF  THE   EARTH    (Illustrated) 

Prof.  J.  W.  Gregory,  f.r.s.,  ll.d. 
88.  THE   GEOLOGICAL   GROWTH   OF   EUROPE  (Illustrated) 

Prof.  Grenville  A.  J.  Cole 
36.  CLIMATE  AND  WEATHER  (Diagrams)    Prof.  H.  N.  Dickson 

127.  MOTORS  AND  MOTORING  (Illus.)  E.  T.  Brown 

Complete  List  up  to  January  ist,  1930.    New  titles  will  be  added  yearly. 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY